Venezuela Under Washington’s Gun

February 19th, 2019 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

A full court press is taking place in Florida today (Presidents Day) with Republicans, Democrats, expatriates from Cuba and Venezuela and the warmonger ministry of propaganda that constitutes the US media all denouncing Maduro and blaming him for the hardships imposed on Venezuelans by Washington’s sanctions and attacks on Venezuela’s currency.

Even “liberal” NPR is reading off the same fascist warmonger script. NPR managed to report on Venezuela without mentioning the sanctions, without mentioning the theft of Venezuela’s gold foolishly entrusted to the US and British central banks, or the orchestrated protests funded by US-financed NGOs that are small in comparison with the crowds that support Maduro that are never mentioned in the US media. In other words, NPR is just another part of the whorehouse brigade.

What Americans forget, or never knew, is that the Cuban expatriates are the descendents of the corrupt Batista crowd that had looted Cuba for years and were thrown out of Cuba by Castro. The Venezuelan expatriates are from the rich elite that couldn’t adjust to Chavez running the country for the people instead of for them, and some of these expatriates were involved in the failed CIA coup against Chavez. All of these expatriates are nothing but shills for Washington’s takeover so that they can get back in on the take.

It is discouraging to see Trump, who the Democrats, the media, and the military/security complex are attempting to chase out of office participate in the attempt to chase Maduro out of office.

It is discouraging to see Washington’s vassals in Europe and in the Organization of American States throw all truth to the wind and line up with Washington’s lies.

It is discouraging that within Western civilization lies dominate all aspects of domestic and international policy. Truth has been stamped out.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site: Paul Craig Roberts Institute for Political Economy.

Featured image is from YourNewsWire

“For what is a man, what has he got?
If not himself, then he has naught
To say the things he truly feels and not the words of one who kneels.”
Paul Anka My Way

“Oh! isn’t it a pity, such a pretty girl as I
Should be sent to the factory to pine away and die?
Oh! I cannot be a slave, I will not be a slave,
For I’m so fond of liberty,
That I cannot be a slave.”
Lowell Mill girls protest song in 1836 strike.

The rise of the superheroes in cinema is demonstrated by the proliferation of superhero films today and is a phenomenon that is unprecedented in culture. Many superhero films are based on superhero comics while some are original for the screen, some are based on animated television series, and others are based on Japanese manga and television shows.

This essay will look at the history and origins of superheroes in Romantic ideas, comparing them to an opposing ideology of working class heroes who compete with superheroes for the attention of the oppressed masses who are to be ‘freed’ and/or saved, especially in the 20th century.

According to Cooper Hood in Screen Rant:

“2019 will be the year of superhero movies, seeing the release of a record-setting amount: a whopping eleven films. As the superhero movie craze continues, next year looks poised to be the prime example of how invested Hollywood as a whole really is. There’s the usual amount of Marvel movies, but increased output from Warner Bros. and DC, as well as some final Fox X-Men titles. All of these make up an astonishing ten confirmed 2019 superhero movies.”

This is nearly double the 2018 output of six live-action superhero movies: Black Panther, Avengers: Infinity War, Deadpool 2, Ant-Man & the Wasp, Venom and Aquaman.

Superheroes take their inspiration from earlier heroes such as Robin Hood and the Scarlet Pimpernel but the idea originates in Romantic ideas about heroes that save the world and the powers of the superhero.

Despite their designation as science fiction, superheroes have their ideological roots in the anti-science, individualistic philosophy of Romanticism.

What is Romanticism?

Romanticism is a movement in the arts and literature that emphasises inspiration, subjectivity, and the primacy of the individual and originated in the late 18th century. It was also a reaction to the Industrial Revolution and the Age of Enlightenment, and in particular, the scientific rationalization of nature — all components of modernity.

In the The Roots of Romanticism, Isaiah Berlin discusses the Romantic’s negative view of science:

“The only persons who have ever made sense of reality are those who understand that to try to circumscribe things, to try to nail them down, to try to describe them, no matter how scrupulously, is a vain task. This will be true not only of science, which does this by means of the most rigorous generalisations of (to the Romantics) the most external and empty kind, but even of scrupulous writers, scrupulous describers of experience – realists, naturalists, those who belong to the school of the flow of consciousness, [e.g. Proust and Tolstoy] labour under the illusion that it is possible once and for all to write down, to describe, to give any finality to the process which they are trying to catch, which they are trying to nail down, unreality and fantasy will result.” [1]

Thus the Romantics fundamentally oppose the general values and objectives of science and in particular Realist and Naturalist artists who use scientific knowledge or methods to develop their art. It goes without saying then that on a philosophical level scientific ideas about the progress of mankind are also rejected by the Romantics.

This is because for the Romantics, “new abysses open, and these abysses open to yet other abysses.” [2] However, scientists understand that new abysses open as they dig deeper into new levels of understanding. Yet, they are not afraid and they don’t throw up their hands in frustration or despair: they see these discoveries as new paths and concepts also to be explored fearlessly.

Berlin believes that one of the most influential writers against the science-based Enlightenment and who began the Romantic backlash was Johann Georg Hamann who believed, according to Berlin, that “the sciences were very well for their own purposes” but that:

“this is not what men ultimately sought. If you asked yourself what were men after, what did men really want, you would see that what they really wanted was not at all what Voltaire supposed they wanted. Voltaire thought that they wanted happiness, contentment, peace, but this was not true. What men wanted was for all their faculties to play in the richest and most violent possible fashion. What men wanted was to create, what men wanted was to make, and if this making led to clashes, if it led to wars, if it led to struggles then this was part of the human lot.” [3]

This view of violence and war as irrational chaos that cannot be controlled is also an element of superhero narratives which the superhero tries to overcome.

“The Reign of the Superman”, short story by Jerry Siegel (January 1933).

Superheroes: emotions over logic

These ideas of individualism, emotion, personalised motivations and cynicism towards the concept of a progressive society are all part of the Superhero psyche. Mason Woodard writes:

“One of the first Romantic elements of Batman is his motivation. He is a vigilante, sometimes hunted by Gotham Police. But the reason Bruce fights crime even in face of the law is because a common criminal murdered his parents when Wayne was just a boy. The emotion of avenging his parents and stopping this from happening drives him far more. This is an example of emotions over logic, a Romantic idea. […] One component of Romanticism embodied by Superman is to trust your instincts and emotions before logic and reasoning. Superman will often be seen saving his love, Lois Lane, or a group of kids in the midst of a massive fight, even when a logical analysis tells you to sacrifice the people and finish off the baddie (even though Superman does win in the end).”

Thus the personalised empathy of the superhero covers over the narcissism of a costumed attention-seeker.

The Golden Age and the Warrior

The Romantics looked back to the Golden Age of the autonomous, powerful warrior who looks after his tribe and is the earliest version of this idea – the peasant as noble savage.  The Golden Age denotes “a period of primordial peace, harmony, stability, and prosperity. During this age peace and harmony prevailed, people did not have to work to feed themselves, for the earth provided food in abundance. They lived to a very old age with a youthful appearance, eventually dying peacefully, with spirits living on as “guardians”.”

There may have been some material basis for the concept of a Golden Age. Old European culture, for example, is believed to have centred around a nature-based ideology that was gradually replaced by an anti-nature, patriarchal, warrior society when Europe was invaded by the Kurgan peoples from c. 4000 to 1000 BC. It was believed to have been a tumultuous and disastrous time for the peoples of Old Europe and may have led to the concept of the Fall. The idea of a fall, the end of a Golden Age, is a common theme in many ancient cultures around the world. Richard Heinberg, in Memories and Visions of Paradise, examines various myths from around the world and finds common themes such as sacred trees, rivers and mountains, wise peoples who were moral and unselfish, and in harmony with nature and described heavenly and earthly paradises.

The Romantic view of the Golden Age was a reaction to the contemporary slave-like conditions of the working class in factories and mills. Romantic rejection of modernity was rooted in this over-rationalisation of the worker and its affect on the human spirit. This rationalisation could be seen as the continuation of earlier slavery but in a modern day form as ‘wage slavery’.

‘Supermen’ or ‘Übermensch [Overmen]’

This modern slavery had a profound affect on Nietzsche (image on the right) who defined the first ‘Supermen’ or ‘Übermensch [Overmen]’ (super – Latin: over/beyond) as a goal humanity can set for itself. The Overman would be a new human who was to be neither master nor slave and all human life would be given meaning by how it advanced a new generation of human beings. Like Marx, Nietzsche recognised the social uses of religion to divert attention and action away from the exploitative nature of the social and economic system itself. The individualism of Nietzsche’s ideas also attracted the anarchists. According to Spencer Sunshine:

“There were many things that drew anarchists to Nietzsche: his hatred of the state; his disgust for the mindless social behavior of ‘herds’; his anti-Christianity; his distrust of the effect of both the market and the State on cultural production; his desire for an ‘overman’ — that is, for a new human who was to be neither master nor slave; his praise of the ecstatic and creative self, with the artist as his prototype, who could say, ‘Yes’ to the self-creation of a new world on the basis of nothing; and his forwarding of the ‘transvaluation of values’ as source of change, as opposed to a Marxist conception of class struggle and the dialectic of a linear history.”

While Marx and the Anarchists had opposing views on the role of the state, what Marx did have in common with anarchist thinkers like Mikhail Bakunin and Peter Kropotkin was the belief that wage slavery was a class condition in place due to the existence of private property and the state. This class situation was based on the lack of direct access to, or ownership by workers of, the means of production.

Henceforth the working class took to the stage as social classes started lifting themselves up particularly in the aftermath of the revolutions of the 19th and 20th centuries.

In the 20th century the battle was on for who would become the saviours of the oppressed – the fictional superheroes who fought crime or working class leaders who advocated social change? On a philosophical level the battle between Romanticism and Enlightenment ideas resurfaced between elite individualism and the opposing collectivist historical materialism of Marx.

Working class heroes

In Ireland, for example, the changing relationship between the master and the slave could be seen in the formation of the Irish Citizens Army (ICA) by James Larkin, James Connolly and Jack White on 23 November 1913. Connolly wrote of the ICA in Workers’ Republic in 1915:

“An armed organisation of the Irish working class is a phenomenon in Ireland. Hitherto the workers of Ireland have fought as parts of the armies led by their masters, never as a member of any army officered, trained and inspired by men of their own class. Now, with arms in their hands, they propose to steer their own course, to carve their own future.”

James Connolly (image on the left), an Irish working class hero, led the ICA into a failed uprising against British colonialism in 1916 and was executed by the British not long after. He was a self-taught scholar, a socialist, and an outstanding Labour leader of Ireland. While some may see the uprising as a failed Romantic gesture this could not be further from the truth from Connolly’s philosophical and ideological perspective.

Superhero reified

Ultimately the question has to be asked – do superheroes ‘save’ the people? Of course they are symbolic heroic figures and so do not save anyone. Is it possible then to become a real life ‘superhero’? This idea is developed in the film Kick-Ass where a fictional ‘reification’ of the superhero concept happens. Kick-Ass “tells the story of an ordinary teenager, Dave Lizewski (Aaron Johnson), who sets out to become a real-life superhero, calling himself “Kick-Ass”. Dave gets caught up in a bigger fight when he meets Big Daddy (Nicolas Cage), a former cop who, in his quest to bring down the crime boss Frank D’Amico (Mark Strong) and his son Red Mist (Christopher Mintz-Plasse), has trained his eleven-year-old daughter (Chloë Grace Moretz) to be the ruthless vigilante Hit-Girl.”

While initially Kick-Ass is constantly getting his ass kicked by thugs precisely because he does not have super powers, he eventually saves the day by arriving on the scene strapped to a jet pack fitted with miniguns and kills the remaining thugs. Thus in the ‘real world’ Kick-Ass has to resort to ‘real weapons’ and falls into the normal superhero pattern of solving crimes with the usual extra-juridical killing and cathartic ending.

Problems of Romanticism

Overall then, there are different problems associated with superheroes, particularly from the point of view of the very people to be saved. At first, in an era of socio/political cynicism and helplessness in the face of poverty, corruption and crime, superheroes are cathartic as we purge our emotions watching the difficulties they have ‘solving’ our problems. In this way action is shifted sideways as we wait for a hero to arrive rather than being active ourselves.

Secondly, the ideology of superheroes comes from above, from elites, and not from below, from the masses themselves and therefore is directed towards the agendas of elites. Superheroes are bourgeois vigilantes who ultimately do not question the structure of society itself but merely try and solve the problems created by structural inequality.  Emotions are poured into superhero individualists who battle against crime while diverting attention away from questions of collective control of society and progress.

Thirdly, they represent the anti-logical emotionalism of Romanticism, itself a reaction to science and enlightenment. While described as science fiction, superheroes are given fanciful powers that have more in common with the ancient Greek gods than modern science.

To give them credibility in providing results for the struggling oppressed, superheroes must have super powers, (as people know you need more than an individual poor-man’s resources to battle against the system itself), ergo, the need ultimately for the superpower of working class solidarity and collectivist action to bring about real changes in society.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Caoimhghin Ó Croidheáin is an Irish artist, lecturer and writer. His artwork consists of paintings based on contemporary geopolitical themes as well as Irish history and cityscapes of Dublin. His blog of critical writing based on cinema, art and politics along with research on a database of Realist and Social Realist art from around the world can be viewed country by country here. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Notes

[1] The Roots of Romanticism: Second Edition (The A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts) (Princeton Uni Press, Princeton, 2013) by Isaiah Berlin (Author), Henry Hardy (Editor), John Gray (Foreword), p140

[2] The Roots of Romanticism: Second Edition (The A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts) (Princeton Uni Press, Princeton, 2013) by Isaiah Berlin (Author), Henry Hardy (Editor), John Gray (Foreword), p140

[3] The Roots of Romanticism: Second Edition (The A. W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts) (Princeton Uni Press, Princeton, 2013) by Isaiah Berlin (Author), Henry Hardy (Editor), John Gray (Foreword), p50

All images in this article are from the author unless otherwise stated

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Romanticism and the Rise of the Superheroes: Who Are the Saviours of the Oppressed?

A New Despotism in the Era of Surveillance Capitalism

February 19th, 2019 by Prof. Sam Ben-Meir

There is a fascinating chapter toward the end of Alexis de Toqueville’s Democracy in America titled “What Kind of Despotism Do Democratic Nations Have to Fear?” in which the author attempted something truly extraordinary – to describe a social condition which humankind had never before encountered. We find him trying to put his finger on something which does not yet exist, but which – in his extraordinary political imagination – he was able to foresee with startling clarity.

I maintain that we have good reason to fear that the business model of commercial surveillance – pioneered by Google and adopted by Facebook, among others – is serving to undermine the foundations of our democracy. Shoshana Zuboff explains in her new book, The Age of Surveillance Capital (Public Affairs, 2019), that the system works by treating human experience as “free raw material for translation into behavioral data. Although some of these data are applied to service improvements, the rest are declared as proprietary behavioral surplus, fed into advanced manufacturing processes known as ‘machine intelligence,’ and fabricated into prediction products that anticipate what you will do now, soon and later. Finally, these prediction products are traded in a new kind of marketplace that I call behavioral futures markets. Surveillance capitalists have grown immensely wealthy from these trading operations, for many companies are willing to lay bets on our future behavior.”

In effect, we are becoming the subject of a new insidious, subtle, and almost invisible form of subjugation that was foreseen with uncanny ability by Tocqueville in 1849. Over a hundred and seventy-five years ago, Tocqueville wrote:

“The kind of oppression with which democratic peoples are threatened will resemble nothing that has proceeded it in the world.”

He goes on to describe the elevation of

“an immense tutelary power … which alone takes charge of assuring their enjoyments and watching over their fate. It is absolute, detailed, regular, far-seeing, and mild. It would resemble paternal power, if, like that, it had for its object to prepare men for manhood; but on the contrary, it seeks only to keep them fixed in childhood; it likes citizens to enjoy themselves, provided that they think only of enjoying themselves. It willingly works for their happiness; but it wants to be the unique agent and sole arbiter of that.”

In Time magazine’s January seventeenth article “I Mentored Mark Zuckerberg, But I Can’t Stay Silent” author Roger McNamee observes,

“One of the best ways to manipulate attention is to appeal to outrage and fear, emotions that increase engagement. Facebook’s algorithms give users what they want, so each person’s News Feed becomes a unique and personal reality, a filter bubble that creates the illusion that most people the user knows believe the same things.”

The notion of a bubble here is a useful one: central to the work of Jakob von Uexküll, an Estonian-born biologist and one of the fathers of biosemiotics, is the concept of the umwelt – or ‘surrounding-world’ – the ‘soap-bubble’ that each creature creates for itself and which constitutes their experiential world. The umwelt is composed of signs as bearers of meaning, and for each organism the umwelt is the whole of their reality. What distinguishes us as human beings is that our umwelt is not fixed, immobile, rigid, or static. One of the ways we can understand the effect of Facebook’s algorithms on its users is that the umwelt each user inhabits runs the danger of effectively shrinking: growing smaller and ever more calcified.

In “How Facebook’s Algorithm Suppresses Content Diversity and How the Newsfeed Rules Your Clicks,” the author Zeynep Tufekci asserts that researchers were able to definitively conclude that, by a measurable amount, Facebook’s newsfeed algorithm reduces a user’s exposure to “…ideologically diverse, cross-cutting content…”  By assuring that we are exposed only to that which we are likely to approve of and assent to, our umwelt – or social reality – is that much more diminished and homogenized.

Facebook’s business model has far-reaching implications, especially in terms of our ability to empathize with others – others who may not be like, or think like, ourselves. This had devastating results in Myanmar where Facebook became a tool for ethnic cleansing against the Rohingya. While it certainly may not have been its intention, Facebook has become a “forum for tribalism” promoting a “simplistic version of ‘community’” while arguably “harming democracy, science and public health” – as Siva Vaidhyanathan suggests in Antisocial Media: How Facebook Disconnects Us and Undermines Democracy (Oxford University Press, 2018).

Much of my research has shown that there is a close relationship between empathy and our ability to creatively reconstruct the umwelt of the other. While one cannot share his or her umwelt – each of us remains in our own soap-bubble, as it were – we can participate in a common umwelt, which in many ways is purportedly the stated goal of social media. It is ironic that Facebook, which claims to prize connectivity above all, has in fact, contributed to producing the opposite result – where each of us fixed in a vapid and hardened bubble of isolation.

In the face of an American government that is increasingly retreating from its responsibilities, we must recognize that Facebook, Google, and Amazon are the new leviathans. In serving users only those posts with which they will agree, Facebook is like Tocqueville’s ‘tutelary’s power’ which “everyday … renders the employment of free will less useful, and more rare; it confines the action of the will in a smaller space, and little by little steals the very use of free will from each citizen.” These companies do not simply want to automate information: as Zuboff observes, “the goal now is to automate us… to produce ignorance by circumventing individual awareness and thus eliminate any possibility of self-determination.”

Facebook’s business model represents a new insidious form of subjugation that does not tyrannize, but as Vaidhyanathan observes, “it hinders, compromises, enervates, extinguishes, dazes, and finally reduces each nation to being nothing more than timid and industrious animals of which the government is the shepherd.”

Facebook has contributed its share to the deterioration of epistemic norms and has helped to usher in the era of so-called post-truth. The motivation behind this disdain for truth as such, has always been the same – namely, it serves the bottom line. As McNamee puts it: “on Facebook, information and disinformation look the same; the only difference is that disinformation generates more revenue, so it gets better treatment.”

Over a two-year period preceding the 2016 election, one hundred and twenty-six million Americans saw Russian-backed content. Facebook was at best reckless in the rampant and deliberate spread of disinformation through fake Russian accounts; which is to say that by allowing the proliferation of fake news, Facebook incontrovertibly helped Donald Trump to become the President of the United States. Facebook has provided fertile ground for the spread of grossly irresponsible conspiracy theories and “hopelessly inaccurate viral posts.”

Like many others, McNamee suggests that users should have control over their own data and metadata – as if data ownership is the solution to the scourge of surveillance capitalism. The problem with this kind of thinking is that it fails to ask the more elementary question of whether such data should exist at all. As Zuboff observes “It’s like negotiating how many hours a day a seven-year-old should be allowed to work, rather than contesting the fundamental legitimacy of child labor.” Surveillance capitalism represents a new form of despotism, one that is harming our capacity for individual autonomy in order that behavioral data can continue to be generated unimpeded, supplying markets and the advertisers that are Google’s and Facebook’s real customers.

We are becoming the kind of solipsistic and atomistic society that Tocqueville foresaw, “an enumerable crowd of like and equal men who revolve on themselves without repose … each of them, withdrawn, and apart, is like a stranger to the destiny of all the others… As for dwelling with his fellow citizens, he is beside them, but he does not see them; he touches them and does not feel them.” Alexis de Tocqueville warned us that oppression may take forms which are gentle, quiet, calm, but nonetheless, inimical to genuine freedom. To adequately respond to the problem will require more than demanding greater privacy or data ownership – it will involve a radical questioning of our basic assumptions, and a new understanding of what democracy means and entails in the age of capitalistic surveillance.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Sam Ben-Meir is a professor of philosophy and world religions at Mercy College in New York City. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Legal Loop

Size Matters: The Demise of Airbus A380

February 19th, 2019 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

The aircraft business has always been a dear affair.  More than other forms of transport, it remains susceptible to oscillating costs (materials, fuel), ever at the mercy of the uncontrollable.  The Airbus A380 was meant to be a giant’s contribution to aviation.  In time, its makers came to the conclusion that the bird had already flown.

In the solemn words of outgoing Airbus chief executive Tom Enders, “We have no sustainable A380 backlog and hence no basis to sustain production, despite all our sales efforts with other airlines in recent years.”

As much as it was a “technical wonder” (an “outstanding engineering and industrial achievement” boasted Enders), the A380 simply did not have the momentum financially to carry the company.  To a large extent, this may have been embedded in the mission itself: to outperform, at quite literally all cost, the Boeing 747, the super mega jet dream born in 1988 when Airbus engineers went to work on designing an ultra-high-capacity-airliner (UHCA).  This would entail the guzzling addition of four jet engines, and an ongoing headache to the accountants. 

The consequences of this vain if admired project have been more than head-ache inducing.  Carriers who have gone for purchases of the divine beast have underperformed on the revenue side of things. Such large entities, to make matters viable, need orders covering up to four-fifths of the seats.  This leads to incentives to discount prices and seek promotions.  In the penny-pinching world of air travel, this is a tall order. 

And big it is.  The A380 was advertised for its breezy size and proportions – 73 metres in length, 80 metres wide, able to ferry 550 to 800 passengers, depending on type, on two complete decks.  Floor space was increased dramatically (some 49 percent), with additional seating being a mere 35 percent from the previous largest aircraft.  The comfort factor was enhanced: more passenger room, and less noise.  In a machine sense, it made many in the aeronautical side of things salivate: modern computerised systems; powerful Rolls-Royce reactors.  A truly big toy.

The transport routes favouring hubs (Dubai and Singapore) were originally the target of the A380.  Megacities would proliferate; traffic between them would necessitate bigger planes to cope with capacity issues.  Congestion would thereby be reduced.  But there were delays – some eighteen months – before it finally made its maiden flight on April 7, 2005. 

Then came a change in strategy from hub destinations.  A diversification of travel routes took place.  Appropriate capacity for destinations was simply not there.  The market has also grown at a lesser rate.  Projections, in other words, have not been met. 

In 2015, it was already clear that the A380 was more than struggling. No new orders were taken. The order book then stood at 317 units, with Airbus needing to make it to 420 to break even. (The original projection had been 270, but delays and currency fluctuations will do that sort of thing.) 

The arrival of fuel-efficient, longer-haul flights have also become something of a curse.  The Boeing 787 and Airbus’ own A350 have done more than simply pique interest.  A move in their direction signals a greater interest in the More Electric Aircraft generation.  Qantas Airways Ltd. is seen as an example: initially enthusiastic about Emirates, having made an alliance in 2013, it has moved with greater enthusiasm towards Cathay, courtesy of the 787. This means that the traditional hub destinations like Dubai can be by-passed.

The largest purchaser of the A380 – Emirates – has done its best to keep orders coming in for the company.  (In of itself, this suggests dangers to both purchaser and supplier.)  Gross orders as of January 31, 2019 show Emirates coming in at a staggering 162, with Singapore Airlines a very distant second at 24. Since 2008, it has made the airline its centrepiece.  Emirates’ tastes are also fairly unique, being the only major airline preferring large, twin-aisle, wide-bodied jets.

But the airline is looking elsewhere, downsizing to the smaller A350 or A330.  The numbers are eye popping: of the 56 aircraft still on the order line, 53 are set for Emirates; but Dubai’s national carrier was contemplating switching 20 orders of the Airbus SE 380.  Confirmation that it would cut orders for the A380 by 39 was enough of a call for Enders.

There are, however, still a few tricks available in the A380 bag.  Emirates, for one, managed to do the unusual thing of having increasing numbers of passengers while reducing departures.  It won’t and has not saved the continued production of the A380, but that large creature of avionics is set to be around for a time before a full, unpensioned retirement.  In Enders’ romantic reflection, the A380 would be roaming “the skies for many years to come”.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research.  Email: [email protected]

Featured image is from Gulf News

The transnational region of Balochistan risks becoming another Kurdistan-like fault line as long as Iran continues to be tricked into worsening relations with Pakistan, with the worst-case scenario being that the Golden Ring’s weakest link undermines the entire geopolitical project that it has such a serious stake in securing.

“Blood Borders”

Iran’s uncharacteristically bellicose rhetoric against Pakistan in the aftermath of a recent terrorist attack along their shared border in the transnational region of Balochistan risks replicating the Kurdish scenario of turning this issue into an instrument of international leverage against both of them by third-party intelligence agencies for divide-and-rule purposes. Retired US Lieutenant Colonel Ralph Peters infamously published his 2006 policy proposal about geopolitically engineering “Blood Borders” across the so-called “Greater Middle East”, crucially including both Kurdistan and Balochistan as integral “independent” components of his desired future vision, which was used as the partial basis by the author in summer 2016 to elaborate on the various Hybrid War scenarios that the US could employ against Iran as it seeks to ramp up unconventional pressure against it.

India’s Indirect Involvement

Everything began to heat up in 2017 when the US began simultaneously experimenting with the weaponized worsening of both geopolitical fault lines against Iran, but the Islamic Republic seemed to have successfully weathered the storm. The Kurdish issue has comparatively calmed down since then as a result of Iran’s multilateral cooperation with its partners (principally among them Turkey), while the spring 2017 terrorist provocation along the Pakistani border didn’t trick Iran into blaming its neighbor like it’s doing now (which the author warned against doing at the time). About the second-mentioned incident, the joint Indo-American Hybrid War on CPEC has predictably destabilized Iran’s Sistan and Baluchestan province, which contributed to last year’s terrorist attack on Chabahar and the most recent one that caused such a stir last week.

To be clear, India doesn’t have an interest in waging a proxy war against its North-South Transport Corridor (NSTC) partner through which it hopes to one day obtain reliable transit access to the Russian, Central Asian, and Afghan marketplaces, but its irresponsibly myopic obsession with stopping CPEC at all costs blinded some of its decision makers to the obvious blowback risks associated with this Hybrid War plot. At the same time, however, some Indian strategists might have foreseen this eventuality but wagered that Iran would take the bait and blame Pakistan, which it finally ended up doing after this latest incident. That’s not to say that India had a direct hand in what happened, but just that it knowingly shaped the regional security conditions that made it possible.

Tehran Takes The Bait

Iran fell for this false flag because of historical reasons, its “perfect timing”, and the growing “deep state” divisions within the country’s military, intelligence, and diplomatic bureaucracies. Iranian-Pakistani relations were uneasy for years after the 1979 Revolution and Tehran always suspected that Islamabad harbored anti-government militants at Riyadh’s behest, which brings one to the specific timing of the provocation itself. The suicide bombing took place just days before Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed Bin Salman (MBS) travelled to Pakistan and signed over $20 billion of deals to complement the commitment that he made to the country last year during Prime Minister Khan’s visit to the Kingdom. From a zero-sum security-centric perspective, some in Iran might have thought that “history was repeating itself” and that both countries were conspiring against it.

It’ll be touched upon in a little bit why that theory isn’t true, but for now it’s pertinent to explain why some in Iran would even believe this in the first place. The country’s permanent military, intelligence, and diplomatic bureaucracies (“deep state”) are usually understood as being divided between “moderate”/reformist” and “conservative”/”principalist” factions, with the former usually concentrating their influence in the diplomatic wing while the latter are known to be associated with the military and intelligence services. This “deep state” division was on full display over the past week when the Iranian Ambassador to Pakistan spoke about his country’s eagerness to join CPEC despite what happened while security representatives blamed Pakistan – and specifically its ISI intelligence agency – for supposedly having a role in the recent terrorist attack.

“Cutting Off The Nose To Spite The Face”

Geopolitical analyst Adam Garrie did a fine job explaining the ridiculousness behind this “reasoning”, as well as citing social media commentary that ironically noted that Iran and “Israel” share the same stance as India’s in tacitly blaming Pakistan for last week’s Pulwama attack. It’s interesting that Iran, which has itself has been a victim of many terrorist conspiracies over the decades, is paying no attention to the possibility that Pakistan is being set up to look like a so-called “state sponsor of terrorism” against both of its neighbors in order to establish the pretext for the US to potentially sanction CPEC on that basis if the ongoing Taliban peace talks somehow end up falling through. For all intents and purposes, Iran’s reaction plays right into the US’ hands.

By diplomatically teaming up with India and blaming Pakistan for the latest terrorist attack against it, Iran is increasing its strategic dependence on the US’ ally as the most reliable long-term pressure valve against the effect of American sanctions (or so it’s been [mis]led to believe). Not only that, but Iran is proverbially “cutting off its nose to spite its face” by implying Indian-like rhetoric to carry out a “surgical strike” against Pakistan because it’s recklessly reversing years of hard work that its diplomats put into improving relations with its neighbor and restoring mutual trust. Worse still, the long-term consequences of a Kurdistan-like regional fault line erupting between Iran and Pakistan over Balochistan could undermine the Golden Ring geopolitical project that Iran has such a serious stake in securing.

The Worst-Case Scenario

While Pakistan is the pivot state on which this entire construction depends, the Golden Ring would nevertheless be dealt a heavy blow if Iran isn’t fully on board because its weakest link could “open up the gates” to US-approved Indian influence right into its Central Asian core in order to tacitly “contain China”, which might actually be why the US issued India a waiver for Chabahar late last year in preparing for this scenario’s eventual fulfillment following the exploitation of an inevitable Hybrid War “blowback” provocation like what happened last week. Iran would be mistaken, however, for thinking that its strategic security can be assured more by US-allied India than China and the other multipolar Great Powers of the Golden Ring, but it might also have something else in mind.

Iran understands its geostrategic importance, both in general and specifically in terms of how it could be used by the US through India to “contain China”, so some of its “deep state” factions might be betting that they can reach a quid-pro-quo with America whereby Washington relieves some of the Hybrid War pressure upon it in exchange for Tehran facilitating New Delhi’s access to the Golden Ring’s Central Asian core. Taken to its logical extent, this school of thought might even be of the conviction that aligning too closely with the Golden Ring might “trigger” the US to intensify its destabilization operations against their country, figuring that it’s better to “conveniently” take advantage of the latest attack to shift the pressure onto Pakistan instead.

Making The Best Of A Bad Situation

That’s just the worst-case scenario, though, and it’s possible that events might not unfold entirely like that, or that Iran is even considering such a Machiavellian strategy in the first place. Having said that, it’s extremely unlikely that any “best-case scenario” will materialize because Iran crossed the Rubicon by directly blaming the ISI for supporting terrorism, thus drawing the consternation of many patriotic Pakistanis who deeply appreciate this institution’s irreplaceable role in defending their country from that said scourge. Bilateral ties will probably take some time to recover from the self-inflicted damage that Iran wrought to them with this outburst even if it explains behind closed doors how its “deep state” divisions were the cause of it, but that doesn’t mean that all is lost for now.

If Iran has the political willpower, then it can make the best out of this bad situation that its official representatives are responsible for by showing a sincere desire to deepen security cooperation with Pakistan along their shared border. Going further, the two countries could combine their relevant military and socio-economic resources into creating a comprehensive “Democratic Security” strategy for sustainably stabilizing the transnational Balochistan region between them, possibly even securing some Chinese funds for this through an initiative that the author suggested late last year could eventually be branded as “BRI-Aid”. There’s no better time than now for Balochistan to transform from a “Blood Borders” barrier to regional integration into a CPEC+ bridge for facilitating the Golden Ring, but the ball is completely in Iran’s court.

Concluding Thoughts

As regrettable as it is to see, Iran took the bait and fell for the Hybrid War plot of blaming Pakistan for the latest terrorist attack along their shared border in Balochistan, which has had the immediate consequence of reviving the US’ “Blood Borders” scenario in the region as a Kurdistan-like wedge develops between these two Muslim Great Powers. Iran dealt enormous damage to bilateral relations with its reckless rhetoric holding the ISI responsible for what happened, but the worst-case (though nevertheless realistic) scenario of the Islamic Republic counterintuitively serving as the US’ indirect Indian-led access route to the Golden Ring’s Central Asian core can still be avoided if Tehran has the political will to team up with Islamabad against terrorism and turn Balochistan into a bridge for regional integration.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Eurasia Future.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

The political system in the United States is a plutocracy, one that works for the benefit of the wealthy, not the people. Although we face growing crises on multiple fronts – economic insecurity, a violent and racist state, environmental devastation, never-ending wars and more – neither of the Wall Street-funded political parties will take action to respond. Instead, they are helping the rich get richer.

The wealth divide has gotten so severe that three people have more wealth than the bottom 50% of people in the country. Without the support of the rich, it is nearly impossible to compete in elections. In 2016, more than $6.5 billion was spent on the federal elections, a record that will surely be broken in 2020. More than half that money came from less than 400 people, from fewer than 150 families.

People are aware of this corruption and are leaving the two Wall Street parties. According to the census, 21.4% of people do not register to vote, and in 2018, less than a majority of registered voters voted. According to Pew Research, independents (40% of voters) outnumber Democrats (30%) and Republicans (24%). The largest category of registered voters is non-voters. Yet, the media primarily covers those who run within the two parties, or billionaire independent candidates who do not represent the views of most people.

This raises a question for social movements: What can be done to advance our agenda over the next two years when attention will be devoted mostly to two parties and the presidential race?

Source: Institute for Policy studies, Forbes.

Progressives Failed to Make the Democratic Party a Left-Progressive Party

People in the United States are trapped in an electoral system of two parties. Some progressives have tried — once again — to remake the Democratic Party into a people’s party.

We interviewed Nick Brana, a former top political organizer for the Sanders presidential campaign, on the Popular Resistance podcast, which will be aired Monday, about his analysis of the Democratic Party. Brana describes the efforts of progressives to push the party to the left over the past three years and how they were stopped at every turn. They tried to:

  • Change the Democratic Party Platform: The platform is nonbinding and meaningless but even so, the Party scrapped the platform passed by the delegates the following year and replaced it with a more conservative one called the “Better Deal.”
  • Replace the Democratic National Committee (DNC) Chair. They discovered the chair is picked by the DNC, which is made up of corporate lobbyists, consultants, and superdelegates, who picked Hillary Clinton’s candidate Tom Perez, over Rep. Keith Ellison, former co-chair of the Progressive Caucus.
  • Replace the DNC membership with grassroots activists. Instead, at the DNC’s  2017 fall meeting, the Party purged progressives from the DNC, making it more corporate and elitist.
  • Fix the Presidential primary process after it was disclosed that the DNC weighted the scale in favor of Hillary Clinton over Bernie Sanders. The Democrats rigged the Rules Commission to accomplish the opposite, i.e., kept closed primaries to shut out progressive independent voters, kept joint fundraising agreements between the DNC and presidential campaigns, slashed the number of states that hold caucuses, which favor progressive candidates, and refused to eliminate superdelegates, moving them to the second ballot at the convention but reserving the right to force a second ballot if they choose.

Further cementing their power, Democrats added a “loyalty oath” which allows the DNC chair to unilaterally deny candidates access to the ballot if he deems the candidate has been insufficiently “faithful” to the Party during their life. And the DNC did nothing to remove corporate and billionaire money from the primary or the Party, ensuring Wall Street can continue purchasing its politicians.

The results of the 2018 election show the Blue Wave was really a Corporate Wave. Brana describes how only two progressives out of 435 members of Congress unseated House Democrats in all of 2018: Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and Ayanna Pressley. When Pelosi was challenged as leader of the House Democrats, she was challenged from a right-wing Blue Dog Democrat, not a progressive Democrat, with many “progressives” including AOC and Rep. Jayapal speaking up for Pelosi’s progressive credentials.

In contrast to the failure of progressives, the militarists had a banner 2018 election. The 11 former intelligence officials and veterans were the largest groups of victorious Democratic challengers in Republican districts. Throughout the 2018 election cycle, Democratic Party leaders worked against progressive candidates, for instance pushing them to oppose Medicare for all.

This is an old story that each generation learns for itself: the Democratic Party cannot be remade into a people’s party. It has been a big business party from its founding as a slaveholders party in the early 1800s, when slaves were the most valuable “property” in the country, to its Wall Street funding today. Lance Selfa, in “The Democrats: A Critical History,” shows how the Democratic Party has consistently betrayed the needs of ordinary people while pursuing an agenda favorable to Wall Street and US imperialism. He shows how political movements from the union and workers movements to the civil rights movement to the antiwar movement, among others, have been betrayed and undermined by the Democratic Party.

Social Movements Must Be Independent of the Corporate Parties

The lesson is mass movements need to build their own party. The movement should not be distracted by the media and bi-partisan politicos who urge us to vote against what is necessary for the people and planet. At this time of crisis, we cannot settle for false non-solutions.

Howie Hawkins, one of the founders of the Green Party and the first candidate to campaign on a Green New Deal, describes, in From The Bottom Up: The Case For An Independent Left Party, how Trumpism is weakening as its rhetoric of economic populism has turned into extreme reactionary Republicanism for the millionaires and billionaires. He explains that Democrats are not the answer either, as “they won’t replace austerity capitalism and militaristic imperialism to which the Democratic Party is committed.”

The result, writes Hawkins, is we must commit ourselves “to build an independent, membership-based working-class party.” Even the New Deal-type reforms of Bernie Sanders “do not end the oppression, alienation, and disempowerment of working people” and do not stop “capitalism’s competitive drive for mindless growth that is devouring the environment and roasting the planet.”

Hawkins urges an ecosocialist party that creates economic democracy, i.e. social ownership of the means of production for democratic planning and allocation of economic surpluses as well as confronting the climate crisis. He explains socialism is a “movement of the working class acting for itself, independently, for its own freedom.”

He urges membership-based parties building from the local level that are independent of the two corporate-funded parties.  Local branches would educate people on issues to support a mass movement for transformational change. Hawkins is a long-time anti-racism activist. He became politically active as a teenager when he saw the mistreatment of the Mississippi Freedom Democrats, who elected sharecropper Fannie Lou Hamer as their co-chair. He believes a left party must confront racial and ethnic tensions that have divided the working class throughout its history.

Hawkins points out the reasons why the time is ripe for this. Two-thirds of people are from the working class compared to one-third in 1900. The middle class (e.g. teachers, nurses, doctors, lawyers, technicians) holds progressive positions on policy issues creating super-majority support for critical issues on our agenda. The working and middle classes are better educated than ever. Over the last forty years, their living standards have declined, especially the younger cohort that is starting life in debt like no other generation. Finally, the environmental crisis is upon us and can no longer be ignored creating a decisive need for radical remaking of the economy.

Critical Issues To Educate And Mobilize Around

Popular Resistance identified a 16 point People’s Agenda for economic, racial and environmental justice as well as peace.  Three issues on which we should focus our organizing over the next few years include:

National Improved Medicare For All: The transformation of healthcare in the US from an insurance-based market system to a national public health system is an urgent need with over 100,000 deaths annually that would not occur if we had a system like the UK or France, two-thirds of bankruptcies (more than 500,000 per year) are due to medical illness even though most of those who were bankrupted had insurance, 29 million people do not have health insurance and 87 million people are underinsured.

While many Democrats are supporting expanded and improved Medicare for all, including presidential candidates, the movement needs to push them to truly mean it and not to support fake solutions that use our language, e.g. Medicare for some (public options, Medicare buy-ins and reducing the age of Medicare). Winning Medicare for all will not only improve the health of everyone, it will be a great economic equalizer for the poor, elderly and communities of color. This is an issue we can win if we continue to educate and organize around it.

Join our Health Over Profit for Everyone campaign.

Enacting a Green New Deal. The Green New deal has been advocated for since 2006, first by Global Greens, then by Green Party candidates at the state level and then by Jill Stein in her two presidential runs. The issue is now part of the political agenda thanks to Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. She and Senator Ed Markey led the introduction of a framework for a Green New Deal, which is supported by more than 50 Democrats including many presidential candidates.

Their resolution is a framework that the movement needs to educate and organize to make into real legislation to urgently confront the climate crisis, which has been mishandled by successive US presidents. The movement must unite for a real Green New Deal.

The Green New Deal has the potential to not only confront the climate crisis by shifting to a carbon-free/nuclear-free energy economy but to also shift to a new economy that is fairer and provides economic security. Remaking energy so it serves the people, including socializing energy systems, e.g. public utilities, could also provide living wage jobs and strengthen worker’s rights. It will require the remaking of housing, which could include social housing for millions of people, a shift from agribusiness to regenerative agriculture and remaking finance to include public banks to pay for a Green New Deal. The Democratic leadership is already seeking to kill the Green New Deal, so the movement has its work cut out for it.

Stopping Wars and Ending US Empire: US empire is in decline but is still causing great destruction and chaos around the world. US militarism is expensive. The empire economy does not serve people, causing destabilization, death and mass migration abroad as well as austerity measures at home. Over the next decade, the movement has an opportunity to define how we end empire in the least destructive way possible.

As US dominance wanes, the US is escalating conflicts with other great powers. The US needs to end 15 years of failed wars in the Middle East and 18 years in Afghanistan. In Latin America, US continues to be regime change against governments that seek to represent the interests of their people especially in Venezuela where the threat of militarism is escalating, but also in Nicaragua, Bolivia, and Cuba. The migrant issue being used by Trump to build a wall along the US-Mexican border is created by US policies in Central America. And, the US needs to stop the militarization of Africa and its neocolonial occupation by Africom.

Take action: Participate in the Feb. 23, 2019, international day of action against the US intervention in Venezuela and the “Hands-Off” national protest in Washington, DC on March 16, 2019.

There will also be actions around April 4, when NATO holds its 70th-anniversary meeting in Washington, DC, on the same day as the anniversary of Martin Luther King, Jr.’s death and his Beyond Vietnam speech.

Join the Spring Actions against NATO in Washington, DC.

While the US lives in a mirage democracy with manipulated elections, there is a lot of work we can do to build a mass movement that changes the direction of the country. This includes building independent political parties to represent that movement in elections.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Kevin Zeese and Margaret Flowers co-direct Popular Resistance where this article was originally published.

The relatively small amount of scrutiny William Barr fell under from Congress and Beltway thought leaders speaks to a conformity of their ideologies. But to understand what America’s new top law enforcement official really signifies as a veteran swamp creature, it is necessary to revisit Cold War history.

***

Congress’ confirmation of William Barr as Attorney General for the United States on Thursday has come and gone with comparatively little commotion compared to that attending his predecessor, Jeff Sessions, or Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Most media attention fixated on the potential for Barr to undermine the work of his former colleague and close collaborator, Special Counsel Robert Mueller.

The relatively small amount of scrutiny Barr fell under from Congress and Beltway thought leaders speaks to a conformity of their ideologies. But to understand what America’s new top law enforcement official really signifies as a veteran swamp creature, it is necessary to revisit Cold War history.

Despite being lauded by doves in the later stages of the Vietnam War, Robert Kennedy (RFK) remained unapologetic about his involvement in the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba during the Kennedy administration. In a statement four days after the invasion, then-Attorney General RFK seemingly denied U.S. involvement in the paramilitary assault on Playa Giron.

As the world knew full well that it was the U.S. behind the incursion, his brother, President John F. Kennedy, had to discontinue airstrikes after the Cuban military secured the bay.

In his declassified diary, RFK wrote in May 1961 regarding the failed Bay of Pigs invasion,

“If we do not get back to a position where nations have some respect, and even fear [illegible], we shall never beat these bastards.”

And so RFK, working with the CIA, went on to greenlight the U.S.’s post-Bay of Pigs regime-change policy for Cuba: Operation Mongoose, which was “designed to do what the Bay of Pigs invasion failed to do: remove the Communist Castro regime from power in Cuba,” according to the State Department’s Office of the Historian. Mongoose included:

[A] coordinated program of political, psychological, military, sabotage, and intelligence operations, as well as proposed assassination attempts on key political leaders, including [Fidel] Castro. Monthly components of the operation were to be set in place to destabilize the communist regime, including the publication of Anti-Castro propaganda, provision of armaments for militant opposition groups, and establishment of guerilla bases throughout the country, all leading up to preparations for an October 1962 military intervention in Cuba.”

To secure these objectives — some of which, like the 1962 military intervention, failed to come to fruition– the CIA poisoned scuba diving gear, which was then gifted to Fidel Castro, and teamed up with Mafia hitmen, RFK’s supposed political enemies. In the midst of the Cuban Missile Crisis and during the U.S. naval blockade, Mongoose agents killed 400 petrochemical workers.

RFK’s declassified diary demonstrates a turning point in U.S. foreign policy, one in which the office of attorney general would go on to play a more decisive role in often illegal foreign policy, from the waging of wars to crafting policies regarding the rights — or lack thereof — of detainees at American foreign military bases and black sites.

Barr greeting President Ronald Reagan in 1983 (Public Domain)

When William Barr came to the first Bush Administration in 1989 to take on the job, he had a precedent to implement wide-ranging legal justifications for the national and transnational neoconservative agenda that has defined U.S. policy since the Reagan-Bush era. His reappointment to the post is all the more troubling because it shows that Barr’s oversight of the Department of Justice will be an even more effective and seasoned conduit for the justification of empire. And, like the best pro-empire operatives America has to offer, Barr got his start at the Central Intelligence Agency.

William Barr’s undercover roots

William Barr worked at the CIA when Bush Sr. was director of the agency during the Ford Administration. In 1976 Bush appointed Barr to his first government position in the CIA’s legal office, where he worked with Ted Shackley and Felix Rodriguez, key planners of the Bay of Pigs invasion and the Operation Mongoose terror campaign, as well as of Operation Phoenix, a CIA campaign in South Vietnam that tortured and killed tens of thousands of Viet Cong leaders and sympathizers. Shackley had also directed the CIA war in Laos and used drug trafficking to finance and arm militias against the communist Pathet Lao movement. Covering for these these monumental acts of criminality, Barr was able to contribute to the intelligence community’s Cold War recklessness, successfully stonewalling congressional probes into CIA abuses.

The CIA was instrumental in the 1973 coup against the government of Salvador Allende, which installed Pinochet’s dictatorship in Chile. William Barr and and his boss Malcolm Wilkey paid off Chileans in the United States, who were aware the CIA had infiltrated and egged on the atrocities of Augusto Pinochet’s secret police force, to keep them quiet.

George Bush Sr.’s loyal legal lackey

After becoming vice president, Bush Sr. apparently brought his CIA subordinate over to the Reagan White House. In 1982, Barr landed a job as a lawyer for the Domestic Policy Council of the administration, according to the New York Times.

His distinctions in furtherance of empire are what attracted Bush after he became president in 1989, and so he appointed Barr to lead the Department of Justice’s (DoJ) Office of Legal Counsel, which is tasked with giving legal advice to the president.

It was natural for Bush to tap his legal assistant in the CIA for a job at the DoJ: the Cold War-era Bush White House, like the War on Terror-era one, was a significant time for the maturation of the intractable, national security-oriented arm of the modern American state, and Barr fit the role perfectly.

As head of the Office of Legal Counsel, Barr crafted justifications for the invasion of Panama, writing in an opinion that the Bush Administration had the power to invade foreign soil to arrest terrorists and drug traffickers, in violation of international legal standards.

In this role, Barr also authored an opinion that concluded that U.S. law allows FBI agents to arrest people charged with crimes in the U.S. while they are overseas, without obtaining permission from the country in which they are caught. According to a New York Times article that touted Barr’s “low-key style” in its headline, the House of Representatives’ Judiciary Subcommittee on Economic and Commercial Law sought to obtain the opinion, nearly sparking a constitutional crisis. Barr was later tasked with negotiating with the committee, and eventually reached a compromise.

One of the priorities of the Bush Administration was guaranteeing the flow of profits from the Panamanian money-laundering business community. At the time, Panamanian dictator — and CIA asset from as early as the Nixon Administration — Manuel Noriega was in power but growing increasingly disobedient. He refused to let the U.S. renegotiate the existence of 14 military bases in Panama and hosted the Contadora Group’s summit on building peace in Central America. The Contadora Group advocated a diplomatic arrangement supported by socialist Nicaragua, but opposed by the U.S. After mounting a campaign of deception in the U.S. corporate media and escalating harassment of Panamanian civilians by U.S. troops, corporate America’s bloodlust for regime change was sharpening, and Noriega was eventually indicted by two Florida grand juries on drug trafficking charges.

The fact that Noriega did the bulk of his drug trafficking with knowledge of and open support from several U.S. presidential administrations was conveniently ignored by U.S. law enforcement. Four days after a provocation by U.S. Marines on patrol against the Panamanian Defense Forces that left one Marine dead and a U.S. naval officer and his wife detained, boots were deployed on the ground in Panama, ostensibly to catch Noriega. Barr crafted the official justification for this operation, opining that the White House had the power to arrest terrorists overseas even if it violated international law.

The U.S. military targeted poor neighborhoods in Panamanian cities such as El Chorrillo and San Miguelito. Union leaders, cultural activists, professors, and journalists critical of the invasion were rounded up and arrested by U.S. forces, often without warrants or charges.

Barr would go on to get a promotion to Deputy Attorney General in 1990. In this role, he advised Bush that as president he had the authority to unilaterally invade Iraq — without approval from Congress. However, Barr urged the president to seek a non-binding resolution from Congress nonetheless, which he did.

Chip Gibbons, policy and legislative counsel for Defending Rights & Dissent, told MintPress News:

It’s impossible to understand how expansive Barr’s views of war powers are. The idea that a president could unilaterally launch a large scale offensive military action, as Barr argued in the run up to the first Gulf War, is well outside the mainstream.”

Barr’s career has demonstrated that he believes the president has an expansive array of powers. While such views are always troubling, given Trump’s willingness to use executive power to carry out an authoritarian agenda — from his Muslim ban to his border wall — having Barr in White House at this juncture is incredibly disturbing.”

Barr has publicly backed both Trump’s Muslim ban and his proposed border wall.

Panama and Iraq were not the only places where Barr advised the president that he did not need approval from Congress to go to war. Barr used the same justifications he used for the U.S. invasions in Panama and Iraq to push for Bush’s invasion of Somalia during the Somali Civil War amid the displacements of tens of thousands. In a memo to Bush, Barr personally concluded the president had the right to intervene.

Barr defended FBI racial profiling against Arab-Americans in the run-up to the war in the Persian Gulf. As a result, hundreds of Arab-Americans wereinterrogated by the FBI about their political views, travel plans, and whether or not they knew terrorists. After community activists protested, Barr said the FBI program was necessary “to solicit information about potential terrorist activity and to request the future assistance of these individuals.”

Going to Guantanamo

With the Bush Administration satisfied by his legal deputy’s destabilizing accomplishments, Barr was confirmed as attorney general in 1991.

As MintPress News previously reported, Barr was, before long, adding to the long-running tortures the U.S. has inflicted on the people of Haiti. As Haitians fled the death squads associated with the CIA-backed military junta that overthrew President Jean-Bertrand Aristide in 1991 to seek asylum in the United States, the U.S. Coast Guard destroyed their boats and took them aboard so that they would not have to process their asylum claims on American soil. To reduce its liability, the United States called these refugees “economic migrants,” according to A. Naomi Paik, author of “Carceral Quarantine at Guantánamo: Legacies of US Imprisonment of Haitian Refugees, 1991 – 1994.”

Eventually, courts challenged the policy, and so the refugees were brought to the U.S. naval station at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba to have their asylum claims assessed. Bush Sr.’s State Department sought to have the refugees sent to Belize and Honduras, but the countries demanded that the Haitians be tested for HIV. The American then conducted HIV tests on every person whom it had assessed to have a legitimate asylum claim.

A 1987 federal law in the United States at the time, however, forbade the U.S. from accepting refugees with HIV. It was part of the homophobic, and often racist U.S. policies during the AIDS crisis, which included the Center for Disease Control’s labeling of people of Haitian origins as particularly “at-risk” for the condition. Barr’s first boss in the White House, Ronald Reagan, ran an administration that openly mocked the AIDS epidemic.

Since the people who tested positive for HIV already had their asylum claims affirmed, it was illegal for the U.S. to deport them back to Haiti. Enter William Barr, whose solution was to indefinitely detain the refugees at Guantanamo.

Years later, Barr lashed out against his detractors at the time, saying:

What do you want me to do? You want 80,000 Haitians to descend on Florida several months before the [1992] election? Come on, give me a break… Florida will go ape. …

Their position was, ‘Guantanamo is a military base, and why were all these people here, the HIV people, all these other people? How long are you going to be on our property with this unseemly business?’ I’d say, ‘until it’s over. But we’re not bringing these people into the United States.’”

According to Sen. Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), even Dick Cheney was against the scheme. “When you’re to the right of Dick Cheney on Guantanamo, you know you’ve gone too far,” Blumenthal told The Daily Beast. But the Senator’s many tweets about Barr pick a different bone, focusing on the idea that Barr may interfere with the work of Special Counsel Robert Mueller.

While Barr sought to avoid an election scandal, some 12,000 Haitians — among them 300 HIV patients, according to the ACLU — were subjected to abysmal conditions at the naval base. Food was covered with maggots and everyone was forced to live in makeshift barracks with missing windows. Women were reportedly given forced birth control injections, and the U.S. military would periodically be called in to crack down on protests and hunger strikes.

Federal judge Sterling Johnson ruled in 1993 that the Haitian refugees could not be indefinitely detained. Johnson wrote:

Although the defendants euphemistically refer to its Guantanamo operation as a ‘humanitarian camp,’ the facts disclose that it is nothing more than an HIV prison camp presenting potential public health risks to the Haitians held there.”

Despite the ruling, the damage was already done in many ways. Even though Johnson had ruled the facility an unconstitutional ”HIV prison camp,” the U.S. government refused to allow in the refugees unless a settlement was struck with their lawyers that would prevent any legal precedents from pertaining to the rights of Guantanamo detainees under U.S. law. One of the lawyers on the case later remarked:

I, for one, initially balked, thinking that we might need that precedent in the future. But my colleagues soon convinced me that there was no real choice: Our duty to our clients demanded that we put their personal freedom first.”

The lack of precedent regarding the application of U.S. laws at the prison camp continues today. Following the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001, Guantanamo Bay would become host to the detainee abuse and torture that tainted the War on Terror, in many ways beyond repair in the eyes of the American public. Had Judge Sterling been able to set a precedent, inmates at Guantanamo today would be guaranteed more rights, such as the right to a speedy trial. Instead, many detainees remain at Guantanamo without charge.

While Barr’s lawlessness on the Cuban island rivals that of his predecessor, RFK, Barr aimed to be more than another cog in the Cold War machine. After all, he was confirmed as Attorney General in November 1991, just one month before the collapse of the Soviet Union. Seeking a new enemy, he turned to Reagan’s war on drugs for inspiration.

From Cold War warrior to drug warrior

A conservative backlash to the civil rights movement inspired the racial caste system of mass incarceration in the 1980’s. With newfound power as AG, Barr enthusiastically participated in furthering this racial caste system with his policies surrounding immigration, natural disaster management, and the War on Drugs.

During Bush’s reign over the War on Drugs, Barr “transferred Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration agents to ‘violent crime’ duty from other assignments and called for detaining more suspects without bail,” according to the Wall Street Journal.

In his career at the DoJ, Barr pushed stricter penalties for drug usage; appropriations to the FBI, DEA, and INS; and militarizing prisons through the Crime Control Act of 1990.

While advocating for harsher penalties for criminals, Barr also pioneered methods to catch more of them — methods that, like his role in negotiating a settlement to avoid a legal precedent relating to Guantanamo, would go on to have disastrous consequences for American rule of law.

As MintPress News previously reported, Barr helped draft a Drug Enforcement Administration program that saw the agency ordering phone companies to turn over lists of phone calls made from the U.S. to a dozen countries, eventually reaching more than 100 nations, according to the ACLU. His partner in the program and deputy at the DoJ was Robert Mueller – the same Robert Mueller whose work Democrats have feared could be compromised should Barr again becoming his boss. Barr and Mueller’s DEA program would go on to serve as the “blueprint” for the National Security Agency’s illegal mass surveillance program under the 2001 Patriot Act. Barr would later argue that the NSA program didn’t go far enough.

Barr promoted the expansion of the death penalty as a tool in the drug war, and argued in favor of airstrikes in Peru to smash up drug operations.

He also expanded the capacity of pretrial detentions. The Prison Policy Initiative attributes this as the driving cause for the jailed (pre-trial) population jumping from 223,568 to 472,607 people between 1993 and 2008, primarily impacting black and Latino communities.

Barr submitted the DoJ report, “The Case for More Incarceration,” when the U.S. already led the world in per capita incarceration. In this document, Barr declared that “we are not over-incarcerating” and “a failure to incarcerate hurts black Americans most.” With these principles in mind, Barr led the charge to imprison then-unprecedented numbers of Americans.

Barr’s oversight of the Department of Justice propelled the prison population to 4.9 million people by 1993. After leaving the DoJ in 1992, Barr continued to cheer on the drug war and mass incarceration from the sidelines, calling it a “long-term struggle” like the Cold War. In the 1990s, Barr defended restricting parole, mandatory minimums, and harsher sentences for crack cocaine over powder cocaine in Virginia – a policy long blamed by critics for ramping up the over-incarceration of black Americans.

At the DoJ, Barr saw the LA riots as an opportunity to crack down on immigration and ramp up militarization of inner-cities. After a decision was made to use the military to quell the riots, Barr told Bush Sr. “the names of the gangs that were involved, that the violence was largely street gang activity, big-time gang, not like street gangs in the 1950s.” Barr’s direct approach to the uprising in LA was not his first attempt at riot control. His first year at the DoJ saw him sending in the military to suppress unrest after the abysmal government response to Hurricane Hugo in St. Croix in the U.S. Virgin Islands.

In the wake of the LA riots, Barr said “the problem of immigration enforcement — making sure we have a fair set of rules and then enforce them — I think that’s certainly relevant to the problems we’re seeing in Los Angeles,” deflecting blame from the LAPD beating of Rodney King and decades of racial and economic inequalities in the city.

Barr’s battle against immigration included his oversight of one of the first attempts at a border wall with Mexico: a 14-mile wall near San Diego.

In the wake of Barr’s confirmation, there are more pertinent concerns for the general public aside from his position on the Russia investigation. The erosion of civil liberties, the militarization of American communities, and the escalation of the War on Drugs and War on Terror are all the more likely with Barr in government.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Alexander Rubinstein is a staff writer for MintPress News based in Washington, DC. He reports on police, prisons and protests in the United States and the United States’ policing of the world. He previously reported for RT and Sputnik News.

Fighting Pipelines, Defending Sovereignty

February 19th, 2019 by The Bullet

We are writing to express deep gratitude to the Wet’suwet’en People who have been acting with formidable vision and strength to defend their people and territories from pipeline development, and have been facing violent incursions from RCMP and industry for doing so. They have been holding this line for years and caring for the lands and waters for countless generations. For us and for many others, the Unist´ot´en camp represents resurgence, reconnection, creativity, and relationship to the land. The long-term struggle of the Wet´suwet´en is a legitimate, legally sanctioned struggle for rights, autonomy and sovereignty on their unceded territories. These efforts benefit all Canadians. We send our deepest thanks.

We are also writing to denounce the actions of the federal government, the BC government and the RCMP. We ask that the illegal work on Unist’ot’en territory by Coastal Gas Link be immediately stopped. We request that the federal and provincial governments respect Indigenous rights as outlined in our constitution, in countless court rulings, as well as the United Nations Declaration of the Rights of Indigenous people (UNDRIP) and ‘Anuc niwh’it’en (Wet’suwet’en law). We ask that Canadian leaders and politicians stop militarization, stop communicating false or biased information, and stop dividing communities. We reject the current campaign of disinformation, particularly statements that claim that all communities have signed on to the pipeline, which disregard the very important question of disputes over jurisdiction of territories between band councils and hereditary governance. In the Delgamuukw trial, the hereditary chiefs of the Wet´suwet´en were recognized as the rightful title holders, and their underlying sovereignty over the territory was established by Canada’s highest court. We urge both federal and provincial governments to understand the crucial distinction between consultation and consent, and to act accordingly.

Oppose Extreme Energy Projects

We firmly oppose the Trans-Canada pipeline project and other extreme energy projects being developed that are threatening Indigenous lands. According to the latest scientific evidence there is still some possibility that catastrophic climate change can be slowed or arrested, but this goal requires an immediate phase-out of fossil fuel infrastructure (Millar et al., 2017, Smith et al., 2019). And we request the Governments heed the call of scientists who have made it clear that new fossil fuel infrastructure present the source of the world’s most threatening emissions, and would carry us toward dramatic increases in global temperature (Davis et al., 2010).

This applies to natural gas production and transport, because it also locks in fossil fuel use. The world needs to move straight to renewable energy sources, and as quickly as possible. Natural gas must not be seen as a transition fuel that will “bridge the gap” between high and low-carbon energy systems (Stephenson et al. 2012). Shale gas development and its related infrastructure will have very serious impacts not only on the territories of the Indigenous peoples that inhabit the province of British Columbia, but on areas of extraction in the northeast, along the territories and watersheds the pipeline will cross, and particularly on coastal communities, salmon habitat in rivers, and the remaining marine life in the Salish Sea and K̲andaliig̲wii (the Hecate Strait), that all will be impacted by increased tanker traffic.

Current governance processes have failed to adequately protect environment and treaty rights (Garvie & Shaw, 2016). To meet Canada’s climate targets and Canada’s commitments to reconciliation, the Canadian government needs to stop forcing gas pipelines violently through Indigenous lands.

We are also writing to encourage all Canadians to actively support the Wet’suwet’en people as they continue to demonstrate their commitment to protect their lands and waters. The most recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change report has warned that we have only 12 years to meet the challenge of limiting increasing temperatures to 1.5 degrees (IPCC, 2018). Even at this historic juncture, we see no sign that our existing governments are capable of dealing with the current challenges all Canadians face. The twin crises of climate chaos and rising inequality are getting worse, not better. Research shows that substantial and swift transformation of our societies will be necessary in order to meet our climate and reconciliation goals (Scoones et al., 2015); however, our current economic and political systems are failing to heed these calls and move us toward a sustainable and just future. This is because these very economic and political systems facilitate the accumulation of wealth through the continued seizure of Indigenous land and the pillaging of the natural world. We cannot leave it to these failing systems to guide us.

What is needed is inspired visions and new systems that are able to guide us toward a much more just and sustainable future. The Wet’suwet’en people, and other communities defending their lands and waters across the world, are showing us better systems of decision making, along with better ways of living together and with the land. Our best hope for justice and sustainability in Canada lies with communities like the Wet’suwet’en nation, who take their relationship and responsibilities to their lands and waters so seriously that they will risk all they have to defend it. Our hope also lies with the many Canadians respecting and actively supporting the rights of these Indigenous communities to take care of their territories.

The Unist’ot’en camp houses a healing center, envisioned as a space to heal from the trauma suffered by so many First Nations in Canada due to colonial and extractivist violence. Projects such as the Trans-Canada pipeline perpetuate this violence. To invade this camp, to disrupt this space of healing, is particularly unconscionable. Canadians have pledged to work toward reconciliation to try to heal the injustices borne by Indigenous peoples; and this healing must also include the lands which we all inhabit. To begin to heal these relationships, the kind of violence seen recently in BC must end.

See complete list of signatories here.

To find ways you can support the Wet’suwet’en people, click here.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Sources

Davis, S. J., Caldeira, K., & Matthews, H. D. (2010). “Future CO2 emissions and climate change from existing energy infrastructure,” Science, 329(5997), 1330-1333.

Garvie, K.H. and Shaw, K., 2016. “Shale gas development and community response: perspectives from Treaty 8 territory, British Columbia,” Local Environment, 21(8), pp.1009-1028.

Millar, R.J., Fuglestvedt, J.S., Friedlingstein, P., Rogelj, J., Grubb, M.J., Matthews, H.D., Skeie, R.B., Forster, P.M., Frame, D.J. and Allen, M.R. (2017) “Emission budgets and pathways consistent with limiting warming to 1.5 C,” Nature Geoscience, 10(10), p.741.

Scoones, I., Leach, M., & Newell, P. (Eds.). (2015). The politics of green transformations, Routledge.

Smith, C.J., Forster, P.M., Allen, M., Fuglestvedt, J., Millar, R.J., Rogelj, J. and Zickfeld, K., (2019). Current fossil fuel infrastructure does not yet commit us to 1.5° C warming. Nature Communications, 10(1), p.101.

Stephenson, E., Doukas, A. and Shaw, K., (2012). “Greenwashing gas: Might a ‘transition fuel’ label legitimize carbon-intensive natural gas development?Energy Policy, 46, pp.452-459.

IPCC Special Report on Global Warming (2018)

Featured image is from Michael Toledano

On December 27, Judge Leon Tucker, surprised and pleased Mumia supporters by ruling that Mumia was entitled to a new appeal of his case because a Supreme Court Judge, Ronald Castille, who had worked in the District Attorney’s Office prior to becoming a Pennsylvania Supreme Court Judge, should have recused himself from the case when it came before him at the Pennsylvania Supreme Court.

Mumia was thus granted an opportunity for a review of his whole appeals process review, a major breakthrough in opening up the possibility of his release. Regardless of this very significant and unusual ruling, Mumia should have course been released long ago, in fact, never even been arrested since he is an innocent political prisoner, clearly framed by the police (the Fraternal Order of Police playing a major role), the prosecutors, and the judiciary, with the cooperation of other significant players because of his effectiveness as a political activist and well-known writer and journalist.

To the surprise and extreme disappointment of some, who had expected “progressive District Attorney” Krasner to play a positive role in this case, as he had promised during his campaign to do with all cases of miscarriage of “justice”, Krasner appealed the judge’s ruling, thus closing off the possibility of a quick process potentially leading to Mumia’s release.

As word, and organizing to pressure Krasner to change his position, spread, a group of students at Yale Law School took a dramatic position in “disinviting” Krasner as a keynote speaker at a conference at Yale on “rebellious lawyers”.  See letter below where the students ask Krasner to withdraw his appeal of Judge Tucker’s ruling if he wishes to speak at the conference.  Mumia Abu-Jamal was invited to replace Krasner as speaker at the conference.

Additionally, on December 28, Krasner announced that he found six boxes of Mumia materials marked with Mumia’s name, that had not been discovered before and were therefore not reviewed in the court proceedings of the past two years!  He passed that information on to Judge Tucker on January 3, 2019 and released it to the public on January 9th, 2019.  On January 25, 2019 District Attorney Krasner gave notice of his appeal of Judge Tucker’s ruling!

Because of Krasner’s appeal, the boxes will now not be reviewed until AFTER Krasner’s appeal.  Though the six boxes were reviewed by Mumia’s attorneys, neither the original six nor the subsequent 100 will not be evaluated in court until the Krasner’s appeal is completed.  That could be another year or so.  But all these boxes are very significant and likely to hold information that could point to the frameup we’ve been charging.

Suzanne Ross, International Spokesperson, International Concerned Family and Friends of Mumia Abu-Jamal


Below is the statement from the Yale Law students. 

UNDER PRESSURE, YALE REBLAW CONF RESCINDS KEYNOTE OFFER TO PHILLY D.A. LARRY KRASNER: Instead Invites Political Prisoner Mumia Abu-Jamal

Organizers of the Rebellious Lawyering (RebLaw) conference at Yale Law School rescinded a speaking invitation to Philadelphia DA Larry Krasner (see attached). The celebrated “progressive” DA was scheduled be one of the keynote speakers at the 25 year-old conference on the weekend of Feb. 15-16, 2019. But earlier this week a coalition of Harvard law students and lawyers wrote to conference organizers saying that Philadelphia prosecutors could not be counted in the tradition of rebellious lawyers. Their impassioned letter condemned DA Krasner’s decision to appeal a recent court order that granted Mumia Abu-Jamal the right to re-appeal his conviction. The letter also challenged the notion that a prosecutor could hold that title.

In their letter to RebLaw, they said,

“The so-called progressive Larry Krasner is hell-bent on keeping [Mumia’s case] out of the appellate process. Larry Krasner was voted into office by the Black, working-class people of Philadelphia, but in the hour of truth he has upheld the rulings of racist judges [in this case] and is doing the bidding of one of the country’s most corrupt and homicidal police forces.”

The signers added:

“Prosecutors, those managers of the oppressive state, regardless of the rhetoric they may espouse during a campaign, should not be invited to speak at a conference for Rebellious Lawyering.”

Harvard Law student signator Anneke Dunbar-Gronke noted

“Krasner will go down in history as the well-meaning, “progressive” DA who opposed justice in the case of the Nelson Mandela of our time.”

Another Harvard Law student signator Felipe Hernández concluded,

“The lesson here is that in the mind of a progressive DA, justice is doled out selectively and only when there is no real political risk involved. Thankfully the conference participants will hear from Mumia, an actual jailhouse lawyer—and pinnacle of rebellious lawyering.”

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Mumia Abu Jamal: Protests Against District Attorney Krasner’s Appeal of Judge Tucker’s Ruling
  • Tags: ,

Imperial logic I: External crises distract from internal ones

Empires with internal problems tend to create external crises to distract the public opinion and unite their political and economical ruling class in a fictitious nationalistic fervor. The current United States policy of overt regime change in Venezuela, backed entirely by its NATO vassals, follows an evergreen imperial playbook of creating new crises to obscure failures and divisions.

In addition to the administration’s overall incompetence, the legal investigations through the Mueller inquiry, and the failure to deliver to its MAGA sycophants their big wall, it has passed unnoticed, and it will never be admitted by US officials or media that the US imperial wars in Afghanistan and Syria are in fact lost. Assad will remain in power, and the US administration has publicly admitted that it was negotiating with the Taliban. The temptation for the empire’s ideologues is too strong not to follow the precept: when you have lost a war, you declare victory and you leave. And next time around, you try to pick a weaker target.

Imperial logic II: A state of war must be permanent

A prime example of this in recent history was the way the events of September 11, 2001 were used internally to justify the emergence of a police state, using far-reaching legislation like thePatriot Act and the creation of the Department of Homeland Security.

Externally, 911 was successfully used by the US to trigger, almost immediately, an invasion of Afghanistan with the entire NATO membership under the hospice of the military alliance’s Article 5, which stipulates that an attack on one member is an attack on all. This was the very first time, since the creation of NATO in 1949, that Article 5 was put into force.

With the US public opinion still largely revengeful, misinformed by media manipulations, and eager to wage war, two years later, in 2003, it was fairly simple for the Bush administration and its neocons to sell the invasion of Iraq as a war of necessity, and not for what it truly was: a war of choice, for oil and greater control of the Middle East. Cynically, the aftermath of 9/11/2001 gave the empire and its powerful military-industrial complex two wars for the price of one.

Imperial logic III: People are collateral damage of “Realpolitik”

Great moral principles of altruistic universal humanitarian concerns are almost never at stake in these instances. They are mainly smoke screens to hide the board of a cold, Machiavellian, and complex chess game where innocent bystanders often perish by the millions. They are the acceptable collateral damage of realpolitik’s grand strategists. Until the collapse of the Soviet Union, the true guiding principle of US imperial realpolitik, and all US foreign policy decisions that derived from it, was to stop the so-called communist domino effect.

Communist domino effect: three simple words for a game that killed millions of innocent people worldwide, first in Korea in the early 1950s, then in Vietnam in the 60s and 70s, and later, under the tutelage of some of the very same criminal architects, in Central and South American countries like Chile. Now in their golden years, most of these murderous policymakers, like Henry Kissinger, enjoy an active retirement with honors, respect and, unlike their colleague Robert McNamara, not a hint of remorse.

One of these policymakers, a veteran of US imperialism in Central America and also one of the staunchest advocates of Iraq’s invasion in 2003, has made a come back. He is neocon extraordinaire Elliot Abrams. Abrams has been rewarded for his actions in the Iran-Contra affair, El Salvador, and Nicaragua with a nomination as Special Envoy of the Trump administration for Venezuela. In other words, Abrams is in charge of the US-sponsored coup task force against Venezuela’s legitimately elected President Nicolas Maduro.

Defeating imperial logic: The Cuban and Syrian lessons

There are many others examples in history where in a David versus Goliath fight, the little guy who, on paper, did not stand a chance eventually through sheer determination, organization and vast popular support, won on the battlefield. Vietnam is obviously a special case in this regard, as the Vietcong of Ho Chi Minh managed to defeat, almost back to back, the old colonial masters of the French empire in the 1950s, and of course soon thereafter, the US empire.

In the early 1960s, during the Cuban missile crisis, Castro’s days seemed to be numbered. More recently, in Syria, all the lips of the NATO coalition, Israel and Gulf State allies were chanting in unison that as a precondition for resolving the Syrian crisis, “Assad must go!” By 2017, however, some coalition members such as Qatar, France and Germany were not so adamant about the “Assad must go” mantra. Not only did Bashar al-Assad not go, but also, as matter of fact, he is regaining control of his entire country, on his own terms.

Castro outsmarted the empire’s CIA hitmen 600 times

Nicolas Maduro’s predecessor and mentor, Hugo Chavez, had in Fidel Castro a source of inspiration and the guidance of a father figure. Chavez, like other neo-Marxists, looked up to Fidel for leading a successful revolution, through military action, which had toppled the corrupt regime of Fulgencio Batista. This regime was not only a docile servant of the US government but was also directly associated with the Mafia’s criminal activities in Cuba in the era of Lucky Luciano and Meyer Lansky. With Batista’s complicity, American gangsters had turned Cuba into a gambling and prostitution paradise where the US’ unscrupulous rich went to play. Castro shut down the bordello that had become Cuba and proudly rebuilt his island, and he consciously set out to transform Cuba slowly and steadily into a socialist country.

Needless to say, the shutdown of their depraved and lucrative tropical paradise was unacceptable for the US empire’s ruling elites. Against all odds, the Cuban communist leader managed to defy one US administration after another, and without compromise remained at the helm of the Cuban revolution. It was not for a lack of trying either to invade Cuba, as in the Bay of Pigs botched invasion episode, or to cook up countless assassination attempts on Castro’s person. Starting almost immediately after he took power in 1959, Castro was the target of CIA assassination attempts. From the Kennedy era all the way to the Clinton administrations, Fidel Castro survived more than 600 plots to kill him. Some of the attempts involved collaborations of the Mafia with the CIA. Castro once said, “if surviving assassination attempts were an Olympic event, I would win the gold medal!” It has to be added that, at least so far, Fidel Castro has also won a posthumous gold medal for ensuring the legacy of the Cuban revolution.

Assad: military might and striking the right alliances

Almost eight years ago, some people in quiet mansions, regal palaces or discrete offices in Washington, Riyadh, Doha, London, Paris, and Tel Aviv or undisclosed locations came up with what appeared to be an excellent plan. They would hijack some of the genuine energy of the Arab Spring then quickly sponsor it with a huge arsenal, while hiring some supposed good Djihadists soldiers-of-fortune as the main muscle to get rid of the uncooperative Bashar al-Assad. In what I called in May 2013, an “unholy alliance to wreck and exploit,” the Western and Gulf States coalition to topple Assad was born. In the US, the late Senator John McCain was one of the cheerleaders of the so-called Free Syrian Army.

Eight years later, with Syria in ruins, 350,000 people dead, around 4.5 million refugees still scattered principally in Jordan, Turkey and Lebanon, Assad has prevailed in a bittersweet victory, considering that his country has been wrecked as a battleground for proxy wars. Bashar al-Assad did not win on his own. He managed to retain complete loyalty from the Syrian army during the past eight gruesome years. Assad also could count on the military involvement of dependable allies Hezbollah in Lebanon and Iran and, of course, a critical impact of Russia once Putin’s administration decided to commit military assets and troops.

Maduro can keep Uncle Sam’s hands off Venezuela

One can only hope that Venezuela’s US-sponsored coup attempt using the subterfuge of a phony revolution does not follow the track of Syria in terms of the mayhem. However, the analogies are numerous between Maduro’s situation today and that of Assad in 2011. First, Maduro has at his disposal a reasonably well-equipped military as well as the Chavista militia. To defeat the unfolding coup attempt, the loyalty of the armed forces has to be ironclad. Second, just as Assad has done, Maduro must work to cultivate, in pragmatic ways, both regional and worldwide alliances.

Cuba will do a lot to help. But will Mexico, Bolivia, and Uruguay go beyond diplomatic posturing in their solidarity with Maduro against NATO’s imperialism? How involved and how far, either economically or, in a worse-case scenario, militarily are Russia, China, Turkey, and Iran willing to go? In geopolitics, unlike diplomacy, only actions talk. Venezuela has a massive bargaining chip in the form of the mostly untapped biggest oil reserve in the world. This is Maduro’s ultimate ace in this game, and it should be used shrewdly. In realpolitiks, friends might be temporary, and they always want something. This is not an altruistic environment.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site: News Junkie Post.

Gilbert Mercier is the author of The Orwellian Empire.

The state of the climate constitutes a confluence of multiple processes, the primary factors being solar insolation and the greenhouse gas composition of the atmosphere. Rising temperatures trigger multiple secondary feedback processes, including decrease in the CO2 solubility in warming parts of the oceans, melting of the large parts of the ice sheets cooling of parts of the oceans by in-flow of ice melt water, release of methane from melting permafrost and methane clathrates and hydrates, desiccated vegetation, bush fires and other feedbacks.

As the Earth continues to heat, transient temperature reversals (stadials) accentuate temperature polarities between warming land and ocean regions cooled by the inflow of ice melt from the ice sheets, as observed south and east of Greenland and off Western Antarctica (Hansen et al. 2016) (Figure 1). Increased polar temperatures, rising twice as fast as intermediate and tropical zones, weaken and undulate the jet stream which defines the polar boundary (Figure 2), allowing cold air masses to move out and warm air masses to move in, further heating the Arctic.

The temperature contrast between migrating warm and cold air masses enhances the intensity of extreme weather events. Analogies are made with Pleistocene and early Holocene, (2.6-0.01.10years ago) where peak interglacial temperatures were succeeded by transient freeze events (stadials), such as the Younger Dryas and the 8.5.10years-old Laurentide ice melt, attributed to cold ice melt flow into the North Atlantic Ocean and North American lakes (Lake Agasiz). The evidence raises questions regarding the mostly linear to curved IPCC model trajectories proposed for the 21st century and beyond. Already large pools of cold ice melt are formed in the ocean south and east of Greenland (Rahmstorf et al. 2015) and north of west Antarctica (Figure 1) and the AMOC (Atlantic Meridional Ocean Circulation) and the jet stream are weakening. Comparisons of current warming with past climates of +1oC relative to the early 19th century indicate extreme weather events, including in the early Holocene Optimum period (~10,000-8500 years ago) and the Eemian interglacial (130,000 – 115,000 years ago) (Roverea et al. 2017). The probability of a future transient freeze event (stadial) triggered by the flow of cold icemelt water into the North Atlantic and sub-Antarctic oceans bears major implications for modern and future climate change trends, including a rise in extreme weather events due to a growing contrast between cooling oceans and warming continents and between polar-derived and tropics-derived air masses of contrasted temperatures. This needs to be taken into account in planning adaptation efforts.

Figure 1.Modelled 2055-2100 surface-air temperature to +1.19oC above 1880-1920 (AIB modelmodified forcing, ice melt to 1 meter sea lelvel rise) (Hansen et al. 2016)1

Figure 2. The weakening and increasing undulation of the polar boundary (see this)

Whereas reports of the International Panel of Climate Change (IPCC2), based on thousands of peer reviewed science papers and reports, offer a confident documentation of past and present processes in the atmosphere3, including future model projections (Figure 3), when it comes to estimates of future ice melt and sea level change rates, however, these models contain a number of significant departures from observations based on the paleoclimate record. This includes climate change feedbacks from land and water, ice melt rates, temperature trajectories, sea level rise rates, methane release rates, the role of fires, and observed onset of transient stadial (freeze) events4. Early stages of stadial event/s are manifest by the build-up of a large pools of cold ice melt water in the North Atlantic Ocean south of Greenland and along the fringes of the Antarctic continent (Figure 1).

Figure 3. IPCC model of the time series of the global annual mean surface air temperatureanomalies relative to 1986–2005 from CMIP5 (Coupled Model Inter- comparison Project) Projections are shown for each multi model mean (solid lines)5

Hansen et al. (2016) (Figure 1) used paleoclimate data and modern observations to estimate theeffects of ice melt water from Greenland and Antarctica, showing cold low-density meltwater tend to cap increasingly warm subsurface ocean water, affecting an increase in ice shelf melting, accelerating ice sheet mass loss (Figure 4) and slowing deep water formation (Figure 5). Ice mass loss would raise sea level by several meters as an exponential rather than linear response, with doubling time of ice loss of 10, 20 or 40 years yielding multi-meter sea level rise in about 50, 100 or 200 years.

Linear to curved temperature trends portrayed by the IPCC to the year 2300 (Figure 3) are rare in the Pleistocene paleo-climate record, where abrupt warming and cooling dominate during glacial periods (Dansgaard-Oeschger cycles; Ganopolski and Rahmstorf 20016; Camille and Born, 20197) and interglacial (Cortese et al. 20078) periods.Hansen et al.’s (2016) model includessharp drops in temperature, reflecting stadial freezing events in the Atlantic Ocean and the sub-Antarctic Ocean and their surrounds, reaching -2oC over several decades (Figure 6).

Figure 4.Greenland and Antarctic ice mass change. GRACE data are extension ofVelicogna etal. (2014)9gravity data. MBM (mass budget method) data are fromRignot et al. (2011)10. Redcurves are gravity data for Greenland and Antarctica; small Arctic ice caps and ice shelf melt add to freshwater input (Hansen et al. 2016)11

Figure 5. The AMOC (Atlantic Mid-Ocean circulation) at 28◦N in simulations (i.e., includingfreshwater injection of 720 Gt year−1 in 2011 around Antarcti ca, increasing with a 10-year doubling time, and half that amount around Greenland). (b) SST (C) in the North Atlantic region (44–60 ◦N, 10–50 ◦W).

Temperature and sea level rise relations during the Eemian interglacial12 about 115-130 kyr ago, when temperatures were about +1oC or higher than during the late stage of the Holocene, and sea levels were +6 to +9 m higher than at present, offer a possible analogy for present developments. During the Eemian overall cooling of the North Atlantic Ocean and parts of the West Antarctic fringe ocean due to ice melt led to increased temperature polarities and to storminess (Roverea etal. 2017; Kaspar et al. 2007)13, underpinning the danger of global temperature rise to +1.5oC. Accelerating ice melt and nonlinear sea level rise would reach several meters over a timescale of 50–150 years ( Hansen et al. 2016)

Figure 6. Global surface-air temperature to the year 2300 in the North Atlantic and SouthernOceans, including stadial freeze events as a function of Greenland and Antarctic ice melt doubling time

The development of large cold water pools south and east of Greenland (Rahmstorf et al. 201514) and at the fringe of West Antarctica (Figure 1) signify early stages in the development of a stadial freeze, consistent with the decline in the Atlantic Meridional Ocean Circulation (AMOC) (Figure 5). These projections differ markedly from model trends of the IPCC (Figure 3), which portray long term ice melt (Ahmed N 2018)15. The IPCC (2016)16 states: A key question is whether ice-dynamical mechanisms could operate which would enhance ice discharge sufficiently to have an appreciable additional effect on sea level rise” . This statement is difficult to reconcile with studies by Rignot et al. (2011), reporting that in 2006the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets experienced a combined mass loss of 475 ± 158 Gt/yr, equivalent to 1.3 ± 0.4 mm/yr sea level rise.”17 For the Antarctic ice sheet the IEMB team (2017)18 states the sheet lost 2,720 ± 1,390 billion tonnes of ice between 1992 and 2017, which corresponds to an increase in mean sea level of 7.6 ± 3.9 millimeter.

A non-linear climate warming trend, including stadial freeze events, bears significant implications for planning future adaptation efforts, including preparations for transient deep freeze events in parts of Western Europe and eastern North America, for periods lasting several decades (Figure 6), as well as coastal defenses against enhanced storminess arising from increased temperature contrasts between the cooled regions and warm tropical latitudes.

According to NOAA19 Arctic surface air temperatures continue to warm at twice the rate relative to the rest of the globe, leading to a loss of 95 percent of its oldest ice over the past three decades. Arctic air temperatures for 2014-18 have exceeded all previous records since 1900 and are driving broad changes within the Arctic as well the sub-Arctic through weakening of the jet stream which separates the Arctic from warmer climate zones. The recent freezing storms in North America represent penetration of cold air masses through a weakening and increasingly undulating jet stream barrier (Figures 2 and 7). This weakening also allows warm air masses to move northward, further warming the Arctic and driving further ice melting. The freezing storms in North America are cheering climate denialists who refuse to discriminate between the climate and the weather. As the Earth continues to heat and cold air masses breach the Arctic boundary and move southward, temperature contrasts between polar and subpolar climate zones decrease, further weakening the polar divide. At the same time temperature contrasts between Arctic-derived cold air masses and subtropical zones result in an increase in the intensity and frequency of extreme weather events.

Figure 7. The weakened undulating Jet stream bounding the polar vortex. Red represents thefastest air flow (Berwyn 2016)20

Figure 8. The North American and Siberian freeze event 30 January 2019 (NOAA GlobalForecast system model) (Francis 2019)21

The role of feedbacks from land and water, estimates of future ice melt rates, sea level rise rates, methane release rates, the role of fires in enhancing atmospheric CO2, and the already observed onset of temporary freeze events need to be quantified. As the Earth warms, the increase in temperature contrasts across the globe, and thereby an increase in storminess and extreme weather events, occurring at present, need to be taken into account when planning adaptation measures, including preparation of coastal defenses, construction of channel and pipelines from heavy precipitation zones to draught zones. In Australia this should include construction of water pipelines and channels from the flooded north to parched regions such as the Murray-Darling basin.

Imminent climate risks

Climate model projections for the 21st to 23rd centuries need to take paleoclimate evidence more fully into account, including the transient stadial effects of ice melt water flow into the oceans and amplifying feedbacks of global warming from land and oceans. The paleo-climate record indicates that over the last 800,000 years peak interglacial temperatures were consistently succeeded by temporary freeze events, attributed to the flow of cold ice melt water flow into the North Atlantic Ocean. Radiative forcing22, increasing with concentration of atmospheric greenhouse gases and rising by about 0.04 Watt/m2/year over the last 50 years23, totaled by more than 2 Watt/m2, equivalent to ~3.0°C (~1.5°C per W/m 2)24. The rise of mean global temperatures to date by 0.9°C since 1880 25 therefore represents lag effect, pointing to potential temperature rise by approximately two degrees Celsius. Climate change trajectories would be highly irregular as a result of stadial events affected by flow of ice melt water into the oceans. Whereas similar temperature fluctuations and stadial events occurred during past interglacial periods (Cortese etal. 200726; Figure 9), when peak temperature fluctuations were close to +/1oC, further rises intemperature in future would enhance the intensity and frequency of extreme weather events, entering uncharted territory, rendering large parts of the continents uninhabitable.

Figure 9.A.Evolution of sea surface temperatures in 5 glacial-interglacial transitions recordedin ODP-1089 at the sub-Antarctic Atlantic Ocean. Lower grey lines – δ18O measured on Cibicidoides plankton; Black lines – sea surface temperature. Marine isotope stage numbers are indicated on top of diagrams. Note the stadial temperature drop events following interglacial peak temperatures, analogous to the Younger Dryaspreceding the onset of the Holocene (Corteseet al. 200727).B. Mean temperatures for the late Pleistocene and early Holocene.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Dr Andrew Glikson, Earth and Paleo-climate science, Australia National University (ANU) School of Anthropology and Archaeology, ANU Planetary Science Institute, ANU Climate Change Institute, Honorary Associate Professor, Geothermal Energy Centre of Excellence, University of Queensland. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Sources

Arctic Report Card (2018) Tracking recent environmental changes relative to historical records https://www.arctic.noaa.gov/Report-Card

Berwyn B (2016) Wobbly Jet Stream Is Sending the Melting Arctic into ‘Uncharted territory. Inside Climate News https://insideclimatenews.org/news/08062016/greenland-arctic-record-melt-jet-stream-wobbly-global-warming-climate-change

Camille Li, Born A (2019) Coupled atmosphere-ice-ocean dynamics in Dansgaard-Oeschger events Quaternary Science Reviews 203, 1-20.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0277379118305705

Climate Council (1918) The good the b ad and the ugly: limiting temperature rise to 1.5°C. https://www.climatecouncil.org.au/resources/limiting-temperature-rise/

Cortese G, Abelmann A, Gersonde A (2007) The last five glacial‐interglacial transitions: A high‐resolution 450,000‐year record from the sub-Antarctic Atlantic. Paleogeography and Paleoclimatology (22) Part 4.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228524417_The_last_five_glacial-interglacial_transitions_A_high-resolution_450000-year_record_from_the_subantarctic_Atlantic

Easterbrook S (2019) New IPCC Report (Part 6). Azimuth.
https://johncarlosbaez.wordpress.com/2014/04/16/what-does-the-new-ipcc-report-say-about-climate-change-part-6/

Francis J (2019) How frigid polar vortex blasts are connected to global warming: The National Weather Service is warning of brutal, life-threatening conditions. Salon, January 2019.
https://www.salon.com/2019/01/31/how-frigid-polar-vortex-blasts-are-connected-to-global-warming_partner/

Ganopolski A, Rahmstorf S. (2001) Rapid changes of glacial climate simulated in a coupled climate model. Nature 409 (6817)153-8.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11196631

Hansen J. et al. (2016) Ice melt, sea level rise and superstorms: evidence from paleoclimate data, climate modeling, and modern observations that 2°C globa l warming could be dangerous. Atmos. Chem. Phys. 16, 3761-3812.

New IPCC Report (Part 6)

IMBIE Team (2017) Mass balance of the Antarctic Ice Sheet from 1992 to 2017. The IMBIE team. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-018-0179-y.epdf?referrer_access_token=S5Y_R7foKDe_0LTC1ePHNRgN0jAjWel9jnR3ZoTv0PBEKqWHTwARrIrR4OxoHFd5WZGhA0FX8FPbkdWIZLYWSZXdrY6PsBEIhQw8kfzqY8CzRUyWaogOmRlMtURwKL_LY17cUVdlgmtWLaRk_EWhFILoJdJyawITzJhU3y8fPcoosWQQMgEN2fv3kQx_S8JT4BLn4bheLaGZaYfD6J64pzwLO1V5h5TxsI6J4qUimPnWHm2Ax0DoQjYvfEgChVqY1nI8d3M_kRuObyJedPw%3D%3D&tracking_referrer=www.abc.net.au

IPCC (2018) Global warming of 1.5oC.
https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/

IPCC Working Group I (2018) The Scientific Basis.
https://archive.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/tar/wg1/416.htm;
https://www.ipcc.ch/working-group/wg1/?idp=408

Kaspar, F, Spangehl T, and Cubasch U (2007). Northern hemisphere winter storm tracks of the Eemian interglacial and the last glacial inception. Clim. Past 3, 181–192

Nafeez Ahmed (2018) |The UN’s Devastating Climate Change Report Was Too Optimistic. Mother board.
https://motherboard.vice.com/en_us

Rahmstorf S. et al. (2015) Exceptional twentieth-century slowdown in Atlantic Ocean overturning circulation. Nature Climate Change volume 5:475–480

Rignot E et al. (2011) Acceleration of the contribution of the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets to sea level rise Acceleration of the contribution of the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets to sea level rise. Geophysical Res Lett 38 (5).

Roverea A et al. (2017) Giant boulders and Last Interglacial storm intensity in the North Atlantic. Proc. Am Acad Sci 114 (46) 12144-12149.

Velicogna I, Sutterley T. C. vanden Broeke M. R. (2014) Regional acceleration in ice mass loss from Greenland and Antarctica using GRACE time‐variable gravity data. Geophysical Res Lett 41 (22) 8130-8137 https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/2014GL061052

Notes

1. https://www.atmos-chem-phys.net/16/3761/2016/

2. IPCC (2018) Global warming of 1.5 degrees. https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/

3. https://www.climatecouncil.org.au/resources/limiting-temperature-rise/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMIt-Wq7-KM4AIVVQ4rCh0WSQ69EAAYASAAEgLhp_D_BwE

4. https://www.atmos-chem-phys.net/16/3761/2016/acp-16-3761-2016.pdf

5. https://johncarlosbaez.wordpress.com/2014/04/16/what-does-the-new-ipcc-report-say-about-climate-change-part-6/

6. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11196631

7. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0277379118305705

8. https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1029/2007PA001457

9. https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/2014GL061052

10. https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2011GL046583

11. https://www.atmos-chem-phys.net/16/3761/2016/acp-16-3761-2016.pdf

12. https://www.britannica.com/science/Eemian-Interglacial-Stage

13. http://moraymo.us/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Rovereetal_PNAS_2017.pdf;https://www.clim-past.net/3/181/2007/cp-3-181-2007.pdf

14. https://www.nature.com/articles/nclimate2554

15. https://motherboard.vice.com/en_us/article/43e8yp/the-uns-devastating-climate-change-report-was-too-optimistic

16. https://archive.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/tar/wg1/416.htm

17. https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1029/2011GL046583

18. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-018-0179-y

19. https://www.arctic.noaa.gov/Report-Card

20. https://insideclimatenews.org/news/08062016/greenland-arctic-record-melt-jet-stream-wobbly-global-warming-climate-change

21. https://www.salon.com/2019/01/31/how-frigid-polar-vortex-blasts-are-connected-to-global-warming_partner/

22. Radiative forcing – the difference between incoming radiation and radiation reflected back to space

23. http://www.columbia.edu/~jeh1/mailings/2018/20181206_Nutshell.pdf

24. https://arxiv.org/abs/0804.1126

25. https://climate.nasa.gov/vital-signs/global-temperature/

26. https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1029/2007PA001457

27. https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1029/2007PA001457

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Melting Ice Sheets and Weakened Polar Fronts: Onset of Climate Tipping Points

February 23: A Day of Global Actions Demanding Hands Off Venezuela

February 18th, 2019 by No War on Venezuela

Two days after unelected Juan Gaido declared himself interim president of Venezuela, war criminal Elliott Abrams was appointed to be the “US Special Envoy on Venezuela.”

If Trump’s recognition of Guaido’s ridiculous declaration wasn’t enough, Abrams’ involvement should have been a gigantic signal to the movement: that Venezuela and the Bolivarian Movement must be defended at all costs.

On Wednesday, congressperson Ilhan Omar electrified progressives worldwide by directly calling out Abrams’ record of genocide in Latin America to his face—specifically referencing the 1981 El Mozote massacre by US-backed soldiers in El Salvador, whose government Abrams defended to the hilt.

Abrams’ specialty in El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua and other countries was dressing up murderous war policies as humanitarian efforts to promote democracy.

This is what’s happening at the Tienditas International Bridge, a trademark Abrams’ stunt. The US has delivered bags of supplies to a bridge that has never been open to traffic. The Red Cross, whose leaders have denounced Guaido’s use of food as an interventionist tool, already operates in Venezuelan hospitals, with the full cooperation of the Maduro government.

The Bolivarian government in Venezuela is internationally renown for radically reducing hunger. However, a malevolent US-orchestrated scheme has caused widespread food shortages. Guaido’s international-aid stunt is a Trojan horse ploy designed to cause regime change.

Maduro is right: if the US really wanted to fight hunger, it would stop the sanctions.

As of this writing, 2,000 people have signed a call translated into 15 languages demanding an end to the US-backed coup in Venezuela. On February 23, the one-month anniversary of Guaido’s bogus announcement, thousands of people will march around the world to denounce intervention and defend the Bolivarian Revolution.

After this international anti-war date was set, Guaido announced Feb. 23 as the date “humanitarian supplies” will enter Venezuela. Corporate media has eaten up his pronouncements as they did the Bush Administration’s lies about Weapons of Mass destruction. But on that date, the world will see a contrast: between a border publicity stunt organized by an unelected puppet — and a river of humanity marching across the globe to defend Venezuela.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: A Hands Off Venezuela protest in London on January 28, 2018. (Socialist Appeal/Flickr).

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on February 23: A Day of Global Actions Demanding Hands Off Venezuela
  • Tags:

It may sound incredible, but it is true: in countries that have been damaged, even totally robbed and destroyed by the West, many people are still enamored with Europe and North America.

For years, I have been observing this ‘phenomena’, even in the most plundered, devastated war zones and slums. Often I was shocked, other times thoroughly desperate. I did not know how to respond, how to react, how to describe what I have been observing.

Then, a few days ago, in Syria, right next to the Idlib battlefield, close to the deadly positions of Al-Nusra Front, in a country where the West and its allies have murdered hundreds of thousands of people, one of my interpreters exclaimed in a ‘patriotic’ outburst: “Look how beautiful this land is! It is almost as beautiful as Europe!”

And at night, another guide of mine began nostalgically recalling his glorious days in Europe, when he could still go there; before the Syrian war began.

An interpreter did not know who Fidel Castro was (I had his portrait, lighting up cigar, as my phone screensaver), but both of them – my local companions at the battle ground – were fluent in Western slang and the worldview. They knew, however, near zero about China.They were patriotic and they fully supported their country, but at the same time they admired the West and Western journalists from the mainstream media – those very same propagandists who helped to bring their beautiful and unique Syria to the state in which it is now.

It all felt schizophrenic, but definitely not new.

I could not take it, anymore. I decided to write this story, despite the fact that it is an intellectual ‘minefield’. I decided to write it, because it is how it is. Because I have to tell it; someone has to. And above all, because it is absolutely essential to combat the crooked selfie image with which the West has been infecting almost all nations of the world, including all those that it has been plundering and raping.

*

Are we dealing with the so-called “Stockholm Syndrome” here? Most likely, yes. The victim falls in love with her or his tormentor.

For long centuries, the West has been colonizing, usurping, literally terrorizing the entire planet. Hundreds of millions have died as a result of colonialism, neo-colonialism, and imperialism. Wealth, cultural and educational institutions, hospitals, transportation, parks – all that Europe and North America possess to date and boast about, was constructed on mountains of bones, on genocide and unbridled plunder.

That cannot be disputed, can it?

Slavery, mass murder, genocidal expansions; the West robbed the world, and then consolidated its power, promoting its exceptionalism through relentless brainwashing (called ‘education’), propaganda (called ‘information’), and twisted entertainment for the masses that inhabit poor countries (called ‘culture’ and ‘the arts’).

Shockingly and absurdly, Europe and North America are still loved and admired by many, even (or especially) in such places where Western governments and companies plagued everything like locusts, leaving to the locals only burned land, poison and miserable slums.

*

How is it possible?

For years, I have been working in Africa, a continent which was entirely subjugated by the U.K., France, Germany, Belgium and other European expansionist nations. Africa from where millions of men, women and children were brought in chains to the “New World”, as slaves. Where millions died during the ‘hunt’, where millions died in ‘transit centers’, and then, on the open seas. That’s tens of millions of ruined lives. The complete plunder of the resources, the unimaginable humiliation of the people, broken cultures, genocides and holocaust against local individuals from what is now Namibia, to the Democratic Republic of Congo. Great African heroes like Lumumba assassinated by the Western rulers.

And yet, many Africans see the West as some great ‘example’, as a ‘guiding light’, as a severe but respectable ‘daddy’, who uses the belt when it is necessary, but who also rewards justly those of his ‘children’ who ‘behave properly’.

It is repulsive, but undeniable.

The greatest African writers are now teaching at U.S. and U.K. universities. They have been ‘neutralized’ and ‘pacified’, many of them out rightly bought. In many countries, African judges wear comical white wigs, doing their best to look like their British counterparts. The children of corrupt elites are collecting diplomas from the U.K. and French universities, imitating upper-class European accents.

To behave, to look and sound like the colonizers, is something that brings respect.

The same on the Sub-Continent, of course.

The mannerism among the upper classes in India and Pakistan are those of the U.K. (and lately, of the U.S.). Elites there go out of their way to be more British than the Brits; more Californian than the inhabitants of the U.S. West Coast. Countless private Indian universities call themselves ‘American’ or ‘British’, with ‘Oxford’ or ‘Cambridge’ frequently ‘decorating’ their names.

‘To be accepted’ in Europe or North America is the highest honor, in almost all former colonies, therefore, in almost the entire world.

‘Well groomed’, well-educated and modern Asians, Latin Americans, Africans and the Middle Easterners are expected to ape Westerners; to dress like Westerners, eat (and drink) like the Westerners and to ‘defend the same values’ as them.

In fact, they are expected to be much more Western than the Westerners.

But ‘expected’ by whom? Yes, you guess correctly: very often by their own people!

*

Ask and many in the ‘South’ will tell you: everything that comes from the West is beautiful, progressive and dandy.

“Every bule is beautiful,” I was informed, recently, by a young indigenous professional lady in the totally environmentally plundered island of Borneo/Kalimantan. Bule is a vulgar, derogatory Indonesian word for the ‘whites’, and literally means ‘albino’. However, the lady was not joking, it was a compliment: she was brought up believing that every bule is actually superior and fine-looking.

In the indigenous Mexican state of Yucatan, right after the elections that brought to power the left-wing President Obrador, I overheard the conversation of a dozen or so upper-class housewives in a Western chain café. Their references were fully European and North American: From vacations in Italy and Spain, to the films they were watching, books they were reading. Europe was their ‘mother-continent’, while Miami, their only true comparison. Before Obrador came to power, indigenous people were increasingly living in misery, their roofs broken, jobs disappearing. But the elites were, as always, in a European state of mind. The real Mexico was not on their radar. It did not matter, or didn’t even exist.

Even some of the poor in the ‘conquered world’ who are actually ‘concerned’ about Western imperialism, see it as an abstract problem.They see it as a strictly political, military or economic issue. The fact that Western imperialism has ‘culturally’ immobilized entire nations and continents is hardly addressed.

Even in those proud countries that are determinedly struggling against Western imperialism – China, Russia, Iran, or Venezuela – the Western narrative of exceptionalism has already managed to cause tremendous damage.

In China, for instance, almost everything ‘Western’ had been, until recently, associated with modernity. Being ‘against the West’ was considered boring, gray and outdated, somehow connected to the ‘Communist propaganda’ of the past (the fact that the ‘Communist propaganda’ was often correct, mattered nothing). This attitude allowed the great infiltration of Chinese universities by Western academia, as well as the injection of Western nihilism into Chinese arts, culture, even way of life. Only recently, has this dangerous trend been reversed, but not after it had already caused great damage.

The admiration of everything Western destroyed the greatest progressive experiment of modern history – The Soviet Union and the so-called “Eastern Bloc”.

The power of negative Western propaganda packaged together with the promotion of extreme individualism, selfishness and consumerism, literally wiped out all internationalist zeal, humanism and higher principles, from the minds of tens of millions of young Czechs, Poles, East Germans, Bulgarians, and even Soviets.

The once proud Communist Eastern Bloc, after liberating dozens of countries from colonialism, after fighting for an egalitarian world, showing solidarity with all oppressed nations, was then gradually defeated by such shallow bullshit as blue jeans labels, the nonsensical lyrics of rock and pop songs (a favorite weapon of the West), greed, religions (another Western weapon), and slogans like ‘freedom’ and ‘democracy’ (the Western world which has been denying freedom and democracy to almost all countries on our planet, cynically turned the truth upside down, and fooled East Europeans, by skillfully applying centuries long propaganda methods).

In the end, confused and increasingly cynical, what many East Europeans demanded was not ‘freedom’, but more money, more labels, and the ability to join the bloc of the countries that have been plundering the world.

*

So, what makes the West so successful, when it comes to brainwashing people all around the world? How is it possible after all that banditry, terror and ruthlessness, that most of the oppressed and conquered countries are still showing plenty of respect to the masters that reside in New York, London or Paris?

I believe that if we find the answers to this question, we will be able to save the world, and reverse this deadly trend.

First of all, after interacting with thousands of people in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, Oceania and Latin America, I am coming to the conclusion that the West (and Japan) is often admired for the ‘high standards of living’.

In such miserable and collapsed countries like Indonesia, I often hear nonsense like: “European countries are more ‘Muslim’ than we are. They treat people much better than we do.”

Middle and upper class Southeast Asian families are travelling to Netherlands or Germany, and then exclaim after returning home: “Look at their parks, hospitals, bicycle lanes, trams, museums… We have to learn from them! They do so much for improving our world.”

That’s precisely what Africans admire about Europe. That’s how many ‘educated’ Indians or Southeast Asians feel. That’s what Peruvians, Hondurans or Paraguayans love about their Miami.

Are they wrong? Isn’t there, after all, plenty that poor countries could learn from the West?

Yes; definitely they are wrong. Totally wrong!

Let’s see ‘why’?

The West ‘arranged’ the entire world in accordance with its own feudal system of the past centuries. It brought the system of shameless oppressive regime to the global level.

To admire this monstrous and regressive global system would be like admiring the arrangement of European societies some three hundred years ago. It would be essentially like saying: “Look, the aristocracy of France or England was actually quite fine, egalitarian, educated and healthy, and we should learn from how they lived, and copy their examples!”

Of course, the aristocracy, the royalty and the church of Europe has always lived well, even 300 years ago. They had good schools for their children, they had decent medical care, palaces, summer villas, sanatoriums with mineral waters, theatres, lavish parks, and tons of servants.

The only ‘tiny’ problem was that some 95% of the population had to work for the luxury they enjoyed, subsisting in total misery. Plus, of course, those tens of millions of un-peoplein the colonies were being exterminated like animals.

The same is happening now. The entire Europe (with the exception of the poor people there) has moved to the bracket of new aristocracy, at least comparatively. And the rest of the world is laboring, dying, being raped and plundered, in order to maintain this ‘wonderful-looking’ social-state project of the West. Even the U.S. and its relatively brutal turbo-capitalist model is still ‘socialist’ (for the U.S. citizens), compared to such countries as Indonesia, India, Peru or Nigeria.

Western standards of living cannot be replicated elsewhere. To believe that the West would allow Africans or Southeast Asians to build a social state is naïve, almost intellectually insulting. Singapore, South Korea and Japan are rare exceptions, where the West closed both eyes, for strictly strategic reasons.

In order for the West to prosper, maintaining a super high standard of living, with all the benefits for its citizens, billions of the ‘serfs’ all over the world have to suffer, sacrifice themselves, and work for close to nothing; the more of them that live in hell, the better.

Nature has to be plundered in places like Borneo and Papua, DR Congo and soon in Brazil.

People have to be ruled by pro-Western corrupt oligarchs, and by the military and religious leaders. Saudi Arabia, Indonesia and now Brazil, are perfect countries for the West: they happily and willingly sacrifice their own people, guaranteeing Western prosperity.

You did not know? Nonsense! You did not want to know. All those people who matter are very happy with this arrangement: The Western rulers, citizens of Europe, North America, Australia, New Zealand and Japan, as well as the rulers/elites in the poor countries. The only ones who are truly suffering are those billions of the poor, worldwide, but they matter nothing, and they are not told anything anyway, because the media is in the hands of the West and their lackeys, and so is ‘education’.

And as they are not told anything, they – the wretched of the Earth – are admiring the West, too. They eat Western junk food if they can save few dollars a month, they drink Nescafe instead of their traditional coffee, listen to the shittiest music, watch pirated Hollywood blockbuster movies, wear fake sneakers and jeans, and masturbate to Western porn (if they have internet). They also dutifully follow religions, which were injected and upheld by the West, into their countries.

The poorer the country, the greater appear to be the green hills and pastures of the Western paradise.

And so, it goes on and on.

In India, Indonesia, Uganda, Jordan, Fiji, Honduras, I hear the same crap, from semi-educated, or West-educated local citizens: “People in the West are actually very good people, but their governments are bad.” Are they sure about that? I wonder.

*

Frankly and honestly, I am tired of this status quo. And I don’t find this amusing at all: hearing admiring statements about European and other Western countries in the middle of the monstrous war zones, famine-stricken areas, brutal mines, on the banks of poisoned rivers and inside the slums.

I am an ‘old-fashioned’ revolutionary. Slaves have to rise and fight, if necessary die for freedom; not to admire their masters and tormentors.

The crimes of the colonialists have to be exposed. The insane arrangement of the world has to be defined and then smashed into pieces.

The cute trams, bicycle lanes, parks, museums, operas, cafes, universities and hospitals in Europe are built on rivers of blood and the bones of ‘The Others’. I said it three years ago on the floor of the Italian Parliament, and I will repeat it again and again, wherever I go.

There is no other topic that matters, right now, on our planet.

Everything is connected to this, including the fear and hate that the West feels and spreads about countries like Venezuela, Russia, China, Iran, South Africa, Syria or Cuba.

They hate us; they hate those who resist, who are standing tall. And they should and will get back the same in return, hopefully, if the truth is pronounced often enough!

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on New Eastern Outlook.

Andre Vltchek is a philosopher, novelist, filmmaker and investigative journalist. He has covered wars and conflicts in dozens of countries. Four of his latest books are China and Ecological Civilization with John B. Cobb, Jr., Revolutionary Optimism, Western Nihilism, a revolutionary novel “Aurora” and a bestselling work of political non-fiction: “Exposing Lies Of The Empire”. View his other books here. Watch Rwanda Gambit, his groundbreaking documentary about Rwanda and DRCongo and his film/dialogue with Noam Chomsky “On Western Terrorism”. Vltchek presently resides in East Asia and the Middle East, and continues to work around the world. He can be reached through his website and his Twitter.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on In Countries Destroyed by the West, People Should Stop Admiring the U.S. and Europe

Back in April 2015, when Venezuela still had a somewhat functioning economy and hyperinflation was not yet rampant, the cash-strapped country quietly conducted a little-noticed gold-for-cash swap with Citigroup as part of which president Nicolas Maduro converted part of his nation’s gold reserves into at least $1 billion in cash through a swap with Citibank.

As Reuters reported then, the deal would make more foreign currency available to President Nicolas Maduro’s socialist government as the OPEC nation struggled with soaring consumer prices, chronic shortages and a shrinking economy worsened by low oil prices.

As Reuters further added:

“former central bank director Jose Guerra and economist Asdrubal Oliveros of Caracas-based consultancy Ecoanalitica said in separate interviews that the operation had been carried out.  A source at the central bank told Reuters last month it would provide 1.4 million troy ounces of gold in exchange for cash. Venezuela would have to pay interest on the funds, but the bank would most likely be able to maintain the gold as part of its foreign currency reserves.”

Needless to say, the socialist country’s economic situation is orders of magnitude worse now, and in addition to a full-blown blockade of the country’s only key export, petroleum, the president has a simmering, US-backed coup to contend with as well.

Fast forward three years when Venezuela’s gold swap with Citi is about to mature, and according to lawmaker Angel Alvarado, advisor to Venezuelan opposition leader and self-proclaimed president, Juan Guaido, Citi would be entitled to keep the gold if cash-strapped Venezuela does not pay the loan when it expires in March. Considering the country’s financial dire straits, the last thing Venezuela can afford is to pay Citi to reclaim ownership of the collateral.

As a result, on Friday, Guaido’s advisors asked Citibank not to invoke the guarantee and not to claim the gold put up as collateral for the 2015 loan made to the government of President Nicolas Maduro if his administration does not make payments on time, Reuters reported, citing a Venezuela lawmaker.  Opposition leaders have claimed that Maduro usurped power last month when he was sworn in to a second term after a disputed election widely described as a sham.

“Citibank has been asked to stand by and not invoke the guarantee until the end of the usurpation,” Alvarado said in an interview. “We don’t want to lose the gold.”

Confirming what we reported back in 2016, a finance industry source told Reuters that the gold is worth $1.1 billion.

While it is unclear whether Citi will comply with the requests, there is now a non-trivial possibility that the US bank may find itself liquidating over $1 billion in Venezuela bullion in the open market, an operation which could potentially send the price of the precious metal sharply lower.

*

Meanwhile, far from pushing to reclaim its gold, Maduro has only been selling more of it, as Abu Dhabi investment firm Noor Capital confirmed when it said earlier this month that it bought 3 tons of gold from Venezuela’s central bank, but would halt further transactions until the country’s situation stabilizes.

Guaido has also asked British authorities to prevent Maduro from gaining access to gold reserves held in the Bank of England, which holds around $1.2 billion in bullion for Maduro’s government. So far the British central bank has refused to comply with Maduro’s demands to remit the gold back to Venezuela, although when asked for comment, the BOE said it does not comment on client operations.

Meanwhile, Hugo Chavez, who spent the last years of his life repatriating Venezuela’s gold is spinning in his grave.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

All images in this article are from Zero Hedge

Lawsuit Challenges Trump’s Emergency Declaration for Border Wall

February 18th, 2019 by Center For Biological Diversity

The Center for Biological Diversity, Defenders of Wildlife and Animal Legal Defense Fund sued the Trump administration today over the president’s emergency declaration to pay for his border walls.

Today’s lawsuit, filed in U.S. District Court in Washington, D.C., argues that the president is violating the U.S. Constitution by overstepping his executive authority and sidestepping Congress to appropriate more than $6 billion to construct walls along the southern border. Trump also illegally invoked the National Emergencies Act and abused the authority given to him by Congress by reallocating money in a non-emergency situation to fund a policy goal.

“The only emergency here is Trump’s assault on the Constitution,” said Brian Segee, a senior attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity. “Separation of powers is at the heart of our democracy and the power of the purse is a critical check on the president. Trump’s authoritarian attempt to build his destructive border wall is a flagrant abuse of that constitutional structure. If he gets his way, it’ll be a disaster for communities and wildlife along the border, including some of our country’s most endangered species.”

Presidents have declared at least 58 states of emergency since Congress passed the National Emergencies Act in 1976 and dozens are still in effect. Nearly all of the declared emergencies relate to sanctions or export restrictions. None of the laws that can be used to trigger use of the act involve immigration or border wall construction. And none of those laws allow reallocation of previously appropriated funds to border wall construction.

“This declaration is another illegal attempt to avoid public scrutiny of a massive public project,” said Animal Legal Defense Fund Executive Director Stephen Wells. “Many species of animals, including endangered species, are put at risk by this project, and all alternatives that protect wildlife and the environment must be considered by law. We will continue to pursue all legal avenues to assure the law is upheld.”

“President Trump has already displayed his contempt for the rule of law by waiving dozens of environmental laws to build his wall,” said Mike Senatore, vice president of conservation law at Defenders of Wildlife. “Now he is showing that he is willing to tear up the Constitution itself to get his way. Defenders of Wildlife will fight to protect our communities, our wildlife and now our constitutional rights from this destructive and needless wall.”

Since January 2017 Congress has authorized $2.4 billion in border enforcement, including $1.7 billion to build 73 miles of border barriers. The 2019 budget deal, which Trump signed on Friday, increases the length of border wall Congress has approved under Trump to 128 miles.

The Center filed the first lawsuit against Trump’s border wall in April 2017. The Center, Defenders of Wildlife and the Animal Legal Defense Fund also sued the Trump administration to challenge waivers that sweep aside public health and safety laws to speed construction of border walls in California, Texas and New Mexico. All of the lawsuits are pending.

Beyond jeopardizing wildlife, endangered species and public lands, the U.S.-Mexico border wall is part of a larger strategy of ongoing border militarization that damages human rights, civil liberties, native lands, local businesses and international relations. The border wall impedes the natural migrations of people and wildlife that are essential to healthy diversity.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

British Bombing in Syria Reaches Record High

February 18th, 2019 by Phil Miller

Britain carried out a record number of air strikes in Syria during the last month of 2018, despite mounting concerns over civilian casualties and costs.

New data obtained by research group Drone Wars has “laid bare” the scale of British bombing in the region.

The group found that Britain dropped 75 bombs over Syria in December, as planes and drones stepped up their attack on the last Isis stronghold.

It was the most intense month of aerial bombardment last year, bringing the annual total to 464 munitions from 225 separate raids.

And while the Ministry of Defence (MoD) has published the number of air strikes, it is much more secretive about civilian casualties, causing concern about who was caught in the crossfire.

As well as local Syrians, kidnapped British journalist John Cantile may also be among those at risk from air strikes.

The war photographer was snatched by Isis terrorists in 2012 and presumed dead, but last week Security Minister Ben Wallace insisted he was still alive.

Mr Cantile’s supporters said on Twitter that they “hope and pray that this turns out to be true.”

Campaign group Stop the War said the new data “marks an astonishing increase in strikes in Syria.”

Its convener, Lindsey German, said:

“These were supposedly against Isis, which all sides agree has been much weakened in recent months.

“The concern must be that many casualties from these strikes will be civilians.

“There is neither monitoring of death and injury by the Ministry of Defence, nor is there any coverage of these attacks by media in this country.

“Parliament voted for these interventions but doesn’t bother to discuss or assess the consequences.”

The new data, obtained through freedom of information requests by Drone Wars, shows that Britain has fired over 4,100 missiles and bombs in a total of 1,925 strikes against Isis in Iraq and Syria from 2014-2018, costing over £300 million.

However the MoD has only acknowledged one civilian casualty throughout the entire campaign.

Reacting to the latest figures, Ms German said:

“In a time of austerity we are spending millions on these strikes. Time to stop.”

Analysis by Drone Wars shows a quarter of these strikes were conducted by Reaper drones.

The weapons dropped on Syria and Iraq include the so-called “Hellfire” and “Brimstone” missiles.

Chris Cole from Drone Wars said:

“Although Isis has been virtually defeated as a military force in Iraq and Syria, with its territory reduced to a few square miles in the Euphrates Valley, UK ministers and defence officials insist that UK strikes will continue until the group is absolutely and totally defeated.

“This [is] though other nations are withdrawing their forces and senior UK commanders acknowledge that Isis is no longer a credible military force.”

An MoD spokesperson said:

“We use whichever asset meets the operational requirement, that can be either manned fast jets such as Typhoon, or remotely piloted aircraft such as Reaper.”

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Pakistan’s War on Terror and Ouster of Nawaz Sharif

February 18th, 2019 by Nauman Sadiq

In a momentous decision on July 28, 2017, then Prime Minister of Pakistan Nawaz Sharif was disqualified from holding public office by the country’s apex court on the flimsy pretext of holding an “Iqama” (a work permit) for a Dubai-based company, and was subsequently given a ten-year imprisonment sentence, though the latter decision is subject to appeal.

Subsequently, sham elections were staged last year, in which many of the stalwarts of Nawaz Sharif’s political party were sent behind the bars and the stooge of Pakistan’s military Imran Khan and his newly formed political party emerged as clear winners, thus legitimizing the “judicial coup” against the government of Nawaz Sharif.

Although it is generally assumed that the revelations in the Panama Papers, that Nawaz Sharif and his family members owned offshore companies, led to the disqualification of the former prime minister, another critically important factor that contributed to the ouster and incarceration of Nawaz Sharif is often overlooked.

In October 2016, one of Pakistan’s leading English language newspapers, Dawn News, published an exclusive report [1] dubbed as the “Dawn Leaks” in the Pakistani press. In the report titled “Act against militants or face international isolation,” citing an advisor to the prime minister, Tariq Fatemi, who was fired from his job for disclosing the internal deliberations of a high-level meeting to the media, the author of the report Cyril Almeida contended that in a huddle of Pakistan’s civilian and military leadership, the civilian government had told the military’s top brass to withdraw its support from the militant outfits operating in Pakistan, specifically from the Haqqani network, Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Mohammad.

After losing tens of thousands of lives to terror attacks during the last decade, an across-the-board consensus has developed among Pakistan’s mainstream political forces that the policy of nurturing militants against regional adversaries has backfired on Pakistan and it risks facing international isolation due to belligerent policies of Pakistan’s security establishment.

Not only Washington, but Pakistan’s “all-weather ally” China, which plans to invest $62 billion in Pakistan via its China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) projects, has also made its reservations public regarding Pakistan’s continued support to the aforementioned jihadist groups.

Thus, excluding a handful of far-right Islamist political parties that are funded by the Gulf’s petro-dollars and historically garner less than 10% votes of Pakistan’s electorate, all the civilian political forces are in favor of turning a new leaf in Pakistan’s checkered political history by endorsing the decision of an indiscriminate crackdown on militant outfits operating in Pakistan. But Pakistan’s security establishment jealously guards its traditional domain, the security and defense policy of Pakistan, and still maintains a distinction between the so-called “good and bad” Taliban.

Regarding Pakistan’s duplicitous stance on terrorism, it’s worth noting that there are three distinct categories of militants operating in Pakistan: the Afghanistan-focused Pashtun militants; the Kashmir-focused Punjabi militants; and foreign transnational terrorists, including the Arab militants of al-Qaeda, the Uzbek insurgents of Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan (IMU) and the Chinese Uighur jihadists of the East Turkistan Islamic Movement (ETIM). Compared to tens of thousands of native Pashtun and Punjabi militants, the foreign transnational terrorists number only in a few hundred and are hence inconsequential.

Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), which is mainly comprised of Pashtun militants, carries out bombings against Pakistan’s state apparatus. The ethnic factor is critical here. Although the Pakistani Taliban (TTP) like to couch their rhetoric in religious terms, but it is the difference of ethnicity and language that enables them to recruit Pashtun tribesmen who are willing to carry out subversive activities against the Punjabi-dominated state apparatus, while the Kashmir-focused Punjabi militants have by and large remained loyal to their patrons in the security agencies of Pakistan.

Although Pakistan’s security establishment has been willing to conduct military operations against the Pakistani Taliban (TTP), which are regarded as a security threat to Pakistan’s state apparatus, as far as the Kashmir-focused Punjabi militants, including the Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Mohammad, and the Afghanistan-focused Quetta Shura Taliban, including the Haqqani network, are concerned, they are still enjoying impunity because such militant groups are regarded as ‘strategic assets’ by Pakistan’s security agencies.

Therefore, the Nawaz Sharif government’s decision that Pakistan must act against the jihadist proxies of the security establishment or risk facing international isolation ruffled the feathers of the military’s top brass, and consequently, the country’s judiciary was used to disqualify an elected prime minister in order to browbeat the civilian leadership of Pakistan.

Historically, from the massacres in Bangladesh in 1971 to the training and arming of Afghan jihadists during the Soviet-Afghan war throughout the 1980s and ‘90s, and then mounting ill-conceived military operations in Pakistan’s tribal areas under American pressure, leading to the displacement of millions of Pashtun tribesmen, the single biggest issue in Pakistan’s turbulent politics has been the interference of army in politics. Unless Pakistanis are able to establish civilian supremacy in Pakistan, it would become a rogue state which will pose a threat to regional peace and its own citizenry.

For the half of its seventy-year history, Pakistan was directly ruled by the army, and for the remaining half, the military establishment kept dictating Pakistan’s defense and security policy from behind the scenes. The outcome of Ayub Khan’s first decade-long martial law from 1958 to 1969 was that Bengalis were marginalized and alienated to an extent that it led to the separation of East Pakistan (Bangladesh) in 1971.

During General Zia’s second decade-long martial law from 1977 to 1988, Pakistan’s military trained and armed its own worst nemesis, the Afghan and Kashmiri jihadists. And during General Musharraf’s third martial law from 1999 to 2008, Pakistan’s security establishment made a volte-face under American pressure and declared a war against its erstwhile jihadist proxies that kindled the fire of insurgency in the tribal areas of Pakistan.

Although most political commentators in Pakistan nowadays hold an Islamist General Zia-ul-Haq responsible for the jihadist militancy in tribal areas, it would be erroneous to assume that nurturing militancy in Pakistan was the doing of an individual scapegoat named Zia. All the army chiefs after Zia’s assassination in 1988, including Generals Aslam Beg, Asif Nawaz, Waheed Kakar, Jahangir Karamat and right up to General Musharraf, upheld the same military doctrine of using jihadist proxies to destabilize the hostile neighboring countries, Afghanistan, India and Iran, throughout the 1980s and ‘90s.

A strategic rethink in the Pakistan Army’s top-brass took place only after the 9/11 terror attack, when Richard Armitage, the US Deputy Secretary of State during the Bush administration, threatened General Musharraf in so many words:

“We will send Pakistan back to the Stone Age unless you stop supporting the Taliban.”

Thus, deliberate promotion of Islamic radicalism and militancy in the region was not the doing of an individual general; rather, it was a well-thought-out military doctrine of a rogue institution.

Notwithstanding, although far from being its diehard ideologue, Donald Trump has been affiliated with the infamous white supremacist “alt-right” movement, which regards Islamic terrorism as an existential threat to America’s security. Trump’s tweets slamming Pakistan for playing a double game in Afghanistan and providing safe havens to the Afghan Taliban on its soil reveals his uncompromising and hawkish stance on terrorism.

Many political commentators in the Pakistani media misinterpreted Trump’s tweets as nothing more than a momentary tantrum of a fickle US president, who wants to pin the blame of Washington’s failures in Afghanistan on Pakistan. But along with tweets, the Trump administration also withheld a tranche of $255 million US assistance to Pakistan, which shows that it wasn’t just tweets but a carefully considered policy of the new US administration to persuade Pakistan to toe Washington’s line in Afghanistan.

Furthermore, Washington has also been arm-twisting Islamabad through the Paris-based Financial Action Task Force (FATF) to do more to curtail the activities of militants operating from its soil to destabilize the US-backed government in Afghanistan.

Finally, after Donald Trump’s outbursts against Pakistan, many willfully blind security and defense analysts suggested that Pakistan needed to intensify its diplomatic efforts to persuade the Trump administration that Pakistan was sincere in its fight against terrorism. But diplomacy is not a charade in which one can persuade one’s interlocutors merely by hollow words without substantiating the words by tangible actions.

The double game played by Pakistan’s security agencies in Afghanistan and Kashmir to destabilize its regional adversaries is in plain sight for everybody to discern and feel indignant about. Therefore, Pakistan will have to withdraw its support from the Afghan Taliban and the Kashmir-focused Punjabi militant groups, if it is eager to maintain good working relations with the Trump administration and wants to avoid economic sanctions and international censure.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Nauman Sadiq is an Islamabad-based attorney, columnist and geopolitical analyst focused on the politics of Af-Pak and Middle East regions, neocolonialism and petro-imperialism.

Note

[1] Act against militants or face international isolation, civilians tell military:

Idlib Province Syria: Infested with US-Supported Terrorists

February 18th, 2019 by Stephen Lendman

On the ides of March a few weeks from now, US aggression in Syria to gain another imperial trophy will enter its 9th year – with no prospect for resolution.

Mass slaughter and destruction continue daily by Pentagon-led terror-bombing and US supported terrorists.

They’re armed with Western and Israeli heavy weapons and munitions, supplied them cross-border from Turkey, Iraq, Jordan and Israel, along with the Pentagon airlifting them in.

Washington’s best laid plans haven’t worked out as scripted because of Russia’s September 2015 intervention to combat US-supported terrorists, notably ISIS and al-Nusra.

By no means does this suggest that peace and stability will be restored to the country any time soon. Reality on the ground is polar opposite.

Begun in 2012, Russian-led diplomatic efforts in Geneva, Astana and Sochi achieved no major breakthroughs.

Afghanistan and Yemen are co-prototypes of ongoing US wars – both begun in October 2001 weeks apart, continuing endlessly with no prospects for resolution any time in the short or intermediate term – why I call them forever wars.

The same goes for Iraq and Libya. Formal conflict ended. Violence and chaos continue endlessly, both countries cauldrons of turmoil, mass impoverishment, environmental degradation, and human misery.

It’s the legacy of all post-9/11 US wars, a pretext for spending countless trillions of dollars on militarism and warmaking, accounting for the large majority of US discretionary spending at the expense of vital social programs, the nation’s deteriorating infrastructure, and other homeland needs.

Wall Street and the military, industrial, security, media complex demand what’s going on. Republicans and undemocratic Dems salute and obey dark forces running the country – the behind the scenes power structure, the nation’s deep state, politicians serving its interests exclusively.

Along with 18 or more Pentagon bases in northern and southern Syria, and Turkish wannabe sultan Erdogan’s aim to annex Syrian territory bordering his country, Idlib province remains the last terrorist stronghold.

The US, NATO, Turkey, the Saudis, Israel, the UAE and Jordan support thousands of heavily armed al-Nusra and other jihadists infesting the province.

Last September, Putin and Erdogan agreed on establishing a 15 – 20 km-wide demilitarized zone in Idlib along the Turkish border.

The plan was for Russian and Turkish forces to control it for an interim period, delaying its liberation. Things haven’t worked out as planned.

For the past six months, al-Nusra and other jihadists have used Idlib, including the demilitarized zone, as a platform to launch terrorist attacks against Syrian soldiers and civilians.

Erdogan betrayed Putin, agreeing to one thing, doing something entirely different, why six months after what was agreed on, things continue festering without resolution.

Jihadists move freely back and forth cross-border between Syria and Turkey. Holding civilians in the province hostage as human shields, they’re a more formidable force now than last summer – heavily armed and prepared for battle.

Putin erred in trusting Erdogan, who was hostile to Bashar al-Assad, wanting him ousted. The situation in Idlib is untenable. Liberating the province shouldn’t have been delayed.

Sunday is the six month anniversary of what Putin and Erdogan agreed on, followed by the latter’s betrayal, one of many reasons why he can never be trusted.

On Saturday at the Munich Security Conference, Sergey Lavrov said

“(w)e cannot tolerate forever this hotbed of terrorism (in Idlib), but how to resolve this problem.”

“It’s up to the military to design a plan in accordance with the international humanitarian law requirements.”

Another Russian/Turkish agreement was struck on Thursday, betrayal again by Erdogan most likely to follow, Lavrov saying:

In Sochi, Russia, Iran and Turkey agreed that “the military of Russia and Turkey, with the consent of the Syrian government, would try to establish a step-by-step approach, making several areas of joint patrol inside” Idlib.

Separately, Putin spokesman Dmitry Peskov said the agreement excludes a military operation. Without it, Idlib can’t be liberated.

The latest agreement sounds like more of the same defeatist policy, Putin ignoring Erdogan’s betrayal, letting Idlib fester unresolved, its civilian population remaining hostages as human shields, Pentagon terror-bombing continuing at its discretion, war in Syria raging without resolution.

Separately, the Trump regime aims to establish a so-called safe zone in Syria’s northeast, part of its plan to partition the country – the scheme opposed by Russia, supporting the Syrian Arab Republic’s sovereign independence and territorial integrity.

On Friday, hawkish US Senator Lindsey Graham called for deploying EU forces to Syria (over an above numbers already there) – to support Washington’s imperial aims in the country he failed to explain.

Erdogan has his own ideas, aiming to establish an illegal 20-mile-deep, 286-mile-long so-called security zone along the length of Turkey’s northern border with Syria.

He wants Turkish forces controlling it – part of his scheme to unlawfully occupy, control, and annex Syrian territory, as much as he can get away with grabbing, especially oil-rich areas.

The US came to all countries where its troops are deployed to stay. Erdogan has the same idea for northern Syria.

Endless conflict in the country continues, perhaps for another eight years or longer – in part because of Russia’s failure to go all out to liberate Idlib together with Syrian forces.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Award-winning author Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG)

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Featured image is from NEO

Is Venezuela Canada’s Modern Day El Dorado?

February 18th, 2019 by Nino Pagliccia

The search for gold in the mythical place of El Dorado in Latin America drew armies of Spanish conquistadors in the 16th century and caused many deaths of indigenous people. The gold remained elusive but Spain colonized most of the region and exploited other riches until the Latin American independence movements of the 19th century.

But the search for gold never really ended, be it black gold – crude oil – or real gold of which Venezuela has plenty. The United States has publicly declared that is interested in the black gold. In the meantime, Canada has remained more secretive about its aspirations in its ventures in Venezuela. The truth is that Canada has corporate interests in the mining sector, and gold in particular.

We ask, is Venezuela Canada’s modern day El Dorado?

The US and Canada seem to be the main drivers, at least in the Western Hemisphere, to push for a coup in Venezuela by any means possible. In fact, the US and Canada appear to have established a tactical division of tasks against Venezuela. The US is using heavy-duty pounding through military threats to undermine the popular will of Venezuelans, together with unilateral financial sanctions and blockade to cripple the Venezuelan economy and cause havoc. Canada’s task is mainly luring the political will of rightwing regional governments through the illegitimate regime change intentions of the “Lima Group”.

Canada’s foreign policy alignment with the US State Department became clear when an Association between Ottawa and Washington was formed on September 5, 2017. The Association called on its two members to take “economic measures” against Venezuela and persons close to the Venezuelan government. To implement this decision, on September 22, 2017, Canada imposed its own unilateral sanctions against Venezuela, Venezuelan officials and other individuals under the so-called Special Economic Measures Act. [1]

International criminal lawyer Christopher Black has made the case that all actions by these two dubious partners, and some other governments, are illegal and break several international laws, charters and resolutions at the United Nations and the Organization of American States. [2]

If there is any doubt about the partnership, notice the language used by Canadian foreign affairs, Chrystia Freeland, in a recent statement to the press,

“…the crisis in Venezuela is unfolding in Canada’s global backyard. This is our neighbourhood. We have a direct interest in what happens in our hemisphere.

When you thought that the US was first in the use of colonial language and imperial dominance in the region, Canada shows to be a very close second, using unoriginal, US-scripted language. Black shows contempt for Freeland’s statement as we do.

Since 2017 the aggression against Venezuela has escalated to a classic Hybrid War on a sovereign country to produce a regime change. The latest illegal act of interventionist aggression has been the recognition of a spurious interim president, which amounts to a coup d’état.

Like in any war the victors will divide the spoils if the coup succeeds. It is a shame to see Canada do the dirty job for the US, but Canada’s motivation for this act of piracy is considerable. Put in one sentence, the US gets Venezuela’s oil and Canada gets Venezuela’s minerals, especially the rich gold mines. Here again, Canada reveals to be in tune with the US and in full character as a modern day conquistador.

In a recent article for venezuelanalysis.com “The Planned Plunder Behind Canada’s Support of the Coup”, [3] Canadian author Yves Engler spells out in details Foreign Minister Chrystia Freeland’s “direct interest” in “Canada’s global backyard”.

At least five major Canadian corporations (Crystallex, Vanessa Ventures, Gold Reserve Inc., Rusoro Mining and Barrick Gold) have been pushing for control over gold extraction in Venezuela since Hugo Chavez was president. But it is well known that Chavez believed that all resources are the property of the Venezuelan people and he acted on that belief by protecting them against any foreign take over.

Failing the conquest of the gold mines, Canadian corporations, protected by the Canadian government, turned their claims into legal actions. Engler reported,

In 2016 Rusoro Mining won a $1 billion claim under the Canada-Venezuela investment treaty. That same year Crystallex was awarded $1.2 billion under the Canada-Venezuela investment treaty. Both companies continue to pursue payments and have pursued the money from Citgo, the Venezuelan government owned gasoline retailer in the US.” [3]

Not coincidentally, Citgo’s assets have been seized by the latest US sanctions that prevent profits to be repatriated by Venezuela. Washington’s “gift” to Ottawa.

Human rights expert and former UN independent rapporteur to Venezuela, Alfred de Zaya, refers to the aggression against Venezuela as a “looting campaign” and a “savage economic war.” [4]

Engler also gives us an understanding of the close relationship between Canada and Peru that may explain the choice of birthplace of the infamous “Lima Group”.  Since the 1990s Canadian corporations control the majority of Peru’s mining sector.

It is important to realize that, as oil is a strategic commodity for the industrial-military complex needed by the US to impose the New World Order, gold is still the crucial strategic commodity needed to maintain the world financial control. Economic sanctions can only be effective in creating economic havoc in countries that do not submit to its will as long as the US retains world financial control with its US dollar domination supported by the largest gold reserves it holds.

Despite the creation of alterative crypto currencies, gold still remains a valuable asset and several governments seek to achieve a level on immunity from the wrath of US sanctions by focusing on increasing their gold reserves. This has created what has been labeled a “global gold rush.” China and Russia have joined in but they actually purchase gold rather than acquiring it by hegemonic means.

The trade war with the US has pushed China to reduce its dependency on the US dollar. [5] Russia on the other hand has been particularly hit by US sanctions and is also aiming to increase its gold reserves. [6] Russia and China are in fifth and sixth place in gold reserves behind US, Germany, France, and Italy.

Interestingly, Canada is one of the largest suppliers of gold and it has regularly been selling off its reserves virtually to depletion. [7] The thinking seems to be, who needs to have gold reserves when your economy is tightly linked (actually dependent) to a neighbour that has plenty of gold? But many have questioned the wisdom of that economic behaviour.

However, two things are certain; capitalist speculation in gold and sales of gold are financial returns that are fueling the Canadian economy, and more crucially, in order for Canada to continue to be a large supplier of gold, it must obtain it from modern day El Dorado, Venezuela. That requires Canada to act as the new imperial conquistador but it must be careful that the price of that gold may well be in spilled blood as it was for Spain.

 

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Nino Pagliccia is an activist and freelance writer based in Vancouver. He is a retired researcher from the University of British Columbia, Canada. He is a Venezuelan-Canadian who follows and writes about international relations with a focus on the Americas. He is the editor of the book “Cuba Solidarity in Canada – Five Decades of People-to-People Foreign Relations” (2014). He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Notes

[1] https://www.international.gc.ca/world-monde/international_relations-relations_internationales/sanctions/venezuela.aspx?lang=eng

[2] https://journal-neo.org/2019/02/04/the-lima-group-international-outlaws/

[3] https://venezuelanalysis.com/analysis/14310

[4] https://youtu.be/X5RvYySGc1s

[5] https://www.rt.com/business/451259-china-expands-gold-reserves/

[6] https://www.rt.com/business/450297-russia-gold-purchasing-dollar/

[7] https://globalnews.ca/news/2557900/canada-sells-off-remaining-gold-reserves-has-just-77-ounces-left/

Venezuela, Iran and the Chaotic Imperialists!

February 18th, 2019 by Massoud Nayeri

The drum beat of the warmongers in the U.S. undeniably is loud. The preparation for the “regime change” in Venezuela and Iran is in full speed. However, it looks like the warmongers are finding it difficult to take direct military action against Venezuela and Iran. The aim of this short essay is to point out that PEACE activists around the world still have a chance to unite and organize against WAR thanks to the deepening crisis in imperialist countries.

Both Venezuela and Iran have many similarities, but what makes the both countries strong against an imperialist or a foreign military attack is the political awareness of their people. In different degrees, the Venezuelan and Iranian people are determined to defend the sovereignty of their nation with their blood.

Both nations have shown that they will rally and support their own governments – regardless of their frustration with their “leaders” intentions, policies and in some cases their corruption. Historically, both nations have experienced the pain of living under the dictatorship of Monarchs or installed Presidents (1). Both nations through a long heroic struggle and tormented journey have ended the Autocratic regimes once and for all in their countries and have embraced a form of a democratic governing system – although a “Bourgeois democracy” (2).

This common experience makes it almost impossible for the people of either country to accept a return to a brutal dictatorship form of government without a bloody fight against the foreign invaders. The warmongers in the Trump Administration are well aware of this fact. They know very well that the resilient and proud Venezuelan and Iranian people will not allow a plot of “regime change” to succeed from within. At the same time, the warmongers in Washington are incapable of rallying the American people for a DIRECT war against Venezuela or Iran at this time.

So, for the most powerful military force in the world, the only option is to impose sanctions and create chaotic situations for the Venezuelan and Iranian people in order to bring the working families of these two countries (who are economically suffering under U.S. sanctions) to their knees. For the warmonger, the ideal outcome is pushing Venezuela or even Iran (which just last week demonstratively celebrated its 40th anniversary of its revolution against monarchy) toward a civil war.

Hunger and starvation is an old weapon of mass destruction (WMD) of powerful warmongers. This weapon has been used against the poor nations for submission throughout history. Babies and infants are dying every day because of hunger due to the wars that are financially beneficial to the commerce of warmongers of the so-called democratic countries.

The catastrophic situation in Yemen, the miserable conditions that are imposed on children of Palestine, Sudan or Haiti shows the immorality of the “leaders” in charge in the U.S., E.U. and Israel. True peace activists have no doubt that the real aim of “humanitarian aid” which is delivered by the U.S. military plane to a Colombian town on the border with Venezuela is to ignite a civil war in Venezuela. In the case of Iran, the U.S. warmongers are implementing an even more absurd strategy! They are desperately forcing their Arab allies to start a war against Iran in a conference in Warsaw in Poland to solve the Middle East problems! Indeed, this “genius” idea was a disaster from the start for both the U.S. and Israel. To make this ridicules idea even worse, the White House sends Mr. Pence to the annual Munich Security Conference in Germany to order the E.U. to “abandon the Iran nuclear deal”. Of course the E.U. representatives politely said no and responded with silence whenever Mr. Trump’s name was mentioned during Mr. Pence’s presentation!

Without a doubt, a quick review of the world political situation indicates that the obstacles against the U.S. hegemony as the sole military power are greater than ever before. The U.S. old allies since WWII, such as U.K., France, Germany and Japan are struggling with their own internal problems in unprecedented ways. The 1% in France is engaged in street fights week after week. The “Yellow Vests” movement is unveiling the pretentious French democracy. The French reactionaries are seeking a permanent police state as the only solution to protect the interest of the French wealthy elite in the 21 century. The other imperialist powers including the U.S. are considering moving toward one form of police states that fits their own situation. The declaration of a “National Emergency” by Mr. Trump is a dangerous step toward this idea. Regardless of the endless “discussion” around the concept of a boarder WALL by the ignorant American TV “pundits”, the aim of Mr. Trump is to bypass the incompetent Congress and strengthen a section of “Law Enforcement” to act as a police force that is loyal only to him and ready to punish any and all dissident voices.

However, in the U.S. just like in France, the Presidents and politicians are not able to define a clear policy except to fall deeper into their senseless family feud. Meanwhile the American people are realizing that both the Democratic and Republican parties have no interest in solving any of the dire social and economical problems in a meaningful way. The number of strikes and demonstrations by workers, teachers and students are at record highs in the recent years. The main obstacle for the PEACE activists around the world is the elusive character of the Social Democrats in the E.U. and the Democratic Party in the U.S. The far-right groups and the Republican Party are easy to identify but characters like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez can be confusing to many honest democratic minded people. This ambiguity is an obstacle for the true PEACE activists. The Democratic Party leadership has proven that they are the best Party for the 1% to pacify the energetic activists among workers, minorities and intellectuals. If Mr. Sanders is too old for the new generation of activists, then they throw a young woman on the stage to distract the militant youth.

In conclusion, we are living in a time that mutilating a body of a journalist inside of an Embassy in a foreign land is acceptable by the most powerful “democratic” countries. This is the continuation of the same conduct that we already have witnessed in Abu Ghraib or Guantanamo Bay hellholes under the U.S. military supervision. While the people are rising up against injustice and inequality, the warmongers and their allies are running out of options to control civil disobedience. The continuation of these tense situations brings us closer to a nuclear war. The true PEACE activists are conscious of this fact and seek for a universal PEACE plan and strategy. American people can contribute the most to this cause since they are capable of contorting the pulse of warmongers in Washington by general strikes against all wars.

Hands Off Venezuela and Iran!

Author’s note:

1. To understand the Venezuela people’s history, one must read the Michel Chossudovsky conversation with Bonnie Faulkner on Guns and Butter; which is very similar to the situation in Iran before the 1979 revolution. “Venezuela: From Oil Proxy to the Bolivarian Movement and Sabotage. Abysmal Poverty under US Proxy Rule (1918-1998)”

2. WSWS.ORG is a rich source of news, information and analysis of and for the working people on a national and international scale. 

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Massoud Nayeri is a graphic designer and an independent peace activist based in the United States. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro addresses hundreds of thousands of supporters on Bolivar Avenue in the heart of Caracas. (AVN)

Fox News host Tucker Carlson is wrong about the neocons. 

In an article posted at The American Conservative, Carlson argues that the neocons—he singles out Bill Kristol and Max Boot—didn’t achieve their objectives after 9/11, and yet they are considered foreign policy experts. 

The primary objective of multiple illegal invasions, according to Carlson and much of the corporate media, was an attempt to bring “democracy” to the Arab and Muslim Middle East and, at the same time, establish American primacy and “leadership” in the region. 

This is the feel-good explanation, but it is a mile off the mark. In fact, the neocon project in the Middle East during the second Bush administration was a success. It had nothing to do with a naive effort to gift Arabs with democracy or overthrow brutal dictators enslaving their people, as we were told. 

The mass murder of more than a million people, the pulverization of societies and cultures, has nothing to do with a failed and noble attempt to enlighten and free benighted Arabs and Muslims. 

It was and is part of a long-term plan devised in Israel and aided and abetted by a single issue pushed by Jewish neocons and their gentile counterparts—murder, intimidation, and the weakening and balkanization of neighboring Arab states. 

This cannot be dismissed as a conspiracy theory. It was spelled out in the Personal Diary of Moshe Sharett, published as “Israel’s Sacred Terrorism” in Hebrew in 1979. Sharett was head of the Jewish Agency’s Political Department from 1933 to 1948 and then became Israel’s first foreign minister (1948 1956), under David Ben Gurion, and was prime minister in 1954 and 1955.

Livia Rokach’s book documents “the rationale and mechanics of Israel’s ‘Arab policy’ in the late 1940s and the 1950s. The policy portrayed, in its most intimate particulars, is one of deliberate Israeli acts of provocation, intended to generate Arab hostility and thus to create pretexts for armed action and territorial expansion,” writes Naseer H. Aruri in the book’s preface. He characterizes these policies as Lebensraum, or living space, a German term used by the Nazis when they invaded Eastern Europe and Russia (Operation Barbarossa). 

The monograph is replete with examples of Israeli subversion and provocation against its neighbors. From the planned occupation of Syria, the creation of a Maronite state in Lebanon and an effort to topple Arab nationalist Gamal Nasser in Egypt, Sharett’s diary reveals the true nature of the Zionist state and its racist ideology. Because of this, the book is absent from the official historiography. 

Further elaboration of this long-term plan is spelled out in A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties, authored by Oded Yinon and published by Kivunim (Directions), the journal of the Department of Information of the World Zionist Organization.

“The plan operates on two essential premises,” writes Khalil Nakhleh. “To survive, Israel must 1) become an imperial regional power, and 2) must effect the division of the whole area into small states by the dissolution of all existing Arab states. Small here will depend on the ethnic or sectarian composition of each state. Consequently, the Zionist hope is that sectarian-based states become Israel’s satellites and, ironically, its source of moral legitimation.” (Emphasis added.)

In the document’s foreword, the late Israel Shahak explains the

idea that all the Arab states should be broken down, by Israel, into small units, occurs again and again in Israeli strategic thinking… The plan follows faithfully the geopolitical ideas current in Germany of 1890-1933, which were swallowed whole by Hitler and the Nazi movement, and determined their aims for East Europe. Those aims, especially the division of the existing states, were carried out in 1939-1941, and only an alliance on the global scale prevented their consolidation for a period of time.”

The American neocons—including key players Richard Perle, Douglas Feith, and David Wurmser and his wife, Meyrav—further tweaked the plan with their A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm in 1996. The document, presented to then Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, calls for trashing a “comprehensive peace” with the Palestinians and undermining Israel’s neighbors, most notably Syria and Iraq. 

“Israel can shape its strategic environment, in cooperation with Turkey and Jordan, by weakening, containing, and even rolling back Syria. This effort can focus on removing Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq—an important Israeli strategic objective in its own right—as a means of foiling Syria’s regional ambitions,” the authors write. 

The latter part of this plan was realized less than seven years after the document was submitted to Netanyahu. Its partial implementation cost more than a million Iraqi lives. 

Unfortunately, observers like Tucker Carlson and others in the corporate media continue to argue the neocon plan is an abysmal failure, when in fact it continues to move forward, albeit with mixed success, notably in Syria where Saudi and US supported Salafists failed to overthrow the elected government. The same cannot be said for Iraq and Libya. 

President Donald Trump’s over-the-top support for Israel has rekindled neocon aspirations for Israeli dominance and Arab misery and submission. His son-in-law, Jared Kushner, is a supporter of the vicious and often murderous settler movement in Israel. Trump’s main benefactor during the election was Sheldon Adelson, a casino tycoon who spends millions electing folks supporting the apartheid state of Israel and its version of manifest destiny. 

It is safe to say the neocons are back after an eight year hiatus and driving US foreign policy, as the appointment of John Bolton and Elliot Abrams demonstrate. The pow-wow in Warsaw made it known in no uncertain terms the next phase of the plan is to take out Iran and insert a gang of terrorists—the People’s Mujahedin of Iran, led by the cult of personality figure Maryam Rajavi—who will take orders from Washington and Tel Aviv (or Jerusalem). 

Iran is to be split up along ethnic lines—Kurdish, Gilaki, Mazandarani, Luri, Talysh, Balochi, and Azerbaijanis—and squabbles and turf wars between these groups and others will ensure order out of chaos and allow the United States and Israel to divide, conquer, and rule. 

This is what Tucker Carlson and the corporate talking heads need to point out, not “failures” that are in fact victories as described in documents readily available and yet ignored. 

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site: Another Day in the Empire.

Kurt Nimmo is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Neocon “Failures”? Fragmentation of the Middle East. The Next Phase is to “Take Out Iran”
  • Tags:

Douma Chemical Weapons Hoax Exposed by BBC Producer

February 18th, 2019 by Richard Galustian

It is beyond doubt that the White Helmets ‘staged’ the false flag operation at the Douma hospital that caused President Trump to attack Syria last April.

Days after the attack the much to be admired, yet still maligned by many, investigative reporter, Robert Fisk was on the ground in Douma and interviewed countless people, videoed the scene, made it public in the newspapers and by TV the fact of the fake sarin attack.

What happened next were attempts to rubbish Fisk’s story; a almost frightening Orwellian propaganda machine kicked in….and went into overdrive. That is to say a combination of ‘corrupt’ reporters; some just naive or dumb, many of whom had never been to Douma or even Syria, plus the full weight of the US, British and French Governments and finally, not forgetting, one of the greatest fraudsters of this century an absolute nobody, that calls himself Eliot Higgins and his ‘Bellycat Organisation’, all weighed in to accuse Fisk of lying.

Clearly not in order of importance but suffice to say Elliot Higgins, is now obviously ‘used’ as a convenient tool for Russia bashing by certain Western powers, but is a total fraud. Rather than write too much about this person, judge by reading an exposé that couldn’t be more revealing, uncovering his lie in the Daily Telegraph.

Not much more need be said about this con-man turned ‘G-Man’. However later in this piece, I will quote some of the Douma ridiculing propaganda of Higgins/Bellingcat, as it is too crass not to be reminded of the way our governments operate.

So based on a complete lie, President Trump ordered an attack on an Assad controlled area in Syria using several bombs including 66 Tomahawk cruise missiles and 19 JASSM-ER (fired from USAF fighters, air to surface standoff missiles). The price for all was around $200million. Much needed money wasted that belongs to the people of US in these austere times.

That by the way does not include the cost of the coordinated attack by the British and French of a total (together) of 17 stormshadow missiles dropped from fighters. Its worth mentioning that in a pathetic display of oneupmanship directed at the British, the French made a last minute decision to add a meagre three more missile types to their attack; ‘Missiles de Croisière Navals’.

As said earlier it is important to remember the Orwellian ‘anti-truth’ propaganda and instead of commenting on it, I’ll just quote what Higgins/Bellingcat said at the time. “The OPCW-FFM report on the February 4 2018 chemical attack in Saraqib, Idlib, reveals not only information about the Saraqib attack, but also the broader use of chemical weapons in Syria by Assad, and additional evidence to support the theory that Assad’s Syrian government forces were behind the April 7 2018 chemical attack in Douma, Damascus. Consistent with Bellingcat’s earlier investigation into the Saraqib chemical attack, the OPCW-FFM report establishes it was the same case in Douma.”

Nonsense.

This scandal of this and other fake White Helmets videos is developing as more details emerge daily, so expect more facts matched with more disinformation and lies from the US and UK.

What we have is first a copy of a twitter exchange which is self explanatory:

So as to be absolutely clear, on February 13th, BBC Syria’s Producer said he could “without a doubt” prove that the Douma hospital scene was false, a White Helmets (WH) fake event.

He said “the Douma Hospital scene was staged. No fatalities occurred in the hospital. All the WH, activists and people I spoke to are either in Idlib or Euphrates Shield areas.

Only one person was in Damascus.”

The evidence is seen above in the tweet at 05:33 – 13 February 2019, the BBC Producer wrote on his personal, verified Twitter account, which has since been made private or perhaps blocked by persons or governments unknown, anyway someone who controls Twitter.

So some sort of what clearly must have been a false flag attack did happen at Douma but it was like a film scene, staged, using as left over evidence, cylinders filled with say oxygen even chlorine, anything but poison gas and certainly not Sarin gas. The cylinders were left in tact, undamaged as if laid there on the site rather than dropped from thousands of feet from the sky – and who can prove Assad’s airforce dropped them? – and how come they remained undamaged when hitting the ground? – ridiculous; how stupid do our governments think we, the people, are.

“Everything around the attack was manufactured for maximum effect.”

Adding

“I can tell you that Jaysh al-Islam ruled Douma with an iron fist. They co-opted activists, doctors and humanitarians with fear and intimidation.”

In fact, one of the 4 people filming the scene was Dr. Abu Bakr Hanan, whom the BBC Producer described as a “brute and shifty” doctor affiliated with Jaysh Al-Islam. The Producer further stating that the narrative should be that “there weren’t enough doctors”. That said, there was one even (seen and filmed) filming and not taking part in the rescue efforts.” A joke!

Why, we must all ask, has no major newspaper or TV any large media outlet in US, UK or France headlined or even mentioned these new facts, that Douma was a lie, that it was staged?

On 9 February, James Harkin, published in ‘The Intercept’ an article where Harkin speaks about Jaysh al-Islam’s rule in Douma, among others. His article ends with “What government pummels its citizens with bombs and chlorine to get them to pressure rebels to leave their city? At the same time, Jaish Al-Islam was sending volleys of improvised rockets into Damascus and snatching activists and members of religious minorities for ransom or to be disappeared. It’s between these two violent truths that the real story of the Syrian conflict begins to emerge not in a bewildering collage of images sent from a war zone, designed to terrify and outrage.”

To conclude, the BBC Producer was so disgusted at pro-rebel activists and rebels’ conduct and the seeming complicity of Western officials, he decide to speak out.

As far as the Russian government is concerned, they now are counter accusing the British government of ordering the White Helmets to fake a chemical attack to help persuade President Trump to unleash cruise missiles. The Russian response was to an allegation by the British government that the “demonisation” of the (thoroughly already discredited) White Helmets comes from the Russian government itself.

Which version do you believe?

Very frightening for us all is the coordination of propaganda between the States of US, Britain, France and Israel.

ALL these wars must stop.

I am neither pro-nor against Russia, but it is very clear to anyone that these wars and attempts at regime changing is a US/British/Israeli idea.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on The Duran.

Featured image is from The Duran

Enough is enough! There have been plenty of empty talk and peace conferences, more than enough of begging: “Please, West, stop murdering people, stop your genocides, stop robbing all continents of their resources, stop enslaving billions!”

Look where it has ended up! Nowhere. Absolutely nowhere.The more people begged, the more they protested, the harder the West hit.

Rulers in Washington, London and Paris have no mercy. They have no sense of justice. They only know greed and power.

On February 13, 2019, RT reported:

“The US staked a claim on half the world, as Senate Armed Services Committee chair Jim Inhofe said Washington might have to intervene in Venezuela if Russia dares set up a military base not just there, but “in our hemisphere.””

“Our hemisphere”!

Finally, it is all out in the open. The good old ‘Monroe Doctrine’. In the Western Hemisphere (which is obviously owned by the U.S.), there is not one single ‘Latin’ country where the West has not overthrown the government, where it has not raped the will of the people, where it did not stop socialism. From the Dominican Republic to Chile!

Do you know why we have fascism in Brazil, Colombia and elsewhere? Because our left wing leaders have either been murdered, or imprisoned.

The record of human rights violations is monstrous. The cynicism of what has been going on is equally repulsive.

And now, Washington basically warns Russia and others: Do not dare to come close and help your friends and allies in the region! Just stay back and watch from a safe distance, how we rape one country after another. And if you dare to intervene, we will hit even harder at the victims. We will not only violate Venezuela: we will kick her with our military boots, we will put bullets through her arms and legs, chain her as we did the African slaves who built our country! We can do it, because Europeans, those colonialists whose blood circulates in our veins, and those South American elites, who are of the same stock as we are, would again sit in their cafes and on their couches, enjoying the show, applauding us from distance!

This should be the last drop. No, no more words, please. Action! This banditry, this terrorism has to be stopped.

Mr. Trump, Mr. Inhofe, damn you! People are not cattle and they are not slaves. You wish they were, but they are not! You treated them like animals, you fooled them, robbed them of everything; you and your kind, for decades and centuries. But even you yourself must be aware of this, or at least suspect:all this atrocity has to end; one day, very soon!

RT commented:

Inhofe said that a flow of Russian troops or weapons into the Western hemisphere “would be a threat to the United States of America.” The United States, meanwhile, reads from a different rulebook.

The US maintains nearly 800 military bases in over 70 countries worldwide, with a foothold on every continent. And, while Inhofe wants to keep an entire hemisphere free from Russian influence, the US is currently in talks to establish a permanent military base in Poland, right on Russia’s doorstep. Given the long history of animosity between Poland and Russia, the Polish government has offered to cough up $2 billion towards setting up the base.

Further afield, no hemisphere is beyond the reach of the United States. The US military divides the globe up into six Combatant Command ‘Areas of Responsibility,’ which it maintains in times of peace and war. Russia, meanwhile, divides its territory into four military districts, all within its own borders.

Who agreed on this sick double standard? Who gave green light for this terror? France, Germany, U.K. and few other Western countries/beneficiaries? Is this what China wants, India accepts?

Venezuela is our sister. It is the sister of Russia and Cuba, of Iran, Bolivia and even China.

This is truly a decisive moment.

Compromises and weakness of the past broke the neck of the anti-imperialist struggle; compromises during the Gorbachev and Yeltsin eras led to the destruction of Afghanistan, of Yugoslavia, Iraq and several other countries. History should never repeat itself!

Reason is not what can be expected from the West. It controlled the entire world through colonialism, and it now tries to do the same by imperialist thuggery.

If it is not stopped, it will again subjugate our entire planet.

Russia, Cuba, China, Iran and others have to defend Venezuela! If necessary, they should fight for it! Decent people and decent countries should not negotiate with brutal and merciless bandits. They should not be told by brigands what to do and how to behave; what actions to take!

There should be no double standards, anymore, if we want our humanity to survive.

For years and centuries, the West has been pushing; it is trying to see, how far it can go and what it can get away with. If it is not stopped, it will take it all. If non-Western countries do not fight for their rights in unison, protecting each other, they will go back to where they used to be – to slavery. It is not a fantasy – just look at the world map of the very beginning of the 20th century! We have already had this situation on our Earth, before.

In Venezuela, if we have to fight, we will be fighting for Johannesburg and Moscow, Beijing and Havana, for Teheran, Damascus and Mexico City. We will be fighting against oppression, slavery and colonialism.

Thank you for your honesty, Mr. Inhofe! Your words sound very familiar: we heard them before, in London, Paris, Berlin and Pretoria.

And this is our reply to you: you are not a global policeman, you are simply a thug who has to be stopped! And sooner than later, humanity will curse you, and your bloody imperialist degeneracy will be put to an end!

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Defend Democracy Press.

Andre Vltchek is a philosopher, novelist, filmmaker and investigative journalist. He has covered wars and conflicts in dozens of countries. Four of his latest books are China and Ecological Civilization with John B. Cobb, Jr., Revolutionary Optimism, Western Nihilism, a revolutionary novel “Aurora” and a bestselling work of political non-fiction: “Exposing Lies Of The Empire”. View his other books here. Watch Rwanda Gambit, his groundbreaking documentary about Rwanda and DRCongo and his film/dialogue with Noam Chomsky “On Western Terrorism”. Vltchek presently resides in East Asia and the Middle East, and continues to work around the world. He can be reached through his website and his Twitter.

Featured image is from Black Agenda Report

Ilhan Omar, one of the few progressive lawmakers in the United States Congress came under attack Sunday for criticizing Israel’s overt influence on the U.S. politics.

Omar suggested that members of U.S. Congress support Israel because of money they receive from the pro-Israel lobbying groups, sparking a Twitter storm. She tweeted that support for Israel was “all about the Benjamins” i.e., Benjamin Franklin whose image appears on US$100 bill. Pro-Israel voices in the United States political and media spheres quickly criticized her while many progressive voices defended her.

In response to Ilhan, Forward journalist Batya Ungar-Sargon wrote,

“Would love to know who @IlhanMN thinks is paying American politicians to be pro-Israel,” to which Ilhan responded, “AIPAC.”

What ensued next was a smear campaign against Omar who dared to speak out on an issue many veteran politicians whether from Democratic party of Republican never brought up.

The smear campaign exposed an Israeli-driven narrative that rejects any difference between anti-Semitism and legitimate criticism of Israel which resulted in mounting pressure against Omar that not only was she made to apologize, but also U.S. President Donald Trump called on her to resign from the Congress. Many found that ironic given the fact that many have been calling on Trump to resign for years over more serious racist and xenophobic comments.

However, other progressive voices are denouncing the shaming of Omar and in fact praising her for bringing up such a thorny issue in U.S. politics, many in politics prefer to steer clear of.

teleSUR takes a look at the five reasons the backlash against Ilhan Omar’s comment conflates anti-Israel stances with attacks on all the Jewish people.

1) AIPAC does actually influence U.S. politics:

AIPAC has been funding the U.S. politics by indirectly donating for pro-Israel politicians’ campaigns.

“AIPAC is not a political action committee and does not provide donations directly to candidates. However, it does act as a ‘force multiplier,’ to quote the Jewish Telegraph Agency’s Andrew Silow-Carroll, and ‘its rhetorical support for a candidate is a signal to Jewish PACs and individual donors across the country to back his or her campaign,” wrote Mehdi Hassan in a recent article for The Intercept.

According to Open Secrets.org, a group which tracks election spending by different organizations, AIPAC spent US$3.5 million for the 2018 U.S. midterm elections.

“However earnest these groups may be about their support for Israel, they are explicitly in the business of trading influence for money,” wrote Journalist Noah Kulwin adding that this influence is not confined to AIPAC only.

Kulwin gave an example of casino magnate and right-wing Israel supporter Sheldon Adelson and his wife Miriam spent US$55 million just for midterms in 2018 to maintain the pro-Israeli Republican control of Congress.

2) It is okay to criticize NRA but not AIPAC. Hypocrisy much?

It is ironic how the National Rifle Association’s contribution to the current president’s campaign has been a matter of huge criticism but AIPAC’s involvement in kingmaking is an untouchable topic. This clearly points towards the mammoth influence of the pro-Israel lobby.

According to Mehdi Hassan many leading Democrats denounce and decry the impact of special interest lobbies and donations regarding those issues like Big Pharma, Wall Street, Saudi Arabia, and other issues.

In recent months the influence of Saudi Arabia in U.S. politics has been denounced after the murder of journalist Jamal Khashoggi, while others point to the “grip” that the NRA has on the debate over gun control, to quote Democratic Senator Richard Blumenthal, following mass shootings. But any mention of AIPAC and lobbying in favor of Israel? “Anti-Semitism!”

3) Criticizing Israel does not mean anti-Semitism:

Anti-Semitism means hostility and prejudice against Jews.  And what Ilhan Omar wrote did not attack Jews.

Infact, “America’s biggest pro-Israel lobby group is not the largely-Jewish American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) but the evangelical organization Christians United for Israel (CUFI),” Barnaby Raine wrote for The Guardian.

The evangelicals are often Zionist supporters who demand the establishment of a Jewish homeland in the territory defined as the historic Land of Israel i.e. the land of Palestinians.

Many Jews are neither Zionists, nor supporters of Israel’s influence on U.S. politics and policies, which, for example, made Trump move the country’s embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem.

It’s anti-Semitic to associate Jewishness with the politics of the state of Israel, that is, Israel as representative of Jewish consciousness. AIPAC is committed to promoting this narrative. The state of Israel claims to represent all Jewish people. Anti-Zionism, which Ilhan Omar is, by the virtue of her support for Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) movement, is not anti-semitism.

4) The U.S. does not care about Palestinians:

The whole debate points out to the macabre fact that the U.S. does not care about the lives of Palestinians or Israel’s brutal occupation of Palestine.

Image result for ilhan omar

Only two congresswomen, namely, Rashida Tlaib and Ilhan O (image on the right) are raising their voice for the rights of Palestinians.

The fact that Glen Greenwald’s original tweet was about Omar and Tlaib facing backlash for their support for Palestinian lives was ignored as context behind Omar’s original tweet against AIPAC is a proof of the grim fact mentioned above.

“And the last point I would add is, my point was, in saying how weird it is, what a priority it is for U.S. politicians to defend Israel, was based on the fact that the very first bill passed by the U.S. Senate was not about helping Americans; it was about empowering states to punish people who support a boycott of Israel, a bill sponsored by Marco Rubio, who got more money from Sheldon Adelson than any other politician in 2016, and then was supported by half of the Democratic Senate Caucus,” said journalist Glen Greenwald in a recent interview.

“That’s what I was referring to. And the congresswoman was saying a big reason for that is the monied interests in Washington that demand that. And of course everyone knows that’s true, and to call that anti-Semitic is just obscene.”

5) Omar shook the foundation of the Zionist U.S.:

By taking up an issue that has been swept under the rugs by all stakeholders of U.S. politics, Omar helped spark a discourse in the mainstream political circle. The support for Ilhan from various sections of life is both a shame and matter of urgency for the Democratic party to take action on connecting with its base instead of acting on the behest of its elite donors.

Even though the current debates are all about Israeli’s rights, at least in the mainstream political and media circles, the discourse it started in civil society, is significantly important.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Introduction

In these times, when the United States pursues an unprecedented military build-up, promotes coups and trade wars, breaks weapons agreements, organizes the illegal seizure of overseas financial accounts, building barriers and walls along the southern border, Washington can count on the mass media to provide a variety of propaganda messages, ranging from the predictable ‘yellow ’ to the sophisticated ‘serious press’ .

While the political class dismisses the sensational press, they are avid readers of the ‘prize winning’ propaganda newspapers and their columnists

Among the perceptive readers who follow the serious press one can hear periodical outburst of laughter or observe cynical smiles.

The ‘serious’ newspapers which draw the greatest attention include the Financial Times, the New York Times, the Washington Post and the Wall Street Journal. Though they vary in the style and quality of their writers, they all follow the same political line, especially on issues pertaining to US imperial power.

For our purposes – and because I have been a long-time subscriber of the Financial Times (FT)—, this essay will concentrate on its journalists and their articles.

Armchair Militarists and “Western Values”

Gideon Rachman is a senior columnist for the FT who travels around the world and has a unique ability to preach ‘western values’ . . . selectively. Commentating on contemporary US and EU politics, Rachman attributes to them ‘western values’– representative democracy, individual freedom and the rule of law…. overlooking two decades of imperial invasions, several hundred US bases around the world and countless violations of international law.

According to Rachman’s notion of ‘western values’ there is a historical legacy a long tradition of constitutional government, – overlooking the conquest of five continents.

Moreover, while Rachman has consistently condemned Syria for human rights violations, he systematically avoids Israel’s weekly murder and wounding of hundreds of unarmed Palestinian protestors. Most knowledgeable writers wink and grin as they read his selective labeling of western values.

John Paul ‘Ratface’ Rathbone is one of FT leading contributors on Latin America who specializes in celebrating murderous regimes and promoting US policies which overthrow freely elected democracies. During the first decade of the 21st century, “Ratface” (as some of his loyal readers refer to him), wrote eulogies about Colombia’s murderous President Alvaro Uribe (2002 – 2010) as he slaughtered hundreds of thousands of insurgents and activists.

While Uribe’s death squads rain amok driving millions of peasants from their villages, Ratface frolicked in downtown night clubs and high-end bordellos enjoyed by oligarchs and tourists.

Consistent with the Ratface’s version of Colombia’s death squad democracy he condemned ‘the populist’ popularly elected democracies of Brazil and Venezuela.

Having distant ties to Cuba, Rathbone reminisces about the good times in pre-revolutionary Havana, its stately mansions and the fun city, as he ignores the common police practice of pulling fingernails of political dissidents.

Rathbone evokes occasional cynical smiles from columnists who are embarrassed by his toadying to Washington’s intelligence operatives.

Columnist Philip Stephens in the perennial bleeding-heart liberal who sheds tears for all of his pro-western martyrs, except those Downing Street designates as pro-Russian terrorists. Stephens wears his ‘liberal democratic’ credentials on his backside – from which he emits his gaseous defense of UK imperials wars in Syria, Libya and Iraq.

Stephen’s uncovers ‘undemocratic values’ in Putin’s poisonous operations even in provincial English villages.

Russian journalists are not excited by Philip’s journalistic ejaculations. He is the occasional butt of after work banter and laughter.

The Dean of the Times economic reportage is Martin “Marty” Wolf, who is well-known throughout the craft as the thoughtful advocate of welfare plutocracy. Martin advocates equality, justice . . . free markets for everybody but only the rich can meet his criteria. Marty finds and condemns populists of every hue. He engages in serious debate with leftists and rightists. But Marty like Gideon has yet to condemn Israel’s settler ‘populists’ who practice ethnic cleansing.

Despite his statistical tables, Marty never links his facts with the western imperial pillage of Africa, Asia and Latin America. His concerns and moral indignation is very selective and flourishes when he finds colonized people who call into question his western values.

Marty’s hostility to China is more than a broken financial love affair (that never was). It is part of the FT propaganda war to downgrade Beijing’s economic advances in the world economy. In the January 14, 2019 issue the entire editorial board went on a rampage, ranting about China’s technological theft, its ‘slow down’ and pending crises … always reaching gloomy conclusions.

The FT expert observers note ‘big facts’ — that China is declining . . . all of one tenth of one percent over the previous year. Most China observers chuckle over the FT’s China ‘crises’ and wonder how the EU is ‘robust’ when it touches two percent and the US a shade higher?

China’s so-called economic crises is, in the eyes of the FT, a product of its bloated state sector even as it promotes science and high-tech growth—- but they are part of a total war.

Jamil Anderlini tags China as a ‘colonial power’ . . . with its single base in Djibouti and for financing hundreds of billions in infrastructure, while the colonialism label is not applied to the US with several hundred military bases in five continents. China’s crackdown of US funded Uighur terrorists, who have murdered hundreds of Chinese citizens, is described as genocide, a term more apt for the US intervention in Libya, Iraq, Somalia and Syria.

The FT has a stable of journalist hacks who specialize in ignoring US economic warfare against China, Russia, Iran, Venezuela etc.

All the economic ‘slowdowns’ among US adversaries are attributed to internal mismanagement never US intervention.

The one-sided propaganda pieces written by the FT leading hackers— Hornby, Feng, Politi, Kynge, Mallet, Anderlini, Bozorgmehr etc— are notoriously repetitive: China’s economy is on the verge of crises–which prediction never occurs and smart investors ignore while smirking all the way to their bank accounts.

The FT would offer its subscribers plenty to laugh about over late afternoon beers, if it were not for the war crimes it endorses. Their apologies of bloody western imperial invasions in the Middle East are not laughing matters.

The FT joins the Anglo-American chorus accusing Russia of political assassinations on British soil, without evidence or witnesses.

The FT has yet to chastise their US and British paymasters for their prolonged economic war against the elected governments in Venezuela.

The upwardly mobile FT scribes ,scrambling for senior posts, ignore the laughter at their pious claims of ‘democratic values’ because their columns reek of lies and denials of China’s advances, Russia’s economic recovery from the catastrophic decline which the Times celebrated alongside the oligarchs’ plunder during the lost decade of the nineties.

Conclusion

The difference between the articles in the FT and the handouts from the war ministry is a matter of source not substance.

As the US engages in a total war on China’s cutting-edge industries, particularly, the world’s most advanced telecom company Huawei, the FT parrots US threats and warnings without the least effort to sort out facts from propaganda.

The fact is, the Times is part and parcel of the imperial revival which attempts to block China from establishing its pre-eminence in the world. The FT echoes President Trump’s lies about economic theft as the basis for China’s Huawei’s global leadership in telecom technology.

The FT gloss over its overt political role, evokes smirks among knowledgeable insiders as they scoff their beer.

Anti-Trump rhetoric fails to obscure the fact that the FT fronts for most of his policies – from financial deregulations, pro-Israel apologetics and Middle East wars.

There is one caveat; the FT is more warlike than the President! The FT is for remaining in Syria, Iraq, Afghanistan, Somalia and any other independent country! While the FT publishes upscale articles on wine tasting, the arts, literature, travel and jewel collecting ,its ‘serious’ news promotes bloody imperial wars. There is nary a western war that the Times fails to support.

In truth, the FT are the print- police and gatekeepers overseeing the defense of ‘democratic values’ by any means necessary (including wars of untold destruction)!

The larger issue confronting the US public concern the link between the ‘serious press’, the educated reading public and Washington’s perpetual war strategy.

The ‘serious press’ like the FT is no stranger to propagandizing in favor of imperial wars, since its founding. Its lack of objectivity is a fact of life and is predictable. What is new and dangerous is that journalist-critics are few and far between, particularly as the US empire is challenged at home and abroad.

The turn to militarism and the decline in imperial economic dominance puts a premium on media propaganda; its job is convincing and activating the young, politically educated class, which does not have a commitment to the serious press.

Financial elites continue to subscribe but many laugh at the one-sided advocacy of US denigration of China – since most investors have made money on China’s robust growth.

Most investors are bored by the Times fables about ending wars in Afghanistan and elsewhere. It may come to pass someday that ridicule, loud and repeated laughter, will bankrupt the serious press, that its readers will be confined to Wall Street and the Pentagon.

Even today, readers are disgusted by the FT grotesque front page features. Madeleine Albright appears on the House and Home section which mentions her ‘hospitality’ omitting to include her murderous bombing of hundreds of thousands of Iraqi homes and her claim that the murder of a half-million Iraqi children was ‘worth it’ to win the war!

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Award winning author Prof. James Petras is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Laughter for All (Financial) Times. Armchair Militarists and “Western Values”

“A History of the Global Economy. The Inevitable Accident” by Colin White describes the history of the global economy through its successive stages of foraging, the Agrarian Revolution, the Industrial Revolution and the presently expanding Service Revolution economy. Ambitious and full of ideas, it will provoke lots of discussion, and in that sense this scholarly work should be in every library. Indeed significant  arguments will arise  from the perspectives of science and the Developing World e.g. it  controversially suggests a rapid, epigenetics-based, neo-Lamarckian evolution of human intelligence in recent centuries, and minimizes the horrendous, de-industrializing and deadly impact of genocidal British colonialism that robbed India of $45 trillion and caused 1,800 million premature Indian deaths  over 2 centuries.

Colin White’s “A History of the Global Economy”( 512 pages, 24 chapters, Edward Elgar Publishing, UK, 2018, $169 on Amazon) [1] draws on research in various areas to describe economic progression and its basis from pre-agrarian hunter-gatherer (forager) societies, through the Agrarian Revolution  and the Industrial Revolution  to the present-day shift to a heavily Services-based economy as in the UK. Colin White is a Cambridge-educated  economic historian and was formerly a professor of economics at La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia (disclaimer: I taught Biochemistry there  over 4 decades and Colin has indeed been a friend of mine since the 1970s). The book is in 7 sections and concludes with a useful and humane consideration  of  where we are at and where we are going. The following  careful and sequential review of the book’s chapters reflects my perspective as a biological scientist and a humanitarian.

My review is very detailed and involves numerous critiques but this indeed is testament to the great merit of Colin White’s provocative book, specifically  that it will provoke lots of useful debate.

Part I. Introduction, comprises Chapters 1 and 2.  Colin White justifies his book thus: the “Persistent poverty, increasing environmental damage, coexistence in a multi-polar world with new global leaders, changes in demographic behaviour, the prospect of strongly labour-saving technical change – these are a few of the challenges which combine, each requiring a solution. History helps us to find such solutions…One good reason for attempting such a global economic history is the old cliché: those who neglect history are bound to repeat the mistakes of the past”. He concludes his Introduction in praise of progress: “The claims of improvement are most relevant to developed societies, which goes to the heart of the argument that people are more likely to be better off the further along the pathway of economic development their society has moved, which partly explains the desire for such movement on the part of the vast majority of humankind”.

Critique. We all want to remain alive and have a nice life.  However there is a price for progress.  Colin White observes towards the end of the book that  Humanity is now existentially threatened by poverty and climate change – to which scientists  would add nuclear weapons. Poverty and deprivation kill 15 million people each year [2] but unaddressed climate change may kill 10 billion people this century [3-5] and nuclear weapons may wipe out most of Humanity and the Biosphere [5].  Thus renowned physicist  Stephen Hawking (2018) : “We see great peril if governments and societies do not take action now to render nuclear weapons obsolete and to prevent further climate change” [6].

Chapter 1, “Finding a common economic pathway”, comprises sub-sections “Interpreting the global historical experience”, “The changing structure of an economy”, and “Periodising the narrative”, and justifies  this quest thus: “In writing a global history it is necessary to identify the patterns characterising that history. Without such an identification the history remains banal, repetitive and without a means of understanding the direction it has taken”. Importantly   this chapter recognizes a fundamental problem of economic growth, specifically demand and supply limits to growth: “There is a limit to the growth of consumption of the different consumer goods, agricultural or industrial” (demand) and “Some resources are renewable: trees can be replanted or animals bred, but even in modern agriculture there is a net consumption of natural capital, as the fertility of the soil is used up” (supply). Nevertheless the chapter concludes with the optimistic assertion: “There is an underlying forward economic movement which simply reflects the creative innovativeness of Homo sapiens”.

Critique.  But an economic pathway to where? Limits to growth  is a fundamental problem  from foragers to the present.  However the resources of the Earth are finite as recognized by the 1972 “The Limits to Growth” report to the Club of Rome [7, 8] (not quoted in this book) that commences: “The problems [UN Secretary General] U Thant mentions – the arms race, environmental deterioration, the population explosion, and economic stagnation – are often cited as the central, long-term problems of modern man. Many people believe that the future course of human society, perhaps even the survival of human society, depends on the speed and effectiveness with which the world responds to these issues. And yet only a small fraction of the world’s population is actively concerned with understanding these problems or seeking their solutions” [7]. “The Limits to Growth” was variously criticized and ignored to the present point at which Humanity is acutely and existentially threatened by nuclear weapons, poverty and climate change [5]. One of the authors, Jørgen Randers, writing 40 years later,  commented thus on the climate emergency: “I am a climate pessimist. I believe (regrettably) that humanity will not meet the climate challenge with sufficient strength to save our grandchildren from living in a climate-damaged world. Humanity (regrettably) will not make what sacrifice is necessary today in order to ensure a better life for our ancestors forty years hence.Otherwise, I predict, it will be the Chinese who solve the global climate challenge – singlehandedly. Through a sequence of 5-year plans established with a clear long term vision, and executed without asking regular support from the Chinese. They are already well on the way, for the benefit of our grandchildren” [9- 12].

Professor Dabo Guan  (School of International Development, University of East Anglia, UK) has succinctly summarized our present predicament thus (2016):  “For everyone in the world to have an American lifestyle, we would need seven planets, and three to live as Europeans” [13].  Jeffrey Sachs (American economist and former director of the Earth Institute at Columbia University) (2011): “India’s great moral leader Mohandas Gandhi famously said that there is enough on Earth for everybody’s need, but not enough for everybody’s greed. Today, Gandhi’s insight is being put to the test as never before. The world is hitting global limits in its use of resources. We are feeling the shocks each day in catastrophic floods, droughts, and storms—and in the resulting surge in prices in the marketplace. Our fate now depends on whether we cooperate or fall victim to self-defeating greed” [14].

It can be estimated that there must be negative carbon pollution (atmospheric CO2 draw-down back to about 300 ppm CO2 from the present damaging and dangerous 410 ppm CO2), negative population growth (population decline by about 50%) and negative economic growth (degrowth in the North with limited growth in the impoverished South ) to halt and reverse the present worsening climate change , land and water disaster [15]. The egregious wealth inequality – the top 1% owning half the wealth of the world and the Global Avoidable Mortality Holocaust in which 15 million people  die from deprivation each year –  must be urgently addressed e.g. by an annual wealth tax  as suggested by Thomas Piketty [16, 17].

Chapter 2 is entitled  “Transitions and revolutions”,  this being a common theme throughout this history that commences with the evolution of Man and thence describes  foragers, the Agrarian Revolution, the Industrial Revolution and the present Service Revolution in Developed countries.

Part II. “Beginnings: place and people” comprises Chapters 3-5, and considers the evolution of man.   Homo sapiens arose about 200,000 – 350,000  years ago in Africa, with major considerations  being a bigger brain,  design of tools, language,  and use of fire.  The molecular basis of Darwinian natural selection of favourable genes  is abundantly  documented by (Mendelian) genetics. Further, behavioural changes can be selected for both at the DNA level (through genes) and through social  selection of ideas (memes) [16].  Epigenetic changes (e.g. DNA methylation,  histone protein covalent modification, and binding of  non-coding RNAs)   can lead to changes in gene expression that can continue into some subsequent generations without changes to the DNA. There is mounting evidence that environmentally-induced epigenetic changes can lead to  changes in gene expression, intergenerational adaptations and indeed to a more rapid human evolution [19- 23]. Alexander Osborne has recently reviewed  “The basic mechanisms and functions of the epigenome… the role played by epigenetic changes in the rapid evolution of our species and emergence from our ancestor species, as well as the Human Accelerated Regions that played a role in this… how epigenetics has helped and hindered our species’ development via changes to the epigenome in more modern times, discussing case examples of documented instances where it is shown that epigenetics has played a role in the evolution of humanity” [20].  However Colin White speculates throughout the  book that epigenetics  can somehow speed up evolution of human intelligence and innovativeness  and thus contribute to the speed of economic change, for example in Part II: “There is increasing evidence that Lamarck was right; that children and grandchildren can inherit the acquired characteristics of their parents, labelled transgenerational …  Lamarck was sometimes right, but how far and how frequently is uncertain. (Even the cautious journal, New Scientist, estimated a one in five chance that Lamarck would be resurrected)”.

Critique. The adoption of Lamarckianism by Stalin-backed scientist Trofim Lysenko in the totalitarian Soviet Union was disastrous for Soviet wheat production and science [19, 24]. An epigeneticist puts the matter thus: “Today our molecular methods allow us to interrogate the epigenetic marks of the “germ plasm” (i.e. sperm and eggs in animals) and discover the extent by which the environment can indeed affect these marks. We know that environmental changes by toxicant exposure, stress, nutrition, and other factors can alter the epigenetic marks of many body tissues, including the gametes, and so an intergenerational epigenetic effect can be seen. It is important to note, however, that these changes are considered non-Mendelian [i.e. not involving heritable changes to genes] , but not Lamarckian [inheritance of acquired characteristics], and that we have a molecular basis for understanding genetic and epigenetic changes” [19].   Warren Burggren reviewed the literature (2016) and concluded: “Epigenetic inheritance likely contributes to evolution both directly and indirectly. While there is as yet incomplete evidence of direct permanent incorporation of a complex epigenetic phenotype into the genome, doubtlessly, the presence of epigenetic markers and the phenotypes they create (which may sort quite separately from the genotype within a population) will influence natural selection and, so, drive the collective genotype of a population” [22].

Michael Skinner has proposed a “Unified Evolution Theory” involving the following elements “Environmental epigenetic alterations promote genetic mutations to alter genotype variation” and “Environmental epigenetics and genetic mutation both promote phenotype variation on which natural selection acts” (noting that the genotype is the genome, the set of genes, and the phenotype is the  developmental outcome of the expression of the genes) [23]. However Skinner notes expert “pushback” in this area and so Colin White’s suggestions throughout the book about epigenetic fast human evolution and economic “advance” remain very speculative. However Chapter 19 takes this argument to a very controversial stage with espousal of a rapid, epigenetics-based, neo-Lamarckian evolution of human intelligence and innovativeness in recent centuries.

Chapter 3, “Changing contexts” contains the sub-sections “The importance of place”, “Around the world”,  and “The global distribution of people”,  and is encapsulated by the following:  “One achievement of early Homo sapiens was to settle every distinctive niche on earth, adjusting the nature of economic activity to suit the place… foraging persisted over a long period of time in a number of regions in pre-Columbian North America or in Australia”.

Critique. A disturbing passage (that is echoed later in Chapter 19 and elsewhere ) is as follows: “It has been argued that exposure to more challenging environments at higher latitudes stimulated a cognitive response favouring a higher intelligence quotient (IQ), allegedly explaining even current differences. There is likely to have been some such an influence, but a long-term continuity of differences in average intelligence level is unlikely”. A further related comment is “It is a paradox that the origins of Homo sapiens lie in Africa, the continent with the highest proportion of tropics. The slower development of complex societies within the tropics has been generally noted. Nearly all current developed economies are situated within the temperate area, as have been most past civilizations, unless high altitudes countered the negative tropical influence” – however this Eurocentric generalization  is belied by the civilizations of Central and South America,  West Africa, Egypt, Ethiopia, the Asian Fertile Crescent, the Indus, India, South East Asia, and South China.

Chapter 4, “The past within us”,  encompasses the sub-sections “The hominid background, from 5-7 million years ago to around 30,000 BC”, “A competitor: the Neanderthals”, “The origins of Homo sapiens”, “Peopling the world: 100000 BC to AD 1000”, and “Implications of the settlement”, and describes the final evolution of modern man and his closest relatives such as the Neanderthals from the first bipedal hominids and the “out of Africa” progression. Chapter 4 continues with the epigenetic theme: “Environmental change has a powerful influence on which human genes are turned on and what off, the human genome being like a huge switchboard. The second element in the revolution is that, to some unknown degree, Lamarck (1809) was probably correct in arguing that acquired characteristics can be passed on from generation to generation”.

Critique. The key selection pressure and population “funnelling” through “bottle necks”  imposed by successive Ice Ages and resulting  in modern man is not emphasized. The crucial role of fire in human evolution is barely mentioned: “The demands of successful adaptation favoured those prepared and able to innovate. Homo sapiens needed to keep warm through the use of shelters and the exploitation of fire, and the making of clothing and tents”.  A cogent, paleoclimatology-based argument is  that the succession of  numerous glacial-interglacial periods over the last 1 million years provided a huge and recurrent selection pressure and population “bottle-necks” for the final evolution and appearance of modern man about 200,000 years ago, with the utilization  of fire being a crucial development. Paleoclimatologist Dr Andrew Glikson: “ Ice core evidence for the concentration of greenhouse gases and atmospheric temperatures during the last 740,000 years suggests highly unstable and often extreme climates during the ice ages (glacial) and during abrupt cooling phases (called “stadials”) during warmer (interglacial) periods, preventing the development of farming. A stable climate developed around 7,000 years ago. This allowed large-scale Neolithic production of extra food and thereby the emergence of villages, towns and later cities. This opened the way for Homo sapiens to expand its population and trigger energy output by huge amounts. Thus, despite their high intelligence, humans were largely restricted to hunting and gathering until they mastered fire and then until the climate stabilised enough to allow farming” [25]. Re recent human evolution, in the Christian  era egregious persecution of Jews and mercantile associations and restrictions would have applied selection pressures for adaptive changes in intelligence but such speculation is complicated by Jewish origins. Thus Eastern European Ashkenazi  Jews (a major part of my inheritance) derive from Khazar converts to Judaism in Southern Russia, and were heavily involved as merchants [26-28],  but genetic analysis  has revealed a substantial prehistoric European ancestry amongst Ashkenazi maternal lineages [29].

Chapter 5, “The dynamic forager”, comprises sub-sections entitled “What is foraging”, “Variety and change among foragers”, “A modern behaviour?”, “Characterising forager societies: a superior weed species”, and “Environmental impact of foragers”, and describes key attributes of forager societies. However there were some key omissions.

Critique. This chapter somewhat  downplays the crucial importance of fire while stressing the social and nutritional importance of cooking. However missing from the analysis is  the impact of increased brain size on mother and child through more difficult birthing and years of care for helpless infants.  Also missing is the  forager society “zero sum game” of ritual warfare (to minimize deaths while “owning” territory),  and the elaborate skin-name systems of Australian Aboriginal foragers that , together with wife theft from adjoining tribes, minimized inbreeding in small groups. Division of labour and out-breeding (the patrilocal society described by Colin White) meant that forager groups had far greater gender equality than subsequent patriarchal agrarian societies. Dyble et al: “Even if all individuals in a community seek to live with as many kin as possible, within-camp relatedness is reduced if men and women have equal influence in selecting camp members”  [30, 31] i.e. gender equality predicts greater genetic diversity.  Indeed the emergence of patrilinear clans in the Agrarian Revolution  lead to greatly decreased male genetic diversity [32] . In subsequent “civilized” patriarchal societies the head man controlled society  through his family and kinsfolk. Thus in modern times consanguinity through first cousin marriage was common in  Jane Austen’s 18th century English social class as well as in her novels  [33], and first cousin marriage has a relatively high in incidence in the Muslim world [34].

Part III, “The agricultural  phase from 15,000 BC to AD 1800”, encompasses Chapters 6-8 and  deals with the Agrarian Revolution, animal husbandry- and cereal-based agriculture and the evolution from villages to towns, cities, empires and wars as populations and resource exploitation increased.

Critique.   At this point one can concede in the relation to the burgeoning populations of the Agrarian and thence Industrial Revolution that “more is better” but nevertheless there were profound costs associated with these transitions. Indeed Colin White quotes Jared Diamond’s view that the Agrarian Revolution was “the worst mistake” in human history. Jared Diamond: “The worst mistake in the history of the human race… Skeletons from Greece and Turkey show that the average height of hunger-gatherers toward the end of the ice ages was a generous 5′ 9” for men, 5′ 5” for women. With the adoption of agriculture, height crashed, and by 3000 B. C. had reached a low of only 5′ 3” for men, 5′ for women. … Farming may have encouraged inequality between the sexes, as well. Freed from the need to transport their babies during a nomadic existence, and under pressure to produce more hands to till the fields, farming women tended to have more frequent pregnancies than their hunter-gatherer counterparts…  with the advent of agriculture the elite became better off, but most people became worse off. Instead of swallowing the progressivist party line that we chose agriculture because it was good for us, we must ask how we got trapped by it despite its pitfalls. One answer boils down to the adage “Might makes right”… [Agrarian] bands outbred and then drove off or killed the bands that chose to remain hunter-gatherers, because a hundred malnourished farmers can still outfight one healthy hunter. Hunter-gatherers practiced the most successful and longest-lasting life style in human history. In contrast, we’re still struggling with the mess into which agriculture has tumbled us, and it’s unclear whether we can solve it” [35].

An even more profound  loss has been associated with the Agrarian Revolution, the subsequent Industrial Revolution and the present Service Revolution. I have postulated Polya’s 3 laws of Economics (that are based on the 3 Laws of Thermodynamics that underpinned the Industrial Revolution), to whit,  (1) (1) Price (p)  minus COP (Cost of Production) equals Profit (P); (2) Deception about COP strives to a maximum; and (3) No work, Price (p) or Profit (P)  on a dead planet [36]. The Profit  (P), Cost of Production (COP) and price (p)   associated with these transitions is quantitatively measured by economists in terms of  GDP,  accumulated wealth, human population and human achievements. However, suffering, illness, epidemic, and war Costs aside,  this ignores some major qualitative Costs. Thus the Forager to Agrarian transition meant loss of an intimate connection with Nature, the Biosphere and cohabiting Humanity. The Agrarian to  Industrial transition meant loss of intimacy with rural life and food production.   The Industrial  to a post-industrial Service-based society is meaning loss of personal manual creation and connection to the machinery enabling our rarefied and increasingly disconnected lives. And this progressive separation from critical reality and critical causality means we are now existentially threatened by nuclear weapons, poverty and climate change – no work, price or profit  on a dead planet [5-12, 36].

Chapter 6, “Asking the wrong questions”, comprises subsections entitled “What is agriculture?”, “Proto-agriculture”, “Motivation?”, and “The sequence of events”,  and poses some key questions, specifically “First, was the revolution abrupt in timing or did it have a gradual introduction? Second and probably more importantly, did it have genuinely revolutionary implications for the nature of economic activity and the way of life of most humans? Two further questions are more difficult to answer. Did agriculture improve the well-being of the majority of humans? If not, why did foragers engage in such activity?”

Critique. Missing from the analysis is that the importance of both bread and beer in ancient Mesopotamia has suggested  that the nice taste of fermented cereals (beer) might have helped promote large-scale  cereal agriculture [37]. The downsides of the Agrarian Revolution include poor health, animal-derived diseases, suppression of women, suppression of the underclass  and slaves, authoritarian rule, wars, mass murder, genocide, human sacrifice, epidemics, and environmental destruction . Colin White notes the view of Professor Jared Diamond and asks “Why would humans deliberately choose something decidedly inferior?”, to which one replies why did millions of men go off to slaughter in WW1? Indeed why are we now existentially  threatened by nuclear weapons, poverty and climate change? [5]  A crucial point missing from the argument is the essential irreversibility of the Agrarian Revolution – once it had been adopted with attendant big populations and powerful hierarchies,  going back was impossible except for solitary hermits and Indian sadhus.

This chapter also deals with the ‘proto-pastoralism” and “proto-agriculture” of Australian Aboriginals and their unique and sustainable  cultures [38-40] totalling 350-700 pre-invasion languages and dialects  (now only 150 left with all but 20 endangered) [40] . The Indigenous Australians lacked domesticatable animals, had limited  available plants for crops and were isolated from the cross-cultural Eurasian axis. Nevertheless they adapted extraordinarily  well to a climatically high risk environment  [38, 39]. The invading British were  amazed by the wonderful pastoral land that the Aborigines  had created through use of fire and rapidly dispossessed and largely killed off the indigenous Inhabitants through  violence, dispossession, deprivation and introduced disease [40]. However today we see the consequences of British “civilization” and growth of the global economy – world-leading speciescide, ecocide, land clearing, desertification, salinization, climate criminality, Aboriginal Genocide, Aboriginal  Ethnocide  and what Jared Diamond  has called the agricultural “mining” of the land with a  prediction of Australia eventually becoming a food importer [39]. Currently Australians are dismayed by unprecedented drought and fish dying in millions  in the core “bread basket” but dying Murray –Darling River system due to massive over-exploitation of riverine water for agriculture – the driest inhabited continent is effectively exporting water   as cotton from massive irrigated farms. Concomitant with the Agrarian Revolution was the evolution of weaponry for protection or predation – but the Australian Aborigines had little defence against  “guns, germs and steel” [38, 40].

Chapter 7, “The Agricultural Revolution: 15 000 BC–0”, comprises subsections entitled  “Enabling conditions”, “Independent innovation or the diffusion of an idea?”, “The core areas”, “The secondary revolution”, and “Four agricultural regimes”, and is essentially summarized as follows: “We have two general enabling conditions – the appearance of creative innovators and imitators, and the existence of suitable global climatic conditions – and two local enabling conditions – suitable micro-conditions of climate and soils, and the availability of domesticatable plants and animals. The existence of this quartet of conditions made the introduction of agriculture highly likely, but never inevitable. Population pressure could make the critical difference. A favourable environmental change resulted from the end of the last ice age, about 10 000 years ago”.

Critique.  Missing from this analysis is that a critical feature of the East-West cross-cultural transmission in Eurasia from Japan to Ireland is  that plants with latitude-determined “day length” developmental  requirements were readily transmitted  East-West but not North-South [38]. This chapter returns to the evolutionary theme discussed above of asserted requisite human evolution: “Through the process of natural selection and the influence of different environments on genomic expression, the volatilities of foraging reinforced in humans a desire and ability to control risk. It rewarded those successfully confronting the dangerous environment, reinforcing the process of humans looking into the future. The transition to an agricultural economy took thousands of years, long enough to see a significant change in the nature of the human agent, with the selection of characteristics favourable to the introduction of agriculture, including encouragement of forward planning”.   However Aboriginal Australians, while disconnected from the Eurasian, Papuan and American Agrarian Revolutions,  developed sophisticated  fish traps, conserved animal resources for drought times,  used fire to change the landscape for pastoralism, cropped the few available plants and, after the British invasion, survivors immediately became heavily and expertly involved as exploited workers in  the introduced pastoralism.

Chapter 8, “Innovativeness in agrarian civilisations: 15000 BC to AD 1800”, comprises subsections entitled  “Domestication all round”, “Demographic behaviour”, “The Malthusian trap”, “The yeast of urbanisation”,  and “Interconnections”, and continues  this theme of genetic and epigenetic evolution   being crucial for innovativeness in agrarian civilisations. Thus: “A positive loop of interaction between genetic and cultural change moved the global economy along the economic pathway. An active process of natural selection among humans promoted the evolution of genetic characteristics favouring innovation, notably a remarkable flexibility in approach to problem solving, plus a more favourable attitude to risk-taking and planning for the future. The changing environment switched on relevant genes, accelerating the taking up of aptitudes and attitudes helpful to economic innovativeness, but with marginal differences across the globe in the pace of acquisition. Humans became generally better adapted to innovate… . For most human history the rich had more surviving children than the poor. Natural selection, old style, worked viciously in favour of the rich and successful and against the poor. Natural selection, new style, which allows the rapid engagement of relevant genes and their alleles, and even the inheritance of acquired characteristics, implies a faster rate of change.”

Critique.   See Part II above for critiques  of Colin White’s speculations about epigenetics and evolution. Humans are smart, sophisticated  and flexible as demonstrated amply by present-era forager societies. Obviously cross-cultural fertilization and transmission through books are immensely  useful. Jared Diamond found  Highland Papuans to be very smart and speculated that intelligence was better selected for in New Guinea (where death from spearing was a common risk that could be avoided) than in pre-modern urban Europe  (where common death from disease could not be avoided) [38].   C.D.  Darlington  in his monumental  “Evolution of Man and Society” (not quoted in this book) speculated about the cultural and possible genetic deficiencies of blinkered societies such as the extremely militaristic  Spartans and the unpleasant European societies left behind by courageous emigrants escaping to New Worlds like America in the 19th and 20th centuries [41]. One also notes that the analysis  of the domestication of plants concentrates on cereals like maize and wheat. However the pre-Columbian Americans discovered the need to also  use legumes like beans, this supplementing the amino acid nutrition (and especially the essential amino acid nutrition) from maize [42]. Likewise the Indians learned to use peas in dahl (this supplementing the amino acid nutrition from rice and wheat) [43, 44]. An important aspect of cooking and other food preparation was detoxifying plant material, noting that plants generate a huge variety of variously toxic defensive compounds (see my huge pharmacological book “Biochemical Targets of Plant Bioactive Compounds” [45]).

Part IV, “Empires and the rise of agrarian civilizations”, encompasses Chapters 9-14 and deals with the evolution of ever-larger Agrarian societies from villages to empires as agricultural  surpluses  successively led to bigger populations, predation, defence,  city states, social hierarchies, political organization, empires, imperial bureaucracies, writing, state religions, scholars, state works and armies.  The chapters have self-explanatory titles.

Chapter 9, “The emergence of complex political organisation”, has successive sections entitled “Proto-urbanisation”,  “The temptation to predate”, “The origins of political organization”, “Innovation and empire”, “The emergence of civilization”, “Civilizations and the rise and fall of empires”.

Chapter 10, “First civilizations”, has successive sections entitled “Mesopotamia”, “Harappan city states”, and “Egypt: the gift of the Nile”.

Critique. Although the rise of mathematics is mentioned, a surprising omission here is the importance of astronomy in these cultures for precise prediction  of seasons and seasonal events by an emerging and powerful religious priesthood.

Chapter 11, “The rise of an eastern agrarian civilization: China”,  has successive sections entitled “Leads and lags in the Sinitic world”, “The Song industrial revolution”, and  “The amazing Zheng He (Cheng Ho)”.

Critique.  This chapter states   “The chapter considers the characteristics of the longest-surviving civilisation in Eurasia, in many ways the most interesting, because, later in history, it nearly pioneered entrance into both the industrial and commercial phases, that is, just falling short of entry into the modern economy. It merits attention to understand why it fell short” –  the answer is European colonialism. China had the world’s biggest economy in 1820 but the Chinese GDP (in 1990 international dollars)  remained almost the same in 1950 as in 1820 [46]   after over a century of violent abuse under the British and other European powers (19th century, 20-100 million dead in the British Opium Wars and the related Tai Ping Rebellion) [2],  under the Japanese (1937-1945, 35 million dead in the WW2 Chinese Holocaust in this period) [48] and under post-WW2 US hostility [2], However this chapter does speculate on reasons (other than foreign incursions) and concludes “The failure of China to initiate the full development of a capitalist market system is often seen as following from these absences and a main obstacle impeding economic advance”. Nevertheless it  later concedes: “The continuing nomadic invasions and the colonial intrusion by Europeans have a lot to answer for.”  The Chinese might also find the following provocative: “The area of Sinitic influence extends beyond the state borders, having had a profound influence on the surrounding areas. It maintains political control over some, such as East Turkestan (Xianjang) and Tibet, and has a powerful cultural influence with intermittent control over others” (should Wales in the UK be described as South East Celtia?)

Chapter 12, “Imperialism moves westward”, has successive sections entitled “The heyday of the city state”, “The caliphates”,  and “The maelstrom”, and successively deals with Persian, Phoenician, Greek, and Roman empires, and concludes with the Muslim Caliphates and the Mongol scourge of Eurasia.

Critique. This chapter fails to mention the civilized Zoroastrians of Persia (who gave rise to monotheistic religions), the Greek Athenian-imposed Melian Genocide (Spartan Genocide), the Roman-imposed Carthaginian Genocide, and the extent of the genocidal carnage across Eurasia of the city-hating Mongolian Empire [2, 48].   However a footnote in relation to the Roman Empire states: “The normal behavior of the victorious was to kill the vanquished men and enslave their women and children. War was savage, with cities burnt to the ground, women raped and men slaughtered.” Also missing was the lead pollution associated with silver production for Roman coinage (the denarius) and from use of lead in the famed Roman water distribution  system. It is reported that “Greenland ice core] lead pollution numbers tracked what ancient historians know about the expansion and collapse of the Roman economy—a system built on silver coinage known as denarius” [49].  There is debate over whether lead poisoning from cooking utensils, wine and plumbing contributed to the end of the Roman Empire, but there is agreement that it was an issue  [50, 51].

Chapter 13, “Imperial structures and their finite lifetimes” comprises successive sections entitled “Imperial patterns” , “The size of empires”, “Commonalities”, “Imperial pulsations”, and “The empire effect”.

Critique. Table 13.1 lists major empires by area from about 2000BC onwards from the Akkadian (late third millennium BC, 0.6 million square kilometres) to the American Empire (1900, 9.5 million square kilometres).. However there are some major omissions. Thus Colin White ignores the brilliant Mughal Empire of India that was founded by Barbur in 1526 after victory in the first battle of Panipat but which was ultimately  destroyed by the genocidal British invaders in the late 18th century. The Mughal Empire encompassed most of present-day India, all of present-day Pakistan and Bangladesh and part of Afghanistan,  and encompassed numerous cultures, languages and an area of about 4 million square kilometres [52].

The generally Eurocentric and Anglocentric “A History of the Global Economy” ignores the extent of the present-day American Empire in which the US violently dominates much of the world outside of South Asia and the  Russian and Chinse Empires. Thus the US has invaded 72 countries (52 after WW2) since American Independence in 1776 green-lighted the Indian Genocide west of the 13 colonies (in 1830 President Andrew Jackson called for and initiated the removal of all Indians east of the Mississippi River) [53]. After WW2 the US assumed leadership of the Anglo world and hegemony over most of the former British Empire excepting South Asia).  Asian deaths from violence or war-imposed deprivation  in post-1950 US Asian wars total 40 million [2]. The Iraqi Holocaust  and Iraqi Genocide alone has being associated since 1990 with 4.6 million deaths from violence, 1.7 million,  or from war- and sanctions-imposed deprivation, 2.9 million [2, 54- 56]. 32 million Muslims have died from violence or imposed deprivation since the US Government’s 9-11 false flag atrocity that was used as the excuse for the ongoing US War on Muslims (aka the US War on Terror) [56, 57]. Presently the US Deep State subverts every country on earth (including the US) and according to David Vine: “Despite recently closing hundreds of bases in Iraq and Afghanistan, the United States still maintains nearly 800 military bases in more than 70 countries and territories abroad—from giant “Little Americas” to small radar facilities. Britain, France and Russia, by contrast, have about 30 foreign bases combined” [58]. Of course transient occupation,  ”pacification” and US hegemony have continuing consequences of fiscal distortions  for military expenditure, and resultant avoidable deaths in the formerly occupied countries . Thus 1950-2005 avoidable deaths from deprivation in countries occupied by the US since WW2 total 82 million [2]   as compared to avoidable deaths in those occupied by the UK (727 million), France (142 million) and Apartheid Israel (24 million) [2].

Now, as pointed out by Colin White, “civilization” strictly implies a city-based society but “civilized” can  now also mean good manners  and decent behaviour. Indeed when asked “What do you think of Western civilization?”,  Mahatma Gandhi famously  replied “I think it would be a very good idea” [59]. In this latter sense of decent behaviour one could add to the Table 13.1 list of Empires by area the Australian Aboriginal  civilizations (7.7 million square kilometres, up to 65,000 years old, the world’s oldest cultures, no imperialism, no predation, no wars, intertribal and continental trade, environmental sustainability, no advanced weapons, no nuclear weapons, and 350-700 pre-British invasion dialects and languages of which only 150 survive with all but 20 threatened) [40]. For an Aboriginal map of Australia see [60].

Further Anglocentric omissions from Table 13.1 list of empires by area are the Holy Roman Empire (900-1806, 1.3 million square kilometres, including at its core  the German-speaking  parts of Central Europe, and variously opposed by the British policy of opposing state threats from Continental Europe) [61],  and the Ottoman Empire (1299-1923, 1.8 million square kilometres, and dismembered by Britain and France in WW1 by conquest and the 1916 Sykes-Picot Agreement) [62].

Chapter 14, “A natural experiment: the Americas” covers “A rapid rise and fall of the Khmer Empire” [Cambodia], “A forgotten history: Africa”, “A technological regression” [Tasmania] , “The rise and fall of native American empires”, “The civilisations”, and “The cause of collapse”. Colin White observes that in 1492 the Indigenous population in the Americans totalled 60-100 million (similar to Europe but subsequently decimated by introduced disease and dispossession).

Critique. The section on Africa includes the following massive understatement: “The massive increase in demand for slaves, following the intrusion of Europeans along the coast, was probably a factor in blocking economic movement”.  Thus European-imposed  slavery in Africa occurred from Roman times to the 20th century, with the 15th – 19th century Atlantic slave trade involving up to 20 million slaves. The British abolished slavery in the UK in 1807 (slaves being replaced by desperate, starving  refugees from the rural Enclosures) and abolished slavery elsewhere in 1833 (the slaves being replaced in the British Empire by “5-year-slave” indentured labourers and by Indigenous “effective slaves”). In the Belgian Congo 10 million Congolese died under a brutal “effective slavery” regime [2] and the French had an appalling record of colonial abuse in West Africa [63].  Missing are the key observations of Jared Diamond that (a) cultural exchange in Africa was heavily constrained by the North-South axis as compared to the exchange-facilitating  East-West axis of Eurasia (particularly important for the transmission of day-length- regulated plants) , and (b) Africans learned to live away from riverine parasites but this was reversed under colonialism that used Africans as “effective slaves” and concentrated them on rivers  that were crucial for mercantile commerce [38].

As for the Indigenous Tasmanians (perhaps 10,000 in at the time of British invasion in 1803 but, after  the subsequent British-imposed Tasmanian Aboriginal  Genocide, zero (0) “full-bloods” left with the death of Truganini in 1876) [2, 33, 40, 64], a nicer term would be “technological sufficiency” rather than “technological regression”.  Hindu sadhus or Buddhist monks who have given up “worldly goods” in a search for spiritual  enlightenment are “technologically  sufficient” rather than “technologically regressed”. Perhaps I am being over-sensitive here, but as a progressive Tasmanian I feel quite indignant about any assertions  about lack of technological or cultural sophistication of the exterminated forbears of my Indigenous Tasmanian brothers and sisters (there are of the order of about 10,000 “mixed race” Indigenous Tasmanians today out of a total Tasmanian population of about 500,000). All humans are smart and do their best to remain alive. However modern man through “economic development” and through attendant climate change, drought and fire  is set in coming decades to destroy the wonderful temperate rainforests of South West Tasmania that have survived the  circa 200 million years since the breakup of the  ancient supercontinent of Gondwana to yield Africa, South America, Australia, and Antarctica [67-69].

Thus the “progressive” Charles Darwin regarded Indigenous Tasmanians as a “savage people” destined for oblivion [65] and the otherwise “progressive” writer H.G. Wells repeatedly  described Tasmanian Aborigines and American Indians as doomed, primitive “Palaeolithic” people in his “Outline of History” [65, 66]: “The daily  life of the Neanderthal man … While the waters were held up in the Polar Ice cap, the sea-level was low enough to enable Palaeolithic Man to reach Tasmania… The primeval savage was both herbivorous and carnivorous… half-putrid game” (page 79, [66]);  “No doubt the ancestor of Homo sapiens (which species includes the Tasmanians) was a very similar and parallel creature to Homo Neanderthalensis” (page 80, [66]); “When the Dutch discovered Tasmania, they found a detached human race not very greatly advanced beyond this lower Palaeolithic  stage… They represented a Neanderthaloid stage in the evolution of true men. The Tasmanians of the early 19th century were less clumsy and brutish than their more ancient kinsmen” (pages 82, [66]);   “In one remote corner of the world, Tasmania, a little cut-off population of people remained in the early Palaeolithic stage until the discovery of that island by the Dutch in 1642. They are now unhappily extinct. The last [full-blood]  Tasmanian  died in 1876. They may have been cut off from the rest of mankind for 15,000 years or 20,000 or 25,000 years” (pages 130-131, [66]); “The American tribes over the great part of the continent remained at a level of Neolithic barbarism” (page 142, [66]); “[The Spanish] were as destructive and reckless as the early British settlers in Tasmania who shot at sight the Palaeolithic men who still lingered there and put out poisoned meat for them to eat” (page 776, [66]).

Part V, “Commerce as an enabler of modern economic development” includes chapters 15-18 and is summarized thus: “There are three stages in the spread of the commercial economy, each treated in a chapter: first, the appearance of a local trade between producers in a local market centre, initially a village and the surrounding countryside, often focused on foodstuffs; secondly, a trade linking different regions in a super-continent such as Eurasia, notably its far ends, Europe and China, focused on luxuries; and thirdly, a genuinely global trade, enveloping the whole world.”

Chapter 15, “The building of a global world: trade systems before 1500”, has the subsections “The beginnings of commercial networks”, “Disabling conditions”, “The political economy of global trade” [e.g. the Silk Road] , “A world system of the Thirteenth Century?”, and  “A false start” [Mongol invasions and the Black Death]. It describes the “development of widespread webs of communication and commerce”. A key message was the importance of trust in commercial transactions that stemmed from (1) repeated transactions, (2) belief  systems involving desired ethical behaviour, and (3) the sense of belonging to groups from extended families to guilds and ethnically-based networks.

Critique. I was rather struck by the academic sangfroid of the following:“Sub-Saharan Africa had become increasingly isolated by the expanding desert and the tropical belt, but it became much more engaged from the fifteenth century onwards through the slave trade.”

Chapter 16, “The circle completed: 1500–1800”, has the sub-sections “The multi-cell European system”, “Population, factor endowments and markets”, “Europe forges ahead”, “The military revolution”, and “The European breakout: early explorations”.  The author states: “In the human world before 1500 a common pathway was largely the result of independent decisions, but after 1500 it was the result of competition and emulation.”

Critique. The author states “An  interesting question is why Asia did not enter the era of modern economic development ahead of Europe. The answer lies in critical enabling and disabling conditions affecting Europe and Asia”. The short answer is that European military superiority and ruthlessness allowed genocidal European conquest and enslavement of non-European peoples in the Americas, Africa, Asia and Australia with catastrophic population decline in the Americas, Australia and Oceania [2].

In 1750 the percentage of world GDP was about 25%.(India), 30% (China) and 23% Europe but European invasion and genocidal occupation meant that India’s share of world GDP plummeted to 4% by 1950. India’s share of global industrial output declined from 25% in 1750 to 2% in 1900 [46, 70, 71].  Similarly, European invasion and devastation meant that China’s GDP in today’s dollars remained almost the same between 1820 and 1950 [46]. The British kept most of the Indian population close to the edge of starvation and governed with the help of well-fed Indian soldiers (sepoys). As a consequence there were regular disastrous famines and 1,800 million Indians died avoidably from egregious deprivation under the British while the stolen $45 trillion funded the British Industrial Revolution and the lavish lifestyles of the wealthy exploiters retiring from the India (the so-called nabobs, this term being  corruption of “nawab” or Bengali prince) [33]. The violation of China by the British and other Europeans in the 19th century and thence by the Japanese (by invasion) and  the US (by post-WW2 sanctions)  killed of the order of 100 million Chinese [2].

Chapter 17, “The integration of the global economy” has successive subsections entitled “Globalisation and the commercial revolution”, “The rise of the Atlantic economy”,  and “Evolution of a modern economy”, and  commences with the following outrageous quotation from  economist Niall Ferguson: “For much of its history, the British Empire acted as an agency for imposing free markets, the rule of law, investor protection and relatively incorrupt government on roughly a quarter of the world” (see my critique above of Chapter 16 for the horrendous mortal consequences of British and European imperialism). Colin White correctly states:” In the Old World there was mounting pressure on limited resources from a growing population, whereas in the New World there was much apparently empty land, that is, land emptied by the deaths of many natives or land occupied by foragers who were deemed not to own the land on which they subsisted.” The term “terra nullius” was applied to these devastated lands which thence became “ghost acres” feeding Europe.

American writer and historian Gore Vidal stated “ Unlike most Americans who lie all the time, I hate lying” [72] and one of the  biggest lies was that American Independence was about “freedom” and “no taxation without representation”. In reality American Independence for the 13, slavery-based  colonies was about genocidal expansion westwards. Colin White correctly states: “Independence in 1776 allowed the Americans to remove the control line for settlement fixed by the British at the Appalachian Mountains. Following the assertion of independence and integration of the separate colonies, the expansion of the USA across North America during the late-eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, justified by an assertion of ‘manifest destiny’, followed the usual imperial pattern, achieved by a combination of persuasion, purchase and force. Canada achieved an almost simultaneous movement across the continent, but rather more gently”.

Critique. Importantly,  Colin White observes: “The success of Britain in out-competing other states reflected the growing strength of the state, which is easily and quickly summarised. Between 1670 and 1815 total tax revenues rose by an enormous amount, about 17 times; by contrast, national income increased by a multiple of about three. This revenue, and an ability of government to tap it, helped to service an increasing debt, which financed the 11 wars fought over the same period.” The British parliament was a collusion between the state and the wealthy profiteers who dominated  Parliament under the greatly restricted franchise  until the 19th century and the 20th century.  In the 20th century US Major General Smedley Butler commented  on US wars in Latin America for corporate interests: “War is a racket. It always has been. It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives. A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small “inside” group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes” [73].

Chapter 18, “Creative innovativeness in full bloom”, has successive sub-sections entitled “The human agent”, “Release from the Malthusian trap”, “Capitalism and the market”, “Almost!” [about the Netherlands]. It argues that  the transition to modern economies required changes to human innovativeness, population pressures and “an increasing informational and commercial integration of the whole world with some societies leading the way in that integration”.

Colin White argues for a significant role of acquired innovativeness in economic development. According to eminent evolutionary biologist Richard Dawkins (Oxford),  behaviour evolves genetically through DNA (natural selection of favourably mutated genes) or through memes (social selection of useful  ideas e.g. “love thy neighbour as thyself”) [18]. Although Colin White surprisingly doesn’t use the term “meme” (due to Richard Dawkins [18]),  he  concludes that “[re] cultural and genetic change..  The safest assertion to make is that the two sources are equal, so each has provided 50 per cent of the explanation”. Colin White also (with reference to Thomas Piketty) refers to loss of innovativeness due to wealth accumulation and an entrepreneur to rentier transition: “Rates of return exceed, sometimes by large amounts, the rate of economic growth, and those with a large portfolio of capital assets can make an above-average return through economies of scale. An economy can lose its dynamism when potential entrepreneurs discover they can make more money as rentiers than as genuine entrepreneurs, and with less risk… As the modern economy emerges there is a high turnover of enterprises and relatively speedy loss of economic leadership by countries”, As Piketty put it: “The inequality r ≥ g implies that wealth accumulated in the past grows more rapidly than output and wages. This inequality expresses a fundamental logical contradiction. The entrepreneur inevitably tends to become a rentier, more and more dominating over those who own nothing but their labour. Once constituted, capital reproduces itself faster than output increases. The past devours the future” [16, 17].

Critique. This chapter has commentary on culture – or gene-based selection of commerce-related attributes of the Ashkenazi Jews of Eastern Europe. Missing from this discussion was the origin  of the Ashkenazi Jews as Khazar converts to Judaism in Southern Russia as described by Jewish scholars Arthur Koestler [26] and Professor Shlomo Sand [27];  the Ashkenazi origins as traders from Ashkenaz in North Eastern Turkey at the end of the Silk Road [28]; selection pressure from persecution of minorities;  the permissibility  of Jews (but not Christians or Muslims ) to charge interest (loans being vital for trade); and the remarkable and substantial prehistoric European ancestry amongst Ashkenazi Jewish maternal lineages [29] (disclaimer: I am an anti-racist Jewish Australian and  DNA analysis says that I am 57% Ashkenazim and 24% British Celtic, this being in accord with 250 years of family history on either side).

The author again argues for human evolution at the gene level and speculates thus: “How much is this a matter of pressing the right switches on the human genome and the passing on of such change from one generation to another? There is now some concrete evidence that Lamarck was right and that acquired characteristics can be transferred to children and grandchildren… it suggests that all humans are capable of very quickly becoming able to cope with modern life.” For my earlier criticism of this speculation see my critique  of Part II. Such hypothetical epigenetic mechanisms do not have to be invoked. Thus incentive, energy and opportunity is enough   as testified by rapid transitions among Indians in remote Fiji from indentured labourers (5 year slaves) in the first generation to doctors, medical specialists, lawyers,  other professionals and entrepreneurs  in the second generation (and in subsequent  generations) [74-76]. Indeed my dear late wife Zareena (nee Lateef) was the grand daughter of such first generation Indian indentured labourers to Fiji and I can attest to rapid  transitions in her family to highly skilled professionals in the second and subsequent generations, this being critically enabled by educational opportunity.

Part VI, “The emergence of the modern economy”, comprises Chapters 19-22, and deals with the Industrial Revolution: “The Industrial Revolution represents the start of the transition to a modern economy. There are a variety of different explanations of how and why, where and when entry into modernity first occurred, almost as many as there are commentators on the topic”  (lots of debate here!)

Chapter 19, “The inception of modern economic development” has successive sub-sections “Time and place” [initially Britain], “The mechanisms of innovativeness”, “The nature of modern technologies”, and “The pace of change”. Colin White: “The chapter adopts a long-term perspective, setting the scene for the outlining of the economic history of the modern period. It begins with a review of the timing and venue of industrialisation and suggests possible explanations for both. It reconsiders in turn the role of the three basic mechanisms promoting a continuing and faster innovation in the modern era: first, the relevance of the favourable changes in the human agent; second, the stimulus imparted by increased population; and third, the benefits which followed from the increased integration of human polities, societies and economies”.

Critique. In considering “the contemporary  human agent” in the Industrial Revolution, Colin White strays into serious controversy in speculating about a need for rapid human evolution: “Humans in societies making the transition to modernity had become adept at managing a complex interconnected commercial economy. On every count they were better prepared for the complexities of the modern economy than their predecessors: they were healthier, better fed, more long lived, freer of disease, better educated, more mobile, less violent, more cooperative, more likely to be urban, and more willing to embrace novelty than their predecessors. Britain was only marginally ahead in these areas, but the typical human agent bore little resemblance to an ice age forager, a native of pharaonic Egypt, or a Pacific island voyager. Modern people are not ‘Stone Age’ humans unprepared for modernity… cultural change encouraged genetic change, and genetic change promoted cultural change. Attitudes conducive to economic success were selected for and further encouraged… Environmental change, reflecting changes in culture, including technological and organisational change, triggered the turning on and off of relevant parts of the genome, in a way indicated by recent genetic research, particularly epigenetic analysis. A changing human being was emerging. It is hardly surprising to see that genetics was responding to the enormous changes in the environment of the relevant decision-makers, and more quickly than often thought”. This is belied by the rapid  uptake in recent decades of sophisticated professionalism (e.g. in medicine and law) by “Stone Age” First Nations peoples (e.g. those in North America,  Australia and New Zealand lacking a metallurgical culture) after opportunity was granted  (e.g. Indigenous Australians were subject to horrendous, abusive,  genocidal and ethnocidal state control since 1788 and not even counted as citizens until after a Referendum in 1967). To be blunt, this is dangerous territory akin to the falsely based “IQ and race” controversy accelerated in the 1960s by William Shockley ( Nobel laureate in physics for invention of the junction transistor and a professor at Stanford University) [77].

Chapter 20, “Stage one: the Industrial Revolution in Britain”, has successive sub-sections entitled “Enabling conditions”, “Contingency and all that”, “Using capital to save labour”, “The nature of the discontinuity”, “The revolution”, and “More on location”. Colin White summarizes this event thus: “It was a matter of who was first to harness the innovative creativity possessed by all humans. It was the result of a little bit of evolution, a little bit of revolution and a little bit of accident. Once started, the positive loops would, at least temporarily, extend the lead and widen the economic gap – but only for a brief period”.

Critique. This chapter asserts that  3 crucial “social” factors for the Industrial Revolution in Britain were Security (especially the navy of this island nation that dominated the world from the defeat of the Spanish Armada until WW2) , [intra-national] Civility (not much civility in British-imposed genocide on all inhabited continents from the 17th century onwards,  with this including the Irish Famine and the Scottish Clearances of the 19th century in the UK) and Democracy (all women only got the vote  in the UK in 1928). Indeed intra-national civility was a myth based on phoney upper class “good manners”  – thus I discovered on a trip to a  19th century “model factory” near Manchester that the worker death rate was 35 per thousand, about the same as for subject Indians in British India in 1947 [33].

Colin White poses the questions: “The issue of the venue for the pioneer experience of industrial revolution arises at three different levels: why Eurasia? Why Europe? Why Britain?” but astonishingly fails to mention the initially British-imposed, 2-century Chinese Holocaust and the  British-imposed, 2-century Indian Holocaust  that crippled these 2 Asian  economies  that had dominated the world in 1700. This chapter  utterly ignores the Elephant in the Room realities that India led the world in GDP, textiles, metallurgy and administration before the British invasion that reduced it to an opium-, indigo- and cotton-exporting captive market for British industrial goods, and that  the British destroyed India’s world-leading textile industry (this including  cutting off the thumbs of weavers) and prohibited other Indian industries (e.g. steel and ship-building) as documented by Shashi  Tharoor in his book “Inglorious Empire” [78, 79]. The $45 trillion purloined by the British from India helped fund the huge capital investment required for the Industrial Revolution in Britain while the British effectively de-industrialized India [33, 46, 70, 71, 78-80]. Returning to Polya’s 3 Laws of Economics,  and Profit (P) = COP Price (p)  – COP (Cost of Production) (the First Law) [36] , we see that the true COP of the Industrial Revolution has not been assessed, in accordance  with  the Second Law (Disinformation about COP strives to a maximum) i.e. theft of $45 trillion, de-industrialization of India and 1,800 million Indian avoidable deaths from egregious deprivation in Britain’s Auschwitz, India.

Chapter 21, “More industrial revolutions” includes the successive subsections “The diffusion of an idea: “The American surge”, “Different policies on the same pathway”, and “Government failure and the Soviet alternative”, and deals with te spread of the Industrial Revolution to America, Europe and Russia, including  Russia of the Communist Soviet Union,.

Critique. India and China get a muted mention here: “The industrialisation of Europe and the USA was a threat to traditional centres of industrial activity, such as China or India, even Japan. These main centres of industrial activity deindustrialised during the nineteenth century. Countries which had become European colonies, such as India or the Dutch East Indies, had no protection from cheaper imports originating in the imperial centre. Others resisted and submitted to a forced opening, as in China and to a lesser degree Japan. When the new technologies were introduced they were adapted to local conditions, including low wages. In India, the relevant technologies became more  labour intensive, even when they imitated best practice, whether with textiles industries or with the railways”. This academic civility hides the appalling reality that British colonialism and Indian de-industrialization were  associated with failure of the Indian population to increase between 1867 and 1937 despite a very high birth rate [81].

Winston Churchill was remarkably honest in providing the  following assessment of subject Indian circumstances to the British House of Commons in 1935: “In the standard of life they have nothing to spare. The slightest fall from the present standard of life in India means slow starvation, and the actual squeezing out of life, not only of millions but of scores of millions of people, who have come into the world at your invitation and under the shield and protection of British power” [33, 82, 83]. 7 years later Churchill commenced  the deliberate starving to death over 4 years of 6-7 million Indians in Bengal, Orissa, Bihar and Assam as the British exported grain from India and slashed grain imports [33, 83-92]. While Churchill made no mention of this atrocity in his 6 volume “The Second World War” which helped him gain  the Nobel Prize for Literature. [93],  Colin White must be greatly praised as a very rare British writer to actually refer to the 1942-1945 Bengal Famine as he does  in this world economic history (in Chapter 22) (for a detailed analysis of this extraordinary Anglo myopia  see [33])..

Chapter 22, “The Asian miracle?” includes successive sections entitled “The great divergence”, “Surprising resemblances”, “A parallel evolution”,  “The industrial transition in Asia”, “An Asian model of economic development” and “The resources curse”. This chapter deals with the Industrial  Revolution in Asia.

Critique. This chapter  states: “In 1750 the advanced Asian economies were similar in their degree of economic development to the advanced European economies… From a situation in which globally there is approximate equality in average income per head, within a relatively short period there appeared a big divergence. European countries and their outside colonies of settlement had forged ahead of the Asian countries… Until 1800 the advanced Asian economies were comparable with the European economies, any differences marginal. The two main exceptions to this in the overall experience are the disparities in  timing and scale. Entry into the industrial phase lagged seriously behind Europe, but was then telescoped into a shorter period. The Asian economies in the eastern region of Asia are, one by one, entering the phase of modern economic development, industrialising at a rapid rate. The catch-up component in their rate of economic growth is high, finally compensating for a serious [19th century] deindustrialisation… The nineteenth century was disastrous for most Asian economies. The economic impact of European intrusion into Asia was more dramatic than elsewhere because of its higher level of previous economic development. The intrusion undid much of the industrialisation already attained. In 1750 the most important economies in the world were at similar per capita levels of industrialisation, with the UK having a slight lead and the USA lagging more significantly. China and India were at that time up with the leaders. Thereafter, they fell progressively further behind, so that at the end of the relevant period the levels in both the UK and the USA were much more than 50 times greater than that in India and about 40 times that in China”. However there is no mention of the horrendous, foreign-imposed  Chinese Holocaust and Indian Holocaust associated with imperialism and this radical deindustrialisation.

Chapter 22 further observes: “Each case needs separate consideration. The USA and Australia, Canada and New Zealand show colonialism was not necessarily harmful, except to the indigenous populations of those large areas of European settlement” but there is no mention of “Genocide” and no quantification here of the American Indian Genocide (removed from East of the Mississippi from 1830 onwards), the Australian Aboriginal  Genocide (a population drop from circa 1 million to 0.1 million in 100 years) [2]  or of the  Maori Genocide in New Zealand (circa 200,000 to 40,000 in about 100 years) [2].

I must reiterate that Colin White deserves great praise for being rare among Anglo academics in actually mentioning the WW2 Bengal Famine in one sentence: “India had a modern communications and transport system, even if directed chiefly to the support of exports. With the exception of the Bengal famine of 1943–44, largely, although not wholly, a product of the war, the incidence of famine was reduced, with the aid of an extensive railway system”. Under the British India suffered a regular succession of disastrous famines from the Great Bengal Famine (1769-1770, 10 million killed by British rapacity) to the WW2 Bengal Famine (WW2 Indian Holocaust, WW2 Bengali Holocaust,   1942-1945, 6-7 million Indians deliberately starved to death  in Bihar, Orissa. Assam and Bengal by the British for strategic reasons, with Australia complicit by withholding food from it huge wartime wheat stores from its ally,  starving India) [33, 83-92].

Colin White further comments  as follows with British understatement: “A negative interpretation is almost invariably put on colonial rule, whatever the agency involved and whatever the period of control”. One is reminded of the statement in Chapter11 addressing the economic failure of China in the 19th and 20th centuries:

Colin White makes the typically “balanced” Western narrative comment   on nuclear terrorist, democracy-by-genocide Apartheid Israel as follows: “There is no dispute as bitter as that relating to the existence of an expanding Israel, created in 1949 by the United Nations at the expense of Palestine”. No mention of the ongoing Palestinian Genocide (2.3 million Palestinian deaths from violence, 0.1 million, or from imposed deprivation, 2.2 million, since the British invasion of Palestine in WW2,  nor of    90% of the land of Palestine having now been ethnically cleansed of Indigenous Palestinians, most notably in the 1967 expulsion of 800,000 Indigenous Palestinian and the 1967 expulsion of 400,000 more) [94-105].   The ongoing Palestinian Genocide is part of a wider Muslim Holocaust and Muslim Genocide that has been associated with 32 million Muslim deaths from violence, 5 million, or from imposed deprivation, 28 million, in 20 countries subject to US Alliance invasion since the US Government’s 9-11 false flag atrocity that killed 3,000 people (mainly Americans) [104-106]. One notes that genocide is defined by Article 2 of the UN Genocide Convention thus: “In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial or religious group, as such: a) Killing members of the group; b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group; c) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part; d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group; e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group” [107].

As an anti-racist Jewish Australian (Ashkenazi) I am utterly opposed to the gross  human rights  abuses and genocidal war crimes of nuclear terrorist, genocide-based Apartheid Israel  and was accordingly  annoyed throughout the book when “Israel” (the name of a 70 year old genocide-based and US-backed rogue state in Palestine)  was used to describe the land of “Palestine”, noting that Palestine is a name used for over 2,000 years and refers  to the Philistine coastal  inhabitants of Palestine  dating back over 3,000 years.  Of course the economic basis for Apartheid Israel and a century of genocidal Anglo wars in the Middle East is summarized in one word:  oil , as perceived by expert observers from Professor Noam  Chomsky on the Left to Alan Greenspan on the Right [108, 109].

Part VII, “Where are we at?”, includes Chapters 23 and 24, and summarizes where we are at and where we are headed.  The introduction to this section identifies 3 key trends: (1) accelerating change, (2) growing commonalty of the human experience, and (3) increased capacity to control the environment.

Critique. From a scientific and particularly biological science perspective,  these trends are faltering under a worsening climate crisis in which, thanks to profligate industrial greenhouse gas pollution in the name of economic growth,  it may now be too late to control a warming  environment. Recent reports collectively endorsed by thousands of expert scientists have warned the world that time is running out to save Humanity and the Biosphere from further catastrophic climate change and further massive biodiversity loss [3, 5, 11, 12, 15, 110-115]. Massive threat  derives from continuing greenhouse gas (GHG) pollution, toxic pollutants from carbon fuel burning [116], population growth and economic growth [15, 115], and it is clear that zero growth in these areas is insufficient  – there must be negative carbon pollution (atmospheric CO2 draw-down to about 300 ppm CO2 from the present damaging and disastrous 410 ppm CO2 that is increasing at circa 2 ppm CO2 per year), negative population growth (population decline by about 50%) and negative economic growth (degrowth) to halt and reverse this worsening disaster (with the burden to be borne by the rich North while the South must be permitted to grow modestly to a decent level) [15].

Chapter 23, “Stage two of modern economic development: the Service Revolution”, has successive sub-sections entitled “The nature of services”, “The increasing contribution of services”, “More misconceptions”, and  “Difficulties in moving along the common pathway”, and deals with the increasing role of the Service sector in economies.

Critique. Rich, negative population growth, neoliberal Western societies are associated with an increasingly aged population,  an ultimately  declining participation rate (presently 65.7% in Australia), and increasing part-time work for the young who are disempowered relative to the politically dominant One Percenters (who globally possess 50% of the wealth).  Cooperative and humane societies  with the social security of basic housing, universal health care, free education, government job guarantee and a Universal Basic Income  [117-119] are conceivable in the context of  substantial (circa 50%) economic degrowth. Happiness, dignity and opportunity would flow from constructive social involvement in activities from caring, community, sport, arts  and altruism to scholarly, professional and technical excellence for the betterment of society. Substantial economic degrowth in cooperative societies  based on  “need not greed” can and must happen for environmental  sustainability and avoidance of terracide [15]. Of course the so-called “primitive” forager societies worked this out 100,000 years ago and had cooperative societies involving communalism and mutual obligations for   everybody.

The currently dominant model is neoliberalism that demands maximal freedom for the smart and advantaged to exploit natural and human resources for private profit. Conversely, social humanism (socialism, communism, communalism, democratic socialism, eco-socialism, the welfare state) wants to maximize opportunity, happiness and dignity for everyone through evolving intra-national ands international social contracts [120, 121].  Ruthless neoliberalism (capitalism) plausibly argues that social welfare weakens competition-based  entrepreneurial drive but has brought us to a situation in which the top 1% (the One Percenters) now own 50% of the world’s wealth and remorseless  exploitation has led us to speciescide and  ecocide  with the prospect of omnicide and terracide. Presently 15 million people die avoidably from deprivation each year on Spaceship Earth with One Percenters in charge of the flight deck [2]. Indeed Thomas Piketty argues that wealth and income inequity is bad for economics (the poor cannot afford to buy the goods and services they produce) and bad for democracy (money buys votes) [16, 17, 122].

Chapter 24, “Looking backwards in order to peer forwards” has successive sub-sections entitled “Extrapolating the future from the past”, “Two extreme scenarios”, “Continuing sources of innovativeness”, and “Every pessimism under the sun”, and considers where we are going. Importantly Colin White recognizes the acute problem of man-made climate change and states: “The potential destructiveness of global warming implies the need to impose the costs on those responsible, without allowing free-riders to take advantage of the situation” i.e. imposing a price on carbon pollution (P = p- COP; Profit equals Price minus Cost of Production) [36]. The book concludes with a humane message: “Assisting developing countries to move along the economic pathway is in the interest of the whole world; it is morally the right thing to do. The result is likely to be an increasingly multi-polar world rather than the uni-polar world we have confronted during the past half century. In the West, we would do well to recognise this. A more economically balanced world may be much happier, with the ability and will to devote its attention to ending poverty and minimising the damage to ecological systems imparted by our economic activities”

Critique.  A fundamental flaw in this chapter and indeed in the whole book is the definition of “economy” and hence whether “economic growth” is necessarily “good”. Thus in a forager society (non-city civilization) everybody contributes as part of the “team” (to use a corporate expression). In our capitalist civilization  there are many extremely valuable jobs that are presently poorly paid or unpaid and not considered part of the “economy” as analysed by Marilyn Waring [123, 124]. Further, negative economic growth is required to save what is left of wild nature that has a substantial economic value  estimated at about $35 trillion annually (2002) or about half of the world’s annual GDP. Andrew Balmford and colleagues (2002): “Loss and degradation of remaining natural habitats has continued largely unabated. However, evidence has been accumulating that such systems generate marked economic benefits, which the available data suggest exceed those obtained from continued habitat conversion. We estimate that the overall benefit:cost ratio of an effective global program for the conservation of remaining wild nature is at least 100:1” [125]. The world is rightly  impressed by the economic resurgence of China and India after several centuries of suppression by foreigners but major deadly  economic mistakes in both countries are the car and smoking that kill circa 1 million  in both countries each year through adverse respiratory  health impacts [116].

This final chapter continues the theme of rapid human evolution through epigenesis-induced change. These arguments have been critiqued above in relation to Chapters 18 and 19 in particular. In this final chapter Colin White further speculates that “In the past, cultural change accelerated genetic change and genetic change made possible further cultural change, the ultimate virtuous circle. In the so-called dance of two partners, of culture and genetics, it is impossible to distinguish the exact contribution of either, so this book has assumed a 50/50 split. Genetically humans have responded significantly to the cultural discontinuities marking entry into each economic phase. Our attitudes and abilities are different from our forager predecessors, being much more conducive to innovativeness. A reversal in the future is always possible, for example in the Flynn effect, which indicates an increase in intelligence might be ending, reducing our ability to handle the complexities of a modern economy. Intelligence quotient (IQ) tests in a growing number of countries – Norway, Denmark, Australia, the UK, Sweden and, more recently, the Netherlands and Finland – have seen a reversal of the rise in intelligence, a reversal which began in the 1980s”. This is speculation that has potentially  dangerous “race and IQ” implications.  Humanity did not have to evolve to appreciate the powerful meme “Love thy neighbour as thyself” promulgated by the  wonderful Palestinian humanitarian Jesus 2000 years ago.

Colin White is mistakenly disturbed by population decline in the Developed world, stating . “There is no global population problem, rather an economic development problem. Were the whole world developed, there would be a different demographic situation and contrasting problem, that of a contracting world population, likely to be a feature of a mature service economy sometime in the future. While the fall in fertility has some obvious benefits, among them less pressure on resources and less carbon emissions, the economic advantages resulting from a sustained population increase and an ever-increasing size of population, would disappear. There is a problem of adjustment to a world of stable or contracting population, an adjustment which requires the application of a considerable creative innovativeness, certainly more than that applied so far in Japan”. Using coral reefs as a “canary in the mine” one can show that the coral reefs started dying about 60 years ago when the world’s population was about 50% of that today i.e. we urgently need to halve the Anthropocene human population for environmental sustainability  [15].

Over the last million years the Earth has experienced a remarkably regular cycle of  successive cooling with glaciation followed by  interglacial warming,  with this cycle having a periodicity  of about 90,000 years. Colin White outrageously states that “Ironically this [cooling]  could be counteracted by the significant warming caused by humans”, ignoring the reality that the current climate emergency relates the current disposition of humanity. However Colin White later   finally concedes that “The changing nature of economic development has had two negative environmental effects with a significant impact: first, it uses up resources in finite supply and, secondly, it generates damage to the natural environment. Only two resources, water and oil, are potentially capable of playing a constraining role”. This, however, ignores the diminishing stock and fertility of arable land, decreasing cereal yields with increasing temperature,  and the catastrophic damage to the Biosphere, notably insects  (e.g. “good insects”  are needed for pollination and to  constrain “bad insects”). However this chapter later states: “The potential damage is sufficient to have warranted the establishment in the 1980s of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change to review the changing situation, whose reports and forecasts, while sober in style, have been an increasing source of alarm. Global warming is a major threat to humans, accentuating water deficiencies by reinforcing the aridity of the driest areas on earth… Other areas will become warmer and drier, with a negative impact on agricultural productivity. At some stage, negative will outweigh positive effects. Since the carrying capacity of the world could diminish, our Malthusian intermission may prove temporary”.

Colin White recommends  a Price on Carbon: “The potential destructiveness of global warming implies the need to impose the costs on those responsible, without allowing free-riders to take advantage of the situation” i.e. imposing a price on carbon pollution (P = p – COP; Profit equals Price minus Cost of Production) [36]. Dr Chris Hope has estimated a damage-related Carbon Price of $200 per tonne CO2 [126].  Thus the total Carbon Debt of the world from 1751-2016 (including CO2 that has gone into the oceans) is about 1,850 billion tonnes CO2. Assuming a damage-related Carbon Price of $200 per tonne CO2-equivalent,   this corresponds  to a Carbon Debt of $370 trillion, similar to the total wealth of the world and 4.5 times the world’s total annual GDP [127].

There is a  detailed Bibliography and an Index. However there are inevitably some perceived notable omissions from the Bibliography e.g.  C.D. Darlington’s “The Evolution of Man and Society”, Meadows et al., “The Limits to Growth” 1972 report to the Club of Rome,  H.G. Wells’ “Outline of History”,  and Shashi Tharoor’s “Inglorious Empire. What the British did to India”.

Final comments.

“The History of the Global Economy” by Colin White as an ambitious scholarly endeavour and should be in every university and local library. Colin White’s book  has the great merit of provoking disagreement and debate as testified by my detailed review from the perspective of a biological scientist and humanitarian. Thus my particular concerns relate to perceived Anglocentrism and Eurocentricity (especially in relation to China, India and the South),  attachment to the presently dominant and  damaging neoliberal ideology and narrative, and potentially dangerous speculations about recent human evolution.

Towards the end of his “The History of the Global Economy”, Colin White concludes that  “If human innovativeness is sustained at previous levels, the best-case scenario will be realised, but the difficulties may overwhelm us. The prevalence of pessimism does not encourage hope. Pessimism is disabling…  Hopefully we are not fated to destroy the world on which we rely, either by damaging it irredeemably or by applying our innovativeness to a path of military destruction. The greatest hope is first for an end to poverty, achieved by a convergence in income levels around the world” (Chapter 23).

We must be realistic but also try to do our best. Thus a catastrophic plus 2 degrees Centigrade  temperature  rise is now effectively unavoidable but we are obliged to do everything we can to make the future “less bad” for ourselves, our children, our grandchildren and future generations.  However the deadly climate change inaction of our political leaders  suggests that one of the most powerful things that Humanity  can do collectively right now  is to resolutely promise  inescapable prosecution, draconian judicial punishment and total dispossession of politician, corporate and media climate criminals [128].

The world is existentially threatened by nuclear weapons and man climate change (that may destroy most of Humanity and the Biosphere) [5] and by poverty (that kills 15 million people each year) [2]. These problems can and must be urgently addressed. Thus a 4% annual wealth tax could abolish deadly inequity that kills 15 million people each year [2, 122]. Eminent physicist, the late Professor Stephen Hawking, in addressing the question “Will we survive on Earth?” has stated that “We see great peril if governments and societies do not take action now to render nuclear weapons obsolete and to prevent further climate change” [6].  Let’s do it now!

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Countercurrents.

Dr Gideon Polya taught science students at a major Australian university for 4 decades. He published some 130 works in a 5 decade scientific career, most recently a huge pharmacological reference text “Biochemical Targets of Plant Bioactive Compounds” (CRC Press/Taylor & Francis, New York & London , 2003).

Notes

[1]. Colin White, “A History of the Global Economy. The Inevitable Accident”, Edward Elgar Publishing, UK, 2018.

[2].Gideon Polya, “Body Count. Global avoidable mortality since 1950”, including an avoidable mortality-related history of every country from Neolithic times and is now available for free perusal on the web : http://globalbodycount.blogspot.com.au/ .

[3].“Climate Genocide”: https://sites.google.com/site/climategenocide/ .

[4]. Gideon Polya, “Resolutely promised prosecutions of climate criminals may force urgent climate action”, Countercurrents,   5 January 2019: https://countercurrents.org/2019/01/05/resolutely-promised-prosecutions-of-climate-criminals-may-force-urgent-climate-action/ ).

[5]. “Nuclear weapons ban, end poverty and reverse climate change”: https://sites.google.com/site/drgideonpolya/nuclear-weapons-ban .

[6]. Stephen Hawking, “Brief Answers to the Big Questions”, John Murray, 2018, Chapter 7.

[7]. Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows, Jørgen Randers, and William W. Behrens III, “The Limits to Growth; A Report for the Club of Rome’s Project on the Predicament of Mankind”, 1972: http://www.donellameadows.org/wp-content/userfiles/Limits-to-Growth-digital-scan-version.pdf 

[8]. “The Limits to Growth”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Limits_to_Growth .

[9]. Jorgen Randers, “Systematic short-termism:  Climate, capitalism and democracy”, Climate Code red, 2012: http://www.climatecodered.org/2012/11/systematic-short-termism-climate.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+ClimateCodeRed+%28climate+code+red%29 .

[10]. Jorgen Randers, “2052 – A Global Forecast for the Next Forty Years”, Chelsea Green Publishing, 2012.

[11]. “Are we doomed?”: https://sites.google.com/site/300orgsite/are-we-doomed .

[12]. “Too late to avoid global warming catastrophe”: https://sites.google.com/site/300orgsite/too-late-to-avoid-global-warming

[13]. Irene Banos Ruiz , “China’s new love affair with dogs – as pets, not food – presents environmental  problems”, DW, 21 June 2016:  https://www.dw.com/en/chinas-new-love-affair-with-dogs-as-pets-not-food-presents-environmental-problems/a-19197523 .

[14]. Jeffrey Sachs, “Need versus greed”, Project Syndicate, 28 February 2011: https://www.project-syndicate.org/commentary/need-versus-greed?barrier=accesspaylog .

[15]. Gideon Polya, “How much negative carbon emission, negative population growth, & negative economic growth is needed to save planet?”, Countercurrents, 28 November 2018: https://countercurrents.org/2018/11/28/how-much-negative-carbon-emissions-negative-population-growth-negative-economic-growth-is-needed-to-save-planet/ .

[16]. Thomas Piketty, “Capital in the Twenty-First Century” ( Harvard University Press, 2014).

[17]. Gideon Polya, “Key Book Review: “Capital In The Twenty-First Century” By Thomas Piketty”,  Countercurrents, 01 July, 2014: http://www.countercurrents.org/polya010714.htm .

[18]. Richard Dawkins, “The Selfish Gene”.

[19]. Chris Faulk, “Lamarck, Lysenko and modern day epigenetics”, Mind the Science Gap, 21 June 2013: .

[20]. Alexander Osborne, “The role of epigenetics in human evolution”, Bioscience Horizons, volume 10, 2017: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/322468365_The_role_of_epigenetics_in_human_evolution.

[21]. John D. Loike, “Newly developed techniques could propel a field already advancing rapidly to complement modern medicine”, The Scientist,  12 November 2018: https://www.the-scientist.com/news-opinion/opinion–the-new-frontiers-of-epigenetics-65076 .

[22].  Warren Burggren, “Epigenetic inheritance and its role in evolutionary biology: re-evaluation and new perspectives”, Biology, 25 May 2016: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4929538/ .

[23]. Michael Skinner, “Unified theory of evolution”, Aeon, 9 November 2016: https://aeon.co/essays/on-epigenetics-we-need-both-darwin-s-and-lamarck-s-theories .

[24].  “The disastrous effect of Lysenkoism on Soviet agriculture” Encyclopedia.com: https://www.encyclopedia.com/science/encyclopedias-almanacs-transcripts-and-maps/disastrous-effects-lysenkoism-soviet-agriculture .

[25]. Andrew Glikson, “Past, present and future: how human evolution and climate are linked”, The Conversation, 7 June 2016: https://theconversation.com/past-present-future-how-human-evolution-and-climate-are-linked-57336 .

[26]. Arthur Koestler, “The Thirteenth Tribe”, Hutchinson, London, 1976.

[27]. Shlomo Sand, “The Invention of the Jewish People” (Verso, London, 2009).

[28]. Eran Elhaik, “Uncovering Ashkenaz, birthplace of Yiddish speakers”, The Conversation, 6 May 2016:  https://theconversation.com/uncovering-ancient-ashkenaz-the-birthplace-of-yiddish-speakers-58355 .

[29].  Marta D. Costa et al, “A substantial prehistoric European ancestry amongst Ashkenazi maternal lineages”, Nature, 2013: http://www.nature.com/ncomms/2013/131008/ncomms3543/full/ncomms3543.html .

[30]. Hannah Devlin, “Early men and women were equal , say scientists”, The Guardian, 15 May 2015: https://www.theguardian.com/science/2015/may/14/early-men-women-equal-scientists .

[31]. M. Dyble et al,. “Sex equality can explain the unique social structure of hunter-gather bands”, Science, 15 May 2015: http://science.sciencemag.org/content/348/6236/796 .

[32]. Tian Chen Zeng, Alan J. Yaw, and Marcus W. Feldman, “Cultural hitchhiking and competition between patrilineal kin groups explain the post-Neolithic Y-chromosome bottleneck, Nature Communications, 25 May 2018: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-018-04375-6 .

[33]. Gideon Polya, “Jane Austen and the Black Hole of British History. Colonial rapacity, holocaust denial and the crisis in biological sustainability”, G.M. Polya, Melbourne, 1998, 2008 that  is now available for free perusal on the web: http://janeaustenand.blogspot.com/  .

[34].   Emmanuel Todd, “After the Empire: The Breakdown of the American Order”, Columbia University Press, 2001.

[35]. Jared Diamond, “The worst mistake in the history  of the human race”, Discover, 1 May 1999: http://discovermagazine.com/1987/may/02-the-worst-mistake-in-the-history-of-the-human-race .

[36]. Gideon Polya, “Polya’s 3 Laws Of Economics Expose Deadly, Dishonest  And Terminal Neoliberal Capitalism”, Countercurrents, 17 October, 2015: https://countercurrents.org/polya171015.htm .

[37]. “The history of beer”, The Stout Palace: http://www.thestoutpalace.com/the-history-0f-beer/ .

[38]. Jared Diamond, “Guns, Germs and Steel. The Fates of Human Societies”, Jonathan Cape, London, 1997.

[39]. Jared Diamond, “Collapse.  How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed”, Viking Press,  2005.

[40]. “Aboriginal Genocide”: https://sites.google.com/site/aboriginalgenocide/ .

[41]. C.D. Darlington, “The Evolution of Man and Society”, Simon & Schuster, 1970.

[42]. FAO,  “Improvement of maize diets”: http://www.fao.org/docrep/T0395E/T0395E0c.htm .

[43]. “Protein combining”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protein_combining .

[44]. David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox, “Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry”,  Worth, 2000.

[45]. Gideon Polya, “Biochemical Targets of Plant Bioactive Compounds”, Taylor & Francis, 2003.

[46]. “Angus Maddison statistics of the world’s largest economies by GDP (PPP)”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Angus_Maddison_statistics_of_the_ten_largest_economies_by_GDP_(PPP).

[47]. “Backgrounder: China’s WWII contributions in figures”, New China, 3 September 2015: http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2015-09/03/c_134582291.htm .

[48]. “Mongol Empire”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongol_Empire .

[49]. Katie Langin, “Rise and fall of the Roman Empire exposed in Greenland ice samples”, Science, 14 May 2018: https://www.sciencemag.org/news/2018/05/rise-and-fall-roman-empire-exposed-greenland-ice-samples?r3f_986=https://www.google.com.au/ .

[50]. Lenny Bernstein, “Lead poisoning and the fall of Rome”, Washington Post, 17 February 2016: https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/to-your-health/wp/2016/02/17/lead-poisoning-and-the-fall-of-rome/?noredirect=on&utm_term=.ad013e73970f .

[51]. Monica Aneni, “Lead poisoning in ancient Rome”, ResearchGate, May 2018: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/325023100_Lead_Poisoning_in_Ancient_Rome

[52]. “Mughal Empire”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mughal_Empire .

[53]. “Indian removal”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_removal .

[54]. “Iraqi Holocaust Iraqi Genocide”: https://sites.google.com/site/iraqiholocaustiraqigenocide/ .

[55]. “Muslim Holocaust Muslim Genocide”: https://sites.google.com/site/muslimholocaustmuslimgenocide/ .

[56]. Gideon Polya, “Paris Atrocity Context: 27 Million Muslim Avoidable  Deaths From Imposed Deprivation In 20 Countries Violated By US Alliance Since 9-11”, Countercurrents, 22 November, 2015: https://countercurrents.org/polya221115.htm .

[57]. “Experts: US did 9-11”: https://sites.google.com/site/expertsusdid911/ .

[58]. David Vine, “Where in the world is the US military?”, Politico, July/August 2015: https://www.politico.com/magazine/story/2015/06/us-military-bases-around-the-world-119321 .

[59]. Mahatma Gandhi quoted in Salil Tripathi, “Meanwhile: Gandhi, for one, would have found it funny”, New York Times, 21 January 2004: https://www.nytimes.com/2004/01/21/opinion/meanwhile-gandhi-for-one-would-have-found-it-funny.html .

[60]. Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies,  “AIATSIS map of Indigenous Australia”: https://aiatsis.gov.au/explore/articles/aiatsis-map-indigenous-australia .

[61]. “Holy Roman Empire”,  Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holy_Roman_Empire .

[62]. “Ottoman Empire”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ottoman_Empire .

[63]. Sven Lindqvist, “Exterminate all the brutes”, 1992.

[64]. F. Chalk, and K.  Jonassohn, (1990), “The History and Sociology of Genocide. Analyses and Case Studies”,  Yale University Press, New Haven, 1990.

[65]. Gideon Polya, “Book Review: “Wanting” By Richard Flanagan – Exposing British Imperial Racism And Tasmanian  Aboriginal  Genocide”, Countercurrents,  22 February, 2014: https://www.countercurrents.org/polya220214.htm .

[66]. H.G. Wells “The Outline of History”, 1919-1920, Cassell & Company, London, 1956.

[67]. “Gondwana”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gondwana .

[68]. Max Angus, “The World of Olegas Truhanas”, 1975.

[69]. Richard Bennett, “South West Tasmania”, 1991.

[70]. “Economic history of India”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economic_history_of_India .

[71]. Gideon Polya, “Britain robbed India of $45 trillion & thence 1.8 billion Indians died from deprivation”, Countercurrents, 18 December 2018: https://countercurrents.org/2018/12/18/britain-robbed-india-of-45-trillion-thence-1-8-billion-indians-died-from-deprivation/ .

[72]. “Mainstream media lying”: https://sites.google.com/site/mainstreammedialying/home .

[73]. Major General Smedley Butler, “War is a Racket”: https://ratical.org/ratville/CAH/warisaracket.html#c1 .

[74]. Rajendra Prasad, “Tears in Paradise. Suffering and struggle of Indians in Fiji 1879-2004”(Glade, Auckland, New Zealand, 2004).

[75]. Gideon Polya,“Review “Tears in Paradise. Suffering and Struggle Of Indians In Fiji 1879-2004” by Rajendra Prasad – Britain’s Indentured Indian “5 Year Slaves””, Countercurrents, 4 March, 2015: https://www.countercurrents.org/polya040315.htm .

[76]. Kavia Ivy Nandan (editor), “Stolen Worlds. FijiIndian Fragments”, Ivy Press International , 2005.

[77]. “History of the race and intelligence controversy”,Wikipedia:  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_race_and_intelligence_controversy .

[78]. Shashi Tharoor, “Inglorious Empire. What the British did to India”, Scribe, 2017.

[79]. Gideon Polya, “Review: Inglorious Empire. What the British did to India” by Shashi Tharoor”, Countercurrents, 8 September 2017: https://countercurrents.org/2017/09/08/review-inglorious-empire-what-the-british-did-to-india-by-shashi-tharoor/ .

[80]. David Clingingsmith and Jeffrey G. Williamson, “India’s de-industrialization under British rule: new ideas, new evidence”, The National Bureau of Economic Research, 15 February 2019: https://www.nber.org/papers/w10586 .

[81]. Populstat, “India. Historical demographical data of the whole country”: http://www.populstat.info/Asia/indiac.htm .

[82]. Winston Churchill, speech to the House of Commons about Indians (1935); 1. Hansard of the House of Commons, Winston Churchill speech, Hansard Vol. 302, cols. 1920-21, 1935.

[83]. N. G. Jog, “Churchill’s Blind-Spot: India”, New Book Company, Bombay, 1944 (Winston Churchill quoted on p195).

[84]. K.C. Ghosh, “Famines in Bengal 1770-1943” (National Council of Education, Calcutta, 2nd edition 1987).

[85]. T. Das, T. (1949), “Bengal Famine (1943) as Revealed in a Survey of Destitutes of Calcutta”,  University of Calcutta, Calcutta, 1949.

[86]. Gideon Polya, “Australia And Britain Killed 6-7 Million Indians In WW2 Bengal Famine”,  Countercurrents, 29 September, 2011: https://countercurrents.org/polya290911.htm .

[87]. “Bengali Holocaust (WW2 Bengal Famine) writings of Gideon Polya”, Gideon Polya: https://sites.google.com/site/drgideonpolya/bengali-holocaust .

[88]. Amartya Sen,  “Famine Mortality: A Study of the Bengal Famine of 1943” in Hobshawn, E. (1981) (editor), Peasants In History. Essays in Honour of David Thorner (Oxford University Press, New Delhi).

[89]. Cormac O Grada (2009) “Famine a short history” (Princeton University Press, 2009).

[90]. Madhusree Muckerjee (2010), “Churchill’s Secret War. The British Empire and the ravaging of India during World War II” (Basic Books, New York, 2010).

[91]. Thomas Keneally (2011), “Three Famines”, Vintage House, Australia, 2011.

[92]. Paul Greenough (1982),“Prosperity and Misery in Modern Bengal: the Famine of 1943-1944” (Oxford University Press, 1982).

[93]. Winston Churchill, “The Second World War”, volumes I-VI, Cassell, 1954.

[94]. “Palestinian Genocide”: https://sites.google.com/site/palestiniangenocide/ .

[95]. Gideon Polya, “End 50 Years Of Genocidal Occupation & Human Rights Abuse By US-Backed Apartheid Israel”, Countercurrents,  9 June  2017: https://countercurrents.org/2017/06/09/end-50-years-of-genocidal-occupation-human-rights-abuse-by-us-backed-apartheid-israel/ .

[96]. William A. Cook (editor), “The Plight of the Palestinians: a Long History of Destruction”, Palgrave Macmillan, 2010.

[97].  Gideon Polya, “Review: “The Plight Of The Palestinians. A Long History Of Destruction””,   Countercurrents, 17 June, 2012: https://countercurrents.org/polya170612.htm .

[98]. Francis A. Boyle, “The Palestinian Genocide By Israel”, Countercurrents, 30 August, 2013: https://countercurrents.org/boyle300813.htm .

[99]. Francis A. Boyle, “The genocide of the Palestinian people: an international law and human rights perspective”, Center for Constitutional Rights, 25 August 2016: https://ccrjustice.org/genocide-palestinian-people-international-law-and-human-rights-perspective#_ftn5 .

[100]. Gideon Polya, “WW1 Start Centenary, Ongoing Palestinian Genocide, Latest Israeli Gaza Massacre & Western Lying”, Countercurrents, 5 August, 2014: https://countercurrents.org/polya050814.htm  ).

[101]. Gideon Polya, “100th anniversary of 1918 Australian and New Zealand Surafend Massacre of Palestinians”, Countercurrents, 10 December 2017: https://countercurrents.org/2018/12/10/100th-anniversary-of-1918-australian-new-zealand-surafend-massacre-of-palestinians/ .

[102]. Gideon Polya, “70th anniversary of Apartheid Israel & commencement of large-scale Palestinian Genocide”, Countercurrents, 11 May 2018: https://countercurrents.org/2018/05/11/70th-anniversary-of-apartheid-israel-commencement-of-large-scale-palestinian-genocide/ .

[103]. Gideon Polya, “Israeli-Palestinian & Middle East conflict – from oil to climate genocide”, Countercurrents, 21 August 2017: https://countercurrents.org/2017/08/21/israeli-palestinian-middle-east-conflict-from-oil-to-climate-genocide/ .

[104]. “Muslim Holocaust Muslim Genocide”: https://sites.google.com/site/muslimholocaustmuslimgenocide/ .

[105]. Gideon Polya, “Paris Atrocity Context: 27 Million Muslim Avoidable  Deaths From Imposed Deprivation In 20 Countries Violated By US Alliance Since 9-11”, Countercurrents, 22 November, 2015: https://countercurrents.org/polya221115.htm .

[106]. “Experts: US did 9-11”: https://sites.google.com/site/expertsusdid911/ .

[107]. “UN Genocide Convention” : http://www.edwebproject.org/sideshow/genocide/convention.html .

[108]. Peter Beaumont and Joanna Walters, “Greenspan admits Iraq was about oil, as deaths put at 1.2m”, The Observer, 16 September 2007: http://www.theguardian.com/world/2007/sep/16/iraq.iraqtimeline .

[109]. Noam Chomsky quoted in Sherwood Ross, “Chomsky: Iraq invasion “major crime” designed to control Middle East oil”, The Public Record, 3 November 2009:  http://pubrecord.org/nation/5953/chomsky-invasion-major-crime/ .

[110]. William J. Ripple et al., 15,364 signatories from 184 countries, “World scientists’ warning to Humanity: a second notice”, Bioscience, 13 November 2017: https://academic.oup.com/bioscience/advance-article/doi/10.1093/biosci/bix125/4605229 .

[111]. Gideon Polya, “Over 15,000 scientists issue dire warning to Humanity on catastrophic climate change and biodiversity loss”, Countercurrents, 20 November 2017: https://countercurrents.org/2017/11/20/over-15000-scientists-issue-dire-warning-to-humanity-on-catastrophic-climate-change-and-biodiversity-loss/ .

[112]. Phillip Levin, Donald Levin, “The real biodiversity crisis”, American Scientist, January-February 2002: http://www.americanscientist.org/issues/pub/the-real-biodiversity-crisis .

[113].  World Wildlife Fund (WWF) “Living Planet Report 2018 aiming higher – summary”: https://s3.amazonaws.com/wwfassets/downloads/lpr2018_summary_report_spreads.pdf .

[114]. IPCC, “Global warming of 1.5 °C. Summary for Policymakers”, 8 October 2018: http://report.ipcc.ch/sr15/pdf/sr15_spm_final.pdf .

[115]. Gideon Polya, “IPCC +1.5C avoidance report – effectively too late but stop coal burning for  “less bad” catastrophes”, Countercurrents,  12 October 2018: https://countercurrents.org/2018/10/12/ipcc-1-5c-avoidance-report-effectively-too-late-but-stop-coal-burning-for-less-bad-catastrophes/ .

[116]. “Stop air pollution deaths”: https://sites.google.com/site/300orgsite/stop-air-pollution-deaths.

[117]. William Gerhardie,  “God’s Fifth Column. A biography of the Age 1890-1940” (Hodder & Stoughton, 1981; The Hogarth Press, 1990,  with editing and an Introduction by Michael Holroyd and Robert Skidelsky).

[118]. Gideon Polya, “Book Review: “God’s Fifth Column” By William Gerhardie”,  Countercurrents, 6 May, 2014: https://countercurrents.org/polya060514.htm .

[119]. “Basic income”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_income .

[120]. Brian Ellis, “Social Humanism. A New Metaphysics”, Routledge , 2012.

[121]. Gideon Polya, “Book Review: “Social Humanism. A New Metaphysics” By Brian Ellis –  Last Chance To Save Planet?”,  Countercurrents, 19 August, 2012: http://www.countercurrents.org/polya190812.htm .

[122]. Gideon Polya, “4 % Annual Global Wealth Tax To Stop The 17 Million Deaths Annually”,  Countercurrents, 27 June, 2014: https://www.countercurrents.org/polya270614.htm .

[123]. Marilyn Waring, “If Women Counted”  (introduction by Gloria Steinem), 1988.

[124]. “Marilyn Waring”, Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marilyn_Waring .

[125]. Andrew Balmford, A. Bruner, P. Cooper, R. Costanza, S. Farber, R. E. Green, M. Jenkins, P. Jefferiss, V. Jessamy, J. Madden, K. Munro, N. Myers, S. Naeem, J. Paavola, M. Rayment, S. Trumper and R. K. Turner, “Economic reasons for conserving wild nature”, Science 297, 2002, 950-953: http://www.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/abstract/297/5583/950 .

[126]. Chris Hope, “How high should climate change taxes be?”, Working Paper Series, Judge Business School, University of Cambridge, 9.2011: http://www.jbs.cam.ac.uk/fileadmin/user_upload/research/workingpapers/wp1109.pdf  ; “Carbon Debt Carbon Credit”: https://sites.google.com/site/carbondebtcarboncredit/ .

[127]. “Carbon Debt Carbon Credit”: https://sites.google.com/site/carbondebtcarboncredit/ .

[128]. Gideon Polya, “Resolutely promised prosecutions of climate criminals may force urgent climate action”, Countercurrents,   5 January 2019: https://countercurrents.org/2019/01/05/resolutely-promised-prosecutions-of-climate-criminals-may-force-urgent-climate-action/ .

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “A History of the Global Economy”: Indian Holocaust and Genocide Ignored

So far much of the discussion over what is driving the bizarre Trump Administration intervention into Venezuela centers around the comments of National Security Adviser John Bolton to claim it’s about oil. In a previous analysis we looked at the prospects of the huge Chavez Basin, formerly the Orinoco Basin, said to hold the world’s largest reserves of oil by some definitions. Now it’s becoming clearer that this de facto war is about far more than control of the heavy oil of the Chavez Basin in Venezuela.

First it’s important to look at which oil companies were already staking various claims on the region’s oil prospects. Within Venezuela, Chinese oil companies led by China National Petroleum Corporation, and the Chinese government have been playing a major role since the Chavez era. In fact the role has become so great Venezuela’s government owes China some $61 billion. Because of the financial problems of the Maduro government, China has been taking debt repayment in form of oil. Since 2010 the Russian state oil company, Rosneft has been involved in joint projects with the Venezuela state PDVSA, mainly in the Orinoco/Chavez Belt. Some years ago Rosneft extended some $6 billion in loans to Venezuela to be also repaid in oil. A recent statement from Rosneft says that $2.3 billion is due by end of this year. Rosneft has participation in five oil projects and 100 percent in a gas project. In addition to CNPC and Rosneft, France’s Total SA, Norway’s Equinor, and US Chevron all hold minority stakes in Venezuela projects, with most vowing to stay despite the political crisis. That raises the question what they know beyond the well-documented heavy oil of Venezuela.

The real prize?

The real prize that these powerful international oil giants are eyeing likely lies well to the east of the Orinoco heavy oil fields where they now operate. The real prize is the ultimate control over one of the best-kept secrets in the oil industry, the huge oil reserves of a disputed area straddling Venezuela, Guyana and Brazil. The region is called Guayana Esequiba. Some geologists believe the Esequiba region and its offshore could contain the world’s largest reserves of oil, oil of far better quality that the heavy Orinoco crude of Venezuela. The problem is that owing to the decades-long dispute between Venezuela and Guyana the true extent of that oil is not yet known.

Historically, both Venezuela and Guyana, a former British colony, laid claim to Esequiba. In 1983 a so-called Port of Spain Protocol, between the governments of Venezuela and Guyana, declared a 12-year moratorium on the Venezuelan reclamation of Esequiba to allow time for peaceful resolution. Since then a special UN Representative has kept the situation frozen. Neither party has developed exploration of the reported huge oil deposits in the territory. In January 2018 the UN Secretary General referred the status of Esequiba to the International Court of Justice in The Hague, where it sits today.

Now it gets messy. In September 2011 the government of Guyana filed for an extension of its offshore Exclusive Economic Zone to the UN Commission on the Limits of the Continental Shelf in order to extend its continental shelf by a further 150 nautical miles. To get UN permission, they declared the area was subject to no territorial disputes, ignoring the very active Venezuela dispute over Guayana Esequiba. Venezuela filed a strong protest. To further complicate the situation, Guyana awarded international oil exploration rights in the disputed maritime area.

Exxon in Guyana

In 2015 Guyana awarded an oil exploration contract to ExxonMobil, former company of former US Secretary of State Rex Tillerson. Exxon soon discovered an oil field estimated at 5 billion barrels, significant enough to change the economy of tiny Guyana once production begins next year. Unlike the heavy and expensive oil of Orinoco/Chavez, the oil found offshore Guyana is high quality, light. Oil analysts cite an astonishing 82% success rate for Exxon drilling in frontier areas compared with industry averages of 35%. Wood Mackenzies analysts say the offshore region “will easily become the fourth largest oil producing nation in Latin America by the next decade, with chances to outperform the countries preceding it. If Venezuela and Mexico fail to address production declines, Guyana could quickly surpass them to number two.”

Keep in mind until now this entire Esequiba region, offshore and on, had been off limits to oil exploration by mutual agreement of the countries. The Exxon Guyana discoveries confirmed the belief that the Esequiba region holds enormous oil resources.

Here enters the complication of Venezuela’s Maduro government and the bizarre declaration of opposition National Assembly President Juan Guaido to be deemed legitimate president. The entire tragic drama now unfolding can be better understood if we look beyond Orinoco Belt oil to the huge untapped potential reserves of Esequiba.

Since the 2015 Exxon finds, Venezuela has launched complaints with Guyana and on occasion interdicted Exxon oil exploration vessels. Complicating the situation for the Maduro regime is the fact that a partner of Exxon offshore Guyana in the disputed waters is the state oil company of Maduro’s largest creditor, China’s CNOOC.

Imagine a scenario where Maduro’s regime is replaced by a free-market Guaido who reopens Venezuela to foreign oil interests and reprivatizes the state PDVSA. Then Guaido, with help from his various international friends, aggressively asserts Venezuela’s claims to Esequiba. Britain, France and Spain, all with major oil companies in the region, have joined the US in recognizing Guaido as interim president. So long as Venezuela was controlled by Maduro, it suited Exxon and their backers in Washington to recognize Guyana’s legitimacy to the offshore Esequiba fields. Were Guaido to come in, that could easily change and a fragile Guyana could be arm-twisted to resolve the Esequiba issue to the benefit of Venezuela.

Right now we find Maduro with the open support of China and Russia, opposed by Guaido with the open backing of Washington, London, France, Brazil (also bordering on the Esequiba region) and others. Further adding to the explosive geopolitical cocktail of the region is the fact that China has formally incorporated Guyana into its Belt, Road Initiative and is building a highway link from Manaus in Northern Brazil through Guyana giving Brazil far more efficient access to the Panama Canal, cutting thousands of miles off the shipping route. Notable also are Chinese efforts in Panama, the central shipping crossing between Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. In 2016 China’s Landbridge Group bought Panama’s Margarita Island Port, the largest port, on the canal’s Atlantic side, giving the Chinese company intimate access to one of the most important goods distribution centers in the world.

It doesn’t take much imagination to realize that the geopolitical stakes in the Venezuela crisis go far beyond issues of legitimacy or democratic elections and far beyond the borders of Venezuela. And this is only the oil.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook” where this article was originally published. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from NEO


seeds_2.jpg

Seeds of Destruction: Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

Author Name: F. William Engdahl
ISBN Number: 978-0-937147-2-2
Year: 2007
Pages: 341 pages with complete index

List Price: $25.95

Special Price: $18.00

 

This skilfully researched book focuses on how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish control over the very basis of human survival: the provision of our daily bread. “Control the food and you control the people.”

This is no ordinary book about the perils of GMO. Engdahl takes the reader inside the corridors of power, into the backrooms of the science labs, behind closed doors in the corporate boardrooms.

The author cogently reveals a diabolical world of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. If the book often reads as a crime story, that should come as no surprise. For that is what it is.

The current chaos over Brexit must not be weaponised to present the armed forces as the only institutions which can save us in a crisis – a narrative straight from the playbook of crass reactionaries the world over.

Both Leavers and Remainers have emphasised a core belief in democracy and democratic norms. A society which values these democratic norms is not a militarised society.

3,500 armed forces personnel are being ringfenced. Not for international humanitarian purposes but to conduct police functions if and when Theresa May careers us off of a European cliff without a deal, like Susan Sarandon at the end of Thelma & Louise.

Perhaps our memories of the 2016 referendum have fogged in the intervening years but it’s unlikely that promises to impose martial law adorned the sides of any big red buses.

The British Government’s descent in management expectations from “taking back control” to “hopefully there won’t be food shortages” has been galling enough to witness. Threats to roll out troops on the high streets and communities in the event of a no deal Brexit, however, are the latest new low for a Government incapable of governing.

Understating the absurdity is difficult. The British Government is preparing to put troops on our streets to stymie the inevitable social unrest caused by food and medicine shortages which, in turn, are effects of its own incompetence. It’s the political equivalent of being warned by your GP about high cholesterol and instead of changing diet, simply pre-booking an ambulance.

The Civic Contingencies Act allows the government to suspend key civil liberties by declaring a State of Emergency. We would suggest, however, that quite a gulf exists between the legality of declaring a State of Emergency and the morality of following through on this.

In recent years, we have seen a sharp increase in military influence in everyday life, with school cadet forces more than doubling and the introduction of initiatives such as Armed Forces Day. Meanwhile, the army has continued to target the poorest and most vulnerable young people for recruitment.

Sending troops onto the streets is not a reasonable alternative to listening to the people of this country – the vast majority of whom, unsurprisingly, do not wish to see food and medicine shortages or queues at ports or fights in the street.

Reckless

If the British State were a developing nation on the southern hemisphere we’d rightly be concerned that its institutions had been captured by inept, out-of-touch elites.

The prospect of the military policing our high streets to stop looting and rioting cannot be treated as some casual civil service response to just another policy problem. People are right to have serious concerns about the economic and democratic implications of imposing martial law in 21st century Britain.

The last time states of emergency were declared in the UK was in the early 1970s to deal with the effects of strikes in essential services. In 2019 neither the imposition of martial law nor a State of Emergency ought seriously to be under consideration.

The army are not appropriately equipped to deal with roles traditionally reserved for the police or civic agencies. Much in the way that a civic engineer is not equipped to teach yoga.

Perhaps this grim impasse in political history is the moment to consider how austere slashes to police budgets have stifled the ability of the state to react to prospective social unrest without resorting to militarised force. Replacing police officers with soldiers is, however, neither sensible nor safe. The military simply does not have the appropriate training, experience or, perhaps more fundamentally, function in our society.

Contemplating putting soldiers on the street is surely proof enough that the Prime Minister and her reckless enablers cannot continue with their dangerous deal or no deal gamble.

The British Government must clarify the mission statement it has sent accompanying this call to arms by publishing it in full.

Martial law is probably the most serious domestic decision any government could make and is not one to be taken lightly. Likewise, the economic effect of imposing a State of Emergency would be catastrophic – not to mention the democratic and social implications.

The armed forces are not playthings to be manoeuvred like toy soldiers by anyone, least of all the current Secretary of State for Defence.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is U.S. Air Force photo by Senior Airman Dawn M. Weber/Released

The Gates Foundation is funding a campaign to “end world hunger” by promoting GMO technology. The organization has hired 400 “science ambassadors” to influence agricultural policy in 35 countries.

In the last four years, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has donated a total of $15 million to two global campaigns aimed at “ending world hunger” by expanding the use of GMO technology.

The first, called the “Alliance for Science,” was created in 2014 with the intention of “depolarizing” the GMO debate.

The second, called “Ceres2030,” was created in 2018 to help the United Nations achieve its goal of “zero hunger by 2030.”

Both campaigns are headquartered at Cornell University.

The Alliance for Science has received $12 million from the Gates Foundation so far, while Ceres2030 was founded with a $3 million grant last October.

The funds for the Alliance for Science will be used “to ensure broad access to agricultural innovation, especially among small farmers in developing nations,” says a Cornell University press release.

The Alliance for Science has hired nearly 400 “science advocates” to “champion evidence-based agricultural policies” (aka share the gospel of GMOs) in 35 countries.

“The situation is increasingly urgent, with many countries at critical junctures in determining whether plant science can help deliver food security and reduce the environmental damage caused by agriculture,” said Alliance for Science director Sarah Evanega.

“We must be sure that science-based solutions don’t bypass the poor.”

The Alliance has built a network of more than 9,000 “science allies” representing more than half the world’s countries and every U.S. state, the release says.

Last fall, the Gates Foundation helped start another campaign at Cornell called Ceres2030, named after the Roman goddess of agriculture.

The “non-profit” campaign will advise the United Nations on which policies and investments to make in order to achieve its goal of “zero hunger by 2030.”

Several of Ceres2030’s board members have clear links to Big Ag, points out Jonathan Latham, cofounder of the Bioscience Resource Project. Chief among them:

1. Ronnie Coffman, secretary of the International Service for the Acquisition of Agri-biotech Applications, an agribusiness lobby group for GMOs based at Cornell.

2. Prabhu Pingali, a cornell professor who conspired with Monsanto executive Eric Sachs and PR executive Beth Anne Mumford to place into scientific literature “subjects chosen for their influence on public policy.”

“Based on internal emails obtained from Cornell via the Freedom Of Information Act, the nonprofit US Right To Know concluded that “The Cornell Alliance for Science is a PR Campaign for the Agrichemical Industry” which uses Cornell’s name as cover,” Latham writes.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from News Ghana

Hate-fest in Warsaw

February 18th, 2019 by Eric Margolis

Warsaw, Poland is not a fun place to visit in darkest February, but that is where the US just staged an anti-Iranian jamboree of 60 client states that brought derision and scorn from Europeans and much of the Mideast.

The point of this cynical exercise was to lay the diplomatic groundwork for an anti-Iranian coalition to act as a fig-leaf for an upcoming attack on Iran planned by President Donald Trump and his close ally, Israel’s Benjamin Netanyahu.

The real question is who is calling the shots in bleak Warsaw, Trump or Bibi Netanyahu? It seems to many that the Israeli tail is again wagging the American dog.

This is thanks to the power of America’s born-again evangelicals, hoodwinked into believing that a Greater Israel is somehow a key part of the Second Coming of Christ.

A Fox News poll this week finds that a quarter of these credulous folks believe that God actually summoned Donald Trump to become president. This may even be more than the number of Americans who believe that Elvis is still alive. More proof that the Republicans have pretty much become a theological party.

The three horseman of the hard right Republican Apocalypse, Vice president Mike Pence, Insecurity advisor John Bolton, and State Secretary Mike Pompeo (who reportedly keeps an open bible on his desk) joined their voices to the Warsaw jamboree to excoriate Iran for being a ‘sponsor of terrorism,’ and a danger to world peace and stability.

The never understated Bibi Netanyahu, whose nation has at least 100 nuclear weapons, claimed Iran, which has no nukes and feeble armed forces, was planning a ‘second Holocaust’ for Israel.

An over-excited Netanyahu even tweeted that the Warsaw meeting was preparing for `war with Iran.’ He was forced to retract his tweet. But he did get to sit next to the delegate from war-torn Yemen, a stooge put into place by the Saudis and Emiratis whose aggression against Yemen has so far cost hundreds of thousands of lives, mass starvation and epidemics.

This week a newly energized US House of Representatives voted for an end to their nation’s support for the Saudi-led war in the Mideast’s poorest nation. The Senate, still controlled by Republican Crusaders, will be likely to vote down the sensible House proposal.

Another participant at Warsaw was the largest Arab nation, Egypt. This nation just extended the rule of its military dictator, Field Marshall al-Sisi, to 2034. It was Sisi, backed by Saudi money, who overthrew Egypt’s first democratic government in history, killing and jailing thousands.

In a slap in the face to Washington, Europe’s leaders, France, Germany and the European Union government, either refused to attend the Warsaw hate-fest against Iran or sent low-level paper-passers.

Ironically, while Trump’s people were fulminating against Iranian ‘terrorism,’ it was Iran that was the victim of terrorist attacks. An attack from a Pakistan-based Sunni Jaish al-Adl extremist group linked to the CIA killed 27 soldiers and wounded a similar number. Iran has been the target of constant attacks since its 1979 revolution by groups linked to the US, and from Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and other US regional vassals.
Trump’s lawyer, Rudy Giuliani, is even a long-term lobbyist for the hyper-violent Marxist Iranian extremist group, the MEK which was even branded a ‘terrorist group’ by the US government.

The Warsaw jamboree was also supposed to set the stage for Trump’s much ballyhooed Mideast ‘peace’ plan. Run by son-in-law Jared Kushner, the full plan is expected to be released in April, right after Israeli elections. It will likely consist of trying to buy off Palestinian land claims with US taxpayer money and some cash from the Saudis. America’s Arab client states in the region will all provide polite applause.

The Warsaw jamboree produced no evident results and left the US even more isolated than before. Europe is moving ahead with a financial mechanism to permit trade with Iran that circumvents US sanctions. US intelligence itself reports that Iran is not working in nuclear weapons. Europe wants to trade with Iran.

America’s anti-Iran campaign has just suffered another blow. This after Washington badly damaged relations with China and Canada over the arrest of the daughter in Vancouver of the founder of Huawei over charges it traded with Iran. Most non-Americans view this as an outrage. But the later-day Crusaders around Trump don’t seem to care that they are damaging America’s reputation and making a mess of its foreign policy.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from france24

While the evolution of Google’s YouTube from a free expression platform into something entirely different has been underway for a while, it just took another step in a very short-sighted and restrictive direction. NBC News reports:

YouTube has announced that it will no longer recommend videos that “come close to” violating its community guidelines, such as conspiracy or medically inaccurate videos…Chaslot said that YouTube’s fix to its recommendations AI will have to include getting people to videos with truthful information and overhauling the current system it uses to recommend videos.

There’s a lot to unpack here so let’s get started. First, it appears YouTube has announced the creation of a new bucket when it comes to content uploaded to the site. It’s no longer just videos consistent with company guidelines and those that aren’t, but there’s now a category for “conspiracy or medically inaccurate videos.” This is a massive responsibility, which neither YouTube or anyone else seems fit to be judge and jury. In other words, YouTube is saying it’s comfortable deciding what is “conspiracy” and what isn’t. Which brings up a really important question.

“Conspiracy” and covering up conspiracies is a fundamental part of the human experience, and always has been. It demonstrates extreme hubris for a tech giant to claim it can differentiate between a legitimate conspiracy to explore, versus an illegitimate one. One person’s righteous investigation is another’s conspiracy theory, with Russiagate serving as an obvious contemporary example.

Going back to the early 21st century, we witnessed a major conspiracy to start a war in Iraq based on lies; lies which were endlessly repeated uncritically throughout the mass media. Even worse, General Wesley Clark described an even larger conspiracy which consisted of starting multiple additional wars in the aftermath of 9/11. This conspiracy is ongoing and has continued to move forward in the years since, through both Republican and Democratic administrations.

It’s pretty clear what will end up happening as a result of this tweaking to YouTube’s recommended videos AI. The “conspiracies” of your average person will be pushed aside and demoted, while government and mass media lies will remain unaffected. Google will assume mass media and government are honest, so government and billionaire approved propaganda will be increasingly promoted, while the perspectives of regular citizens will be pushed further to the margins. YouTube is simply not a platform anymore, but rather a self-proclaimed arbiter of what is ridiculous conspiracy and what is truth.

While YouTube says videos it deems conspiracy will still be available via search, it’s not a stretch to imagine this is just the first step and before you know it certain categories will be banned from the site entirely. Either way, I think there’s a silver lining to all of this.

As I outlined in a recent post, U.S. tech giants, particularly Facebook, Google and Amazon, aren’t simply private companies. They appear more akin to quasi-government entities that increasingly view themselves as instrumental gatekeepers for a discredited status quo. Moreover, their primary business models consist of mass surveillance and violating our privacy.

Ultimately, I think the increasingly nefarious and desperate behavior of these tech giants will lead to their demise. More and more of us have looked under the hood and seen the seedy and privacy-destroying nature of these entities. We’ve also seen what it’s like to have genuine free expression on the internet and we don’t want to turn the web into another cable news where Facebook, Google and Amazon become the new CBS, NBC and ABC. If we do, then the entire promise of the internet will have turned out to be a giant waste.

But I don’t think that’s going to happen. I think most of us have had a taste of what’s possible, and agree that free speech and expression on the internet, the good, the bad and the ugly, is better than an internet censored by tech companies and their billionaire executives, who will always be biased toward the status quo point of view. It’s still not clear which platforms will emerge to replace the tech giants, but it seems fairly clear to me the best days are over for these companies, and it cannot come a moment too soon.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Liberty Blitzkrieg

What a Teachers’ Movement Can Look Like

February 18th, 2019 by Lois Weiner

The victory Los Angeles teachers and their union, United Teachers of Los Angeles (UTLA), won in their contract fight with Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) has the potential to change the world, as the Chicago Teachers Union did in its landmark 2012 strike. Their path-breaking struggles are reverberating in the latest wave of walkouts and strike votes spreading across the nation’s school systems — and the school year is barely half-over.

Los Angeles teachers rode the tide created by the teacher walkouts in “red states,” which taught labor the power of direct action to win demands from the GOP’s elected handmaidens to wealthy elites. By consciously using community organizing and reinvigorating the union’s internal structures to mobilize members, UTLA created a social movement so powerful it forced LAUSD and the corporate titans who control the city’s school board to make concessions.

The strike demonstrated to teachers unions throughout the world that they can win against the global education reform movement. UTLA has created hope and breathing space for struggles for public education in the global North as well as the South, with governments in thrall to transnational corporations and international finance organizations controlled by the United States. This strike was a defeat not only for Superintendent Beutner, given his job by Los Angeles “vulture philanthropists” like Eli Broad,” but also for their global project.

While the goal of creating “choice” has been exposed as a cover to “marketize” education for profits, another less-discussed aim is to control what students are taught so as to mold the new workforce. Both relate to corporate elites’ plan to eliminate jobs on a scale never seen before.

The project’s elements have been set out clearly: downsizing public higher education; defunding K-12 schools; narrowing what is taught with testing; pushing out working-class students of color with punitive disciplinary policies. UTLA’s strike has shown we can successfully resist this project.

With this victory, UTLA raises the bar for resistance, making space for activists to grapple with well-known harmful reforms as well as little-understood but dangerous new policies — accepted in many cases by the national teachers unions — that intensify control over learning and education’s marketization. Silicon Valley has teamed up with investment banks to use students’ data as a new form of human capital. Community schools activists have pushed as an alternative to charters, to provide a full array of social services to students, are frequently implemented by school districts with outsourced services funded by social impact bonds, which pay companies to eliminate students from services for which they are legally eligible, and expanded collection of student data. Strikes like LA’s can push back against these policies.

Much won wasn’t in the contract. Teachers feel empowered, and the debate around charter schools and funding public education has shifted. Solidarity was built across schools, and teachers won dignity and respect for their work and profession.

Though gender remains an implicit rather than explicit part of the new militancy among teachers, there is no ignoring how teachers’ willingness to speak truth to power has been fueled by their explicit expression of love of working with and for kids. The strike is a feminist victory, highlighting the power of workers who do “women’s work” outside the home, the paid labor of reproduction. Their struggle supports developing vibrant, generative theories of social reproduction in capitalism — a task that should be high on socialists’ agenda.

Key members of UTLA’s “Union Power” team were skilled community organizers before they became union leaders. Their acuity and commitments to social justice and equality, informed by successful organizing, showed in their laserlike focus on building mutually respective alliances with communities of color. Their outreach to win support of African-American teachers and community, the trust built with immigrant families and activists, and their work with students have mediated the mistrust and anger activists and parents can feel about the reality of unequal conditions in our nation’s schools.One teacher active in working against the school-to-prison pipeline told me that while UTLA had not yet halted “LAUSD’s racist daily random weapons search policy,” in freeing some schools from this policy, it has taken a major step. The victory resulted from UTLA’s involvement with Making Black Lives Matter in Schools, participation with Black Lives Matter LA, and organizers, members and attorneys involved in the Students Not Suspects Coalition.

The pushback on punitive punishments of students of color is a singular accomplishment, a model for teachers unions elsewhere that are attempting to build broad coalitions to defend public education. Funders of “choice” have paid huge sums to stoke outrage at teachers unions for opposing vouchers and charter schools, but the unions themselves have abetted this by refusing to name racism and austerity as a problem in which they and organized labor have been complicit.

The concessions UTLA won on charter school expansion, while not concretized yet, are more than symbolic. They are a milestone, creating organizing space for future struggle. As one longtime activist wrote to me, parents and teachers are asking “How can we use this momentum to stop charters and increase funding?”

Another challenge is in the electoral realm. Though the strike intensified the fissures in the Democratic Party between the Sanders wing and the “centrists,” it has not, as the New York Times declared, “pointed to a new direction on education for the Democratic Party…toward a more open embrace of the influence of organized labor on public education.”

Modest support for the strike by contenders for the Democrats’ 2020 presidential nomination, including LA Mayor Eric Garcetti, and other segments of the Democratic Party should be seen in light of their past refusal to reject the bipartisan rapture for privatization and austerity. Only the “far left,” as pundits refer to them, like Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, aligned themselves with UTLA’s sharp critique of the billionaires’ effort to defund and destroy public education.

Returning to Classrooms

In returning to their classrooms, UTLA members along with community supporters and students are making sense of what the contract means in practice for them and LAUSD. Expectations were very high from members as well as community supporters, who were involved from the beginning in formulating contract demands.

While the contract was approved overwhelmingly, many members with whom I communicated were frustrated, angry, and hurt they didn’t have enough time to read and digest its provisions, receiving conflicting information about basics, for example how long the agreement would remain in effect. Still, one teacher’s comment captures why most teachers voted for the agreement: “The distance between the starting negotiations and the final agreement was vast. In negotiating at all, compromises would need to be made…I don’t want to be patronizing or trite, but I think the deal was genuinely a strong compromise.”

In a remarkably refreshing display of transparency, UTLA’s officers issued a statement with the tentative agreement asking for comment on the process and laying out the choices as they saw them.

Union contracts are limited in effecting change in classrooms because the scope of bargaining is limited by law. Even what seem to be clear contract wins will be protected and enacted (or not) chapter by chapter, even class by class, with support from the central union and staff.

Class size caps remain a huge issue for teachers and parents. The contract eliminates the administration’s prerogative to override its own class size maximums, which is a major win; at the same time, class size itself has not been substantially reduced. But the struggle over class size is part of a thornier challenge: how teachers will actually alter power relations in the schools, building on the organizing that occurred in preparation for the strike and the experience of the strike itself.

Although there was nothing in this contract about teacher evaluations, UTLA, like other teachers unions, needs to take up this fight. The Right’s assault on teachers and teachers unions has eroded, when not eliminating entirely, elemental protections for teachers in the evaluation process. Though the strike has pushed back on principals’ power, the contract contains nothing explicit to halt teachers’ victimization in unjust, arbitrary evaluations.

Teachers have died from the stress of fighting against punitive assessments, and many professional careers have been destroyed. Any teacher, no matter how brilliant or dedicated, can be victimized, as union contracts and state law are weak in protecting due process for teachers accused of poor performance. Defending the contract can mean risking the loss of one’s job in many city schools. Teeth in the contract and state law for teaching assessments that are impartial protects academic freedom as well as the union’s power.

Teachers’ power is built at first by small groups of activists whose resources are strained. Doing union work — or in many cases, the work the unions should do but don’t — comes on top of the stressful, labor-intensive work of teaching. Though an effort was made in UTLA to develop a real caucus, as was done in Chicago, it fizzled, as longtime activists acknowledged privately. Union Power is a leadership team, composed of key officers who work effectively together as representatives of the union.

In contrast, a rank-and-file caucus is open to all members who agree with its program. The caucus elects its officers and votes on who will stand for election.

Union Power’s cadre was stretched thin after the election, and key activists either stepped into official roles or shifted their energy to work with students and community on urgent social justice needs like protecting students from deportations and fighting against prison-like conditions in schools. The smart, dedicated officers in Union Power deserved and needed a genuine rank-and-file caucus. The pushback and feedback a caucus provides is irreplaceable; it is the spine of union democracy. A caucus may well have persuaded union officers and the bargaining team to delay settling the strike, having a robust, well-informed debate on the tentative agreement, of the kind that Chicago teachers held at the end of their 2012 strike, when they voted to extend the strike an extra two days to read and debate the contract’s contents.

Still, the strike in Los Angeles is an enormous victory. In its wake, teacher walkouts are gathering force again in states like West Virginia where they occurred last spring, demonstrating that teachers and transformed unions are the organizers of a vast social movement defending public education, the public sector, and the dignity of work. LA’s lesson to other unions: you, too, can become a social movement. This is how it’s done.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Lois Weiner is an independent researcher and consultant on teachers unions. She is the author of Urban Teaching: The Essentials.

Featured image: Children run under a parachute during the Los Angeles teachers strike. (Source: waltarrrrr / Flickr)

Video: “The Truth About 5G”

February 18th, 2019 by Josh del Sol

Reveals an insidious mindset at the top levels of the FCC and industry.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Michelle Bachelet

United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights

With great consideration we wish to express to you our grave concern about the catastrophic consequences of the economic, financial and commercial blockade imposed by the Government of the United States of America, with the cooperation of the European Union, against the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela.

Independent experts have calculated that the sanctions imposed by Washington have created a loss of revenue in the public coffers in the order of 23 billion dollars when all the above mentioned sanctions are added to the assets of the Venezuelan government frozen abroad, both in the United States and in some European countries, and the losses in oil exports. The ultimate intention of this economic blockade, together with an intense campaign of diplomatic and media attacks, is to impede the economic recovery of the South American country and “accelerate the collapse”, according to the words of the former U.S. Ambassador to Venezuela, William Brownfield, who last year said textually that: “If we are going to sanction PDVSA, it will have an impact on the entire people, on the ordinary citizen. The counter-argument is that the people suffer so much from the lack of food, security, medicines, public health, that at this moment perhaps the best resolution would be to accelerate the collapse, even if it produces a period of suffering of months or perhaps years”. (1)

These economic aggressions constitute an unacceptable violation of the Charter of the United Nations, the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. They also undoubtedly constitute an attack on the rules of international law and on the fundamental principles governing relations between nations.

The situation inevitably brings to mind the words of former US President Richard Nixon when he expressed his intention to destabilize the Government of Popular Unity of Chile by ordering his Secretary of State, Kissinger: “Let’s make the Chilean economy scream” (2). It is well known that the excuse and justification for the nefarious coup d’état that overthrew President Salvador Allende, a sad and tragic memory for you and all the Chilean people, without a doubt, was the economic crisis – at that time there was no talk of a “humanitarian crisis” – conceived, organized and financed from the White House, as the Committee on Foreign Relations of the United States Senate itself clearly demonstrated in a famous report. Today, in Venezuela, we are living a situation that, although difficult and complex, is very far from the so-called “humanitarian crisis,” as it has been called and which, as former Ambassador Brownfield confessed, has also been intentionally provoked from the United States, to create the conditions to facilitate foreign military intervention in that country.

There are grim antecedents that cannot be ignored and they pose worrying similarities of destabilizing phenomena that culminated in horrible tragedies. Let’s not forget the terrible genocide provoked in Iraq, after years of economic sanctions, endorsed even by the UN, which was directly responsible for the lives of more than 500,000 children who died of malnutrition and disease and created several million refugees. We cannot forget the criminal indifference in the words of former U.S. Ambassador to the UN and former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright, when she commented, on the relation to the human cost of the applied sanctions, “I think it was a very difficult choice, but the price … we think the price was worth it. (3)

We also know that in Cuba the economic blockade prolonged for almost sixty years, the only case in modern history has had an exorbitant cost. Between April 2017 and March 2018 alone it reached 4 billion dollars (4) in damage. Considering the entire period, independent experts agree that the cost of the blockade amounts to the equivalent of two Marshall Plans, but against a single Caribbean country. Currently, a single day of economic blockade is equivalent to the value of one month’s insulin treatment for the entire Cuban population affected by Diabetes Mellitus that requires insulin.

The policy of implementing economic sanctions, financial and trade blockades only brings suffering and death to the most vulnerable population of the affected country. It is an illegal and criminal weapon, aimed to destabilize and destroy governments, whatever their political color, and prepares a climate of opinion, within the country and in the international framework, to justify coup d’états.

We would like to point out that, according to the opinion of several experts in international law, economic sanctions against Venezuela can be classified as crimes against humanity. In fact, the Rome Statutes states that,

“For the purposes of this Statute, ‘crime against humanity’ means any of the following acts when committed as part of a widespread or systematic attack against a civilian population and with knowledge of that attack.

Article 7 (k) of the Statutes also identifies crimes against humanity:

“Other inhumane acts of a similar nature which intentionally causes great suffering or seriously undermines physical integrity or mental or physical health”.

This section K) clearly indicates the words and deeds of former Ambassador Brownfield as a ‘crime against humanity’, when he says that sanctions against PDVSA will produce “a period of suffering of months or perhaps years” to the Venezuelan population.

For these reasons we have come to ask you, given your investiture and the responsibility of the office you are in charge of, to enforce respect for the Charter of the United Nations and the international legal system patiently built since the end of the Second World War. At the same time we ask you to prevent measures, such as economic sanctions, from being adopted in relations between governments, intentionally designed to cause cruel suffering to the population in order to foment rebellion against its authorities. As well as avoiding the looting of the Venezuelan people’s resources and the explicit intentions of a military intervention disguised as humanitarian aid that, as National Security Advisor John Bolton assured, aspires to hand over the exploitation of Venezuelan hydrocarbons to U.S. oil companies.

It is because of the foregoing considerations that at such serious times as these, when the peace and security of a nation is at stake, we come to you in the hope that you will interpose the high authority of your office and the recognized trajectory of your person to demand an end to the actions taken by the government of the United States against a member state of the United Nations, with the aim of being able to guarantee the peace, life and happiness of Venezuelans who are currently living in deep dismay at the alteration of their daily lives and the threats hanging over their very existence.

The Network of Intellectuals, Artists and Social Movements in Defense of Humanity trusts that you will know how to efficiently direct our request.

Dr. Bachelet, we salute you with all consideration and respect.

Initial Signers:

Adolfo Pérez Esquivel, Premio Nobel de la Paz, presidente del Consejo Honorario del Servicio Paz y Justicia en América Latina, y de la Liga Internacional por los Derechos y la Liberación de los Pueblos, Argentina

Alicia Alonso, Prima Ballerina Assoluta y Directora del Ballet Nacional de Cuba

Roberto Fernández Retamar, poeta, ensayista y promotor cultural cubano. Presidente Casa de las Américas.  Premio Internacional José Martí, de la UNESCO, Cuba

Danny Glover,  actor y activista social por los derechos humanos, United States

Alice Walker, escritora afroamericana, Premio Pulitzer 1983, United States

Oscar López Rivera, líder independentista, Puerto Rico

Rafael Cancel Miranda, líder independentista, Puerto Rico

Medea Benjamín, Codirectora de la organización femenina antibélica CODEPINK, United States.

Ignacio Ramonet, Catedrático y periodista. Dirigió la revista Le Monde Diplomatique. Una de las figuras principales del movimiento antiglobalización, France

Fernando Rendón, Premio Nobel Alternativo de la Fundación Right Livelihood Award. Periodista y poeta, fundador y director del Festival de poesía de Medellín, Colombia

Martín Almada, Premio Nobel Alternativo de la Fundación Right Livelihood Award. Doctor en Ciencias de la Educación, jurista y activista social por los derechos humanos. Descubridor del “Archivo del Terror de la Operación Cóndor”, Paraguay

Ricardo Patiño, economista, presidente del Movimiento Revolución Ciudadana, Ecuador

René González Sehwerert, Héroe de la República de Cuba

Gerardo Hernández Nordelo, Héroe de la República de Cuba

Ramón Labañino Salazar, Héroe de la República de Cuba

Fernando González Llort, Héroe de la República de Cuba

Antonio Guerrero Rodríguez, Héroe de la República de Cuba

Alfred-Maurice de Zayas, Abogado. Nombrado por el Consejo de Derechos Humanos de las Naciones Unidas, como experto independiente  para la promoción de un orden internacional democrático  e igualitario. United States

Fernando Gomes de Moráis, periodista, político y escritor. Premio Brasilia de Literatura,  Brazil

Taty Almeyda, Madres de Plaza de Mayo (Línea Fundadora), Argentina

Alejando Navarro, Senador de la República de Chile

Stella Calloni, Periodista y escritora. Premio Latinoamericano de Periodismo José Martí, Argentina

Lita Boitano, Familiares de Desaparecidos y Detenidos por Razones Políticas, Argentina

Héctor Díaz Polanco, Antropólogo e investigador del CIESAS, Premio Libertador al Pensamiento Crítico e integrante del capítulo mexicano de la REDH, Republica Dominicana/México

Graciela Rosemblum, Presidenta Liga Argentina por los Derechos Humanos, Argentina

Manuel Cabieses, Periodista, director de revista Punto Final, Chile

Leonardo Boff, Teólogo, filósofo, escritor y ecologista e integrante del capítulo brasileño de la REDH, Brazil

Juan Ramón Quintana Taborga, Ministro de la Presidencia del Estado Plurinacional de Bolivia

Luis Alberto Arce Catacora, Ministro de Economía y Finanzas Públicas del Estado Plurinacional de Bolivia

César Navarro Miranda, Ministro de Minería y Metalurgia del Estado Plurinacional de Bolivia

Adriana Salvatierra Arriaza, Senadora por el Movimiento Al Socialismo – Instrumento Político por la Soberanía de los Pueblos (MAS-IPSP), Presidenta de la Cámara de Senadores del Estado Plurinacional de Bolivia

David Choquehuanca Céspedes, Secretario General de la Alianza Bolivariana para los Pueblos de Nuestra América – ALBA, ex Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores del Estado Plurinacional de Bolivia

Gerardo García, Vicepresidente del Movimiento Al Socialismo – Instrumento Político por la Soberanía de los Pueblos (MAS-IPSP), Estado Plurinacional de Bolivia

Juan Carlos Huarachi, Secretario Ejecutivo de la Central Obrera Boliviana – COB, Bolivia

Jacinto Herrera, Secretario Ejecutivo de la Confederación Sindical Única de Trabajadores Campesinos de Bolivia – CSUTCB, Bolivia

Segundina Flores, Secretaria Ejecutiva de la Confederación Nacional de Mujeres Campesinas Indígenas y Originarias de Bolivia “Bartolina Sisa”, Bolivia

José Domingo Vásquez, Secretario Ejecutivo de la Confederación Sindical de Trabajadores Petroleros de Bolivia – FSTPB, Bolivia

Jorge Taiana, Diputado del Parlasur. Ex Canciller de la Nación. Peronista. Sociólogo, Director del CIEP (UNSAM), Argentina

Beinusz Szmukler, Presidente del consejo consultivo de la Asociación Americana de Juristas, Argentina

Pablo Gentili, Profesor de la Universidad del Estado de Río de Janeiro, UERJ. Ex secretario ejecutivo de CLACSO, Argentina

Guillermo Teillier. Presidente del Partido Comunista de Chile

 
Luis Hernández Navarro, escritor y periodista, coordinador de la sección de Opinión del diario La Jornada e integrante del capítulo mexicano de la REDH, México 
 
Michel Chossudovsky, Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Canada

Executive Secretariat of the Network in Defense of Humanity:  

Pedro Calzadilla, Coordinador General de la Red en Defensa de la Humanidad, República Bolivariana de Venezuela

Atilio Boron, Doctor en Ciencia Política, Premio Internacional José Martí, de la UNESCO y Premio Libertador al Pensamiento Crítico,  Argentina

Carmen Bohórquez, Historiadora y doctora en estudios ibéricos y latinoamericanos, República Bolivariana de Venezuela

Omar González, Poeta, escritor, Premio Casa de las Américas, y Coordinador del capítulo cubano de la REDH, Cuba

Hildebrando Pérez Grande, Premio de Poesía Casa de las Américas. Profesor Emérito de la UNMSM. Director Académico de la revista de Artes & Letras “Martín”. Coordinador del Capítulo Peruano de la REDH

Hugo Moldiz Mercado, Abogado, periodista y Director del semanario La Época. Miembro del Centro de Estudios Estratégicos Nuestra América. Coordinador del capítulo boliviano de la REDH, Bolivia

Tim Anderson, Escritor, Académico y activista social. Coordinador del capítulo australiano e islas del pacífico de la REDH, Australia

María Nela Prada, Internacionalista, militante del MAS-IPSP, miembro del Colectivo de Mujeres “Adela Zamudio”, e integrante del capítulo boliviano de la REDH, Bolivia

Marilia  Guimaraes, Licenciada en lenguas Neo Latinas, traductora, escritora y Coordinadora del capítulo brasileño de la REDH, Brazil

Carlos Alberto Almeida, Periodista, analista internacional y fundador de Tele Sur, integrante del capítulo brasileño de la REDH, Brazil

Ángel Guerra Cabrera, periodista y articulista sobre temas internacionales del diario La Jornada, integrante del capítulo mexicano de la REDH, Cuba/México

Alicia Jrapko, activista social, coordinadora de la Red Nacional Norteamericana de Solidaridad con Cuba y editora de Resumen Latinoamericano, United States

Nayar López, Doctor en Ciencia Política y Coordinador del capítulo mexicano de la REDH, México

Fernando Buen Abad, Doctor en Filosofía, cineasta e investigador e integrante del capítulo mexicano de la REDH, México/Argentina

Paula Klachko, Socióloga, doctora en Historia y Coordinadora del capítulo argentino de la REDH

Katu Arkonada, Politólogo, escritor y activista social, Basque Country

Irene León, Socióloga y comunicadora. Directora de FEDAEPS, Ecuador

Pablo Sepúlveda Allende, Médico, activista social y Coordinador del capítulo venezolano de la REDH

Javier Couso Permuy, Comunicador audiovisual y Eurodiputado por Izquierda Plural en el Parlamento Europeo, Spain

Arantxa Tirado, politóloga especializada en relaciones internacionales y doctora en estudios latinoamericanos, Spain

Fernando León Jacomino, Poeta, crítico y director de La Jiribilla, Cuba

Ariana López, Licenciada en filosofía e integrante del capítulo cubano de la REDH, Cuba

Roger Landa, Licenciado en filosofía e integrante del capítulo venezolano de la REDH, República Bolivariana de Venezuela

Other signers, organizations and associations:

Telma Luzzani, Periodista, escritora. Mención de Honor en el VIII Premio Libertador al Pensamiento Crítico, Argentina

Asociación Americana de Juristas (AAJ), United States

Servicio Internacional de Solidaridad con los Pueblos de América Latina Oscar Arnulfo Romero (SICSAL)

Carlos López López, Director Observatorio Parlamentario y Electoral para la Integración Regional OPEIR

Jorge Sanjinés A., Cineasta boliviano, premio “Concha de Oro” del Festival de Cine de San Sebastián 1989, Premio Nacional de Cultura de Bolivia

Tristán Bauer, Director de cine. Realizador de documentales y largometrajes de ficción, ganador  de un Goya a la Película Extranjera de Habla Hispana en 2006, Argentina

Héctor Béjar Rivera, Escritor y Premio de Ensayo Casa de las Américas, Perú

Vicente Otta, Sociólogo y ex -vice ministro de Cultura, Perú

Winston Orrillo, Poeta y Premio nacional de Periodismo, Perú

Jorge Elbaum, Presidente Llamamiento Argentino Judío, Argentina

Estela Díaz, Dirigente de la CTA. Argentina

Oscar Laborde, Presidente del Bloque de Diputados del FPV-P del Parlasur, Argentina

Araceli Ferreyra, Diputada Nacional, FPV Secretaria Comisión Relaciones Exteriores de la Cámara de Diputados de la Nación. Argentina

Teresa Parodi, Cantautora popular y Exministra de Cultura, Argentina

Alicia Castro, Ex embajadora de Argentina en Venezuela, Argentina

Claudia Rocca, Presidenta de la Asociación Argentina de Juristas. Argentina

Leonel Falcón Guerra, Periodista, abogado e internacionalista, Perú

Rubén Suarez, CONAICOP Frente Amplio, Uruguay

Esteban Silva, Presidente Movimiento del Socialismo Allendista. Integrante de la dirección del MDP en el Frente Amplio, Chile

Claudia Iriarte, Doctora en Derecho, Fundación Constituyente XXI, Chile.

Patricio Guzmán, economista, integrante de No más AFP. Chile.

Aida García Naranjo Morales, Ex Ministra de la Mujer y Desarrollo Social del Perú

Rodrigo Loyola, Vice Presidente Agrupación Nacional de Ex Presos políticos, Chile

Francisca Cabieses, subdirectora de la revista Punto Final, Chile.

Pavel Eguez, Pintor  y muralista, Ecuador

Galo Mora, Artista y diplomático, Ecuador

Pilar Bustos, Pintora, Ecuador

Oscar Bonilla, Político, Exministro del Interior, Ecuador

Consuelo Sánchez, Antropóloga y profesora de la ENAH, México

Delfina Paredes, Actriz de teatro, cine y tv, Perú

Juan Cristóbal, Premio Nacional de Poesía, Perú

José Luis Ayala. Poeta, periodista, Perú

Bruno Portuguez Nolasco, Pintor, Perú

Fanny Palacios Izquierdo, Pintora, Perú

Delfina Paredes, Actriz de teatro, cine y tv, Perú

Manuel Robles. Periodista, Perú

Gustavo Espinoza Montesinos. Periodista, Perú

Ramiro Saravia Coca, Coordinador Movimiento Red Tinku, Bolivia

José Pertierra, Abogado cubano, experto en inmigración, que representó al gobierno de Venezuela para la extradición del terrorista Luis Posada e integrante de la mesa consultiva de la REDH en Estados Unidos,  Cuba/United States

Darío Salinas Figueredo, Profesor emérito de la Universidad Iberoamericana, México

Carlos Fazio, Profesor de la UNAM y la UACM, México

Adalberto Santana, Profesor de la UNAM, México

Walter Martínez Alves, Brigadier general(r) y miembro del Frente Amplio de Uruguay, México

Enrique Ubieta, Investigador, ensayista y periodista. Director de la Revista Cuba Socialista, e integrante del capítulo cubano de la REDH, Cuba

Rubén Suarez, CONAICOP Frente Amplio, Uruguay

Jorge Galvez, Director AND Noticias, Chile

Celso Calfullan, Director Werken Rojo, Chile

Bloque Frente para la Victoria, Argentina

Cámara de Diputados de la Nación Argentina

Carlos Pisoni, H.I.J.O.S- Capital, Argentina

Horacio Pietragala,  Diputado Nacional y del Parlasur,  Argentina

Diego Mansilla, Diputado e Integrante del bloque del FPV en el PARLASUR., Argentina

Julia Perie, Parlamentaria del Parlasur por el Frente para la Victoria, Argentina

Carlos Margotta, Abogado Derechos Humanos, Chile

Ignacio Agüero, Cineasta, Chile

Javiera Olivares, Ex presidenta Colegio de Periodistas de Chile

María Eugenia Domínguez, Académica de la Universidad de Chile

Estela Díaz dirigente de la CTA. Argentina

Silvia Horne, Diputada Nacional por Río Negro. Bloque Movimiento Evita. Secretaria de la Comisión de Libertad de Expresión de la Cámara de Diputados de la Nación, Argentina.

Haydee Castelú de García Buela, Madres de Plaza de Mayo (Línea Fundadora), Argentina

Sandra Moresco, Familiares de Desaparecidos y Detenidos por Razones Políticas, Argentina

Miguel Meira,  Asamblea Permanente por los Derechos Humanos – La Matanza, Argentina

Beatriz Capdevila, Asamblea Permanente por los Derechos Humanos – La Matanza, Argentina

Pastor Fernando Suarez, Movimiento Ecuménico por los Derechos Humanos, Argentina

Mabel Careaga, Familiares y Compañeros de los 12 de la Iglesia de la Santa Cruz, Argentina

Marcos Weinstein, Fundación Memoria Histórica y Social, Argentina

Adriana Taboada, Comisión Memoria, Verdad y Justicia – Zona Norte, Argentina

María Elena Naddeo, Vicepresidenta Asamblea Permanente por los Derechos Humanos., Argentina

Giselle Cardozo, Vicepresidenta Asamblea Permanente por los Derechos Humanos., Argentina

Norma Ríos, Vicepresidenta Asamblea Permanente por los a Derechos Humanos, Argentina

Leonel Falcón Guerra, Periodista, abogado e internacionalista, Perú

Alejando Karlen, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

Fernanda Gil Lozano, Diputada del Parlasur, Argentina

Cecilia Marchan, Diputada del Parlasur, Argentina

Jorge Cejas, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

Familiares y Compañeros de los 12 de la Santa Cruz, Argentina

Movimiento de Solidaridad Nuestra América, México

Coordinadora Mexicana de Solidaridad con Venezuela, México

Movimiento Mexicano de Solidaridad con Cuba, México

Comité Mexicano de Solidaridad Con Bolivia, México

Asociación Salvador Allende, México

Grupo del Frente Para la Victoria de Argentina, México

Comité de Frente Amplio de Uruguay Por la Izquierda, México

Damián Brizuela, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

Gabriel Marioto, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

Mario Metazza, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

Hernán Cornejo, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

Eduardo Valdés, Diputado del Parlasur, Argentina

To add your name to the letter write to [email protected]

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Notes

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IJBoe3AvSvc 
2. https://www.telesurtv.net/news/Richard-Nixon-pidio-hacer-gritar-a-la-economia-de-Chile-20140525-0038.html
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=omnskeu-puE 
4. http://www.cubadebate.cu/noticias/2018/08/24/bloqueo-de-eeuu-costo-a-cuba-mas-de-cuatro-mil-millones-de-dolares-entre-abril-de-2017-y-marzo-pasado/#.XF8LS7hYE1l

Refugees as Business

February 18th, 2019 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

Despair breeds profits; disturbances supply opportunity.  The genius and venal nature of human nature will always see a possible buck from an impossibly cruel situation.  Globally, a study should be done about how many billions goes into the supply of contracts, tenders and sweetheart deals to companies with a hand in the business of stopping and keeping refugees. They are the modern pimps of a distinctly modern market, and it pays to have a series of companies doing the work for governments.

All too often, the traffickers are saddled with the lion’s share of the blame.  Ignored are the equally vicious exploiters who find form in privately contracted companies.  In some ways, they have even less of a case to make: the right to seek asylum is recognised by the UN Convention on Refugees; the means to facilitate how that is done is a matter that has been seized upon by practitioners in the market.

In Europe, companies such as European Homecare and ORS Service have shown themselves indifferent and, in some cases, openly hostile, to the welfare of inmates and guards. The words of Marie Sallnäs of Stockholm University remain relevant in describing the entire basis of private sector providers when it comes to dealing with refugee arrivals: “cowboys who are only there because they want to make heaps of money.”

Australia storms ahead in these stakes.  Its officials pay the very people smugglers they condemn to take their trafficked goods elsewhere; it has fed a security complex that would make its Anglo forefathers proud (think the reaction of the British Empire to the Boers in South Africa at the end of the nineteenth century; think, dare it be said, concentration and concentrated camps).

The “can-do” country of innovative cruelty has been adding a host of ideas to the mix on how best to tackle those incorrigibles arriving by sea.  To that end, contracts have been awarded to various outfits with a good patina of near as to be criminality.  The contractor Paladin is the most recent upstart in this venture, having received, through a closed-tender process, a range of contracts worth $A423 million for 22 months of work.  It had been receiving $A17 million a month to provide security at three refugee centres located on Manus Island.

The company itself has a curious Australian address: 134 Nepean Esplanade, an inconspicuous beach shack on Kangaroo Island, South Australia.  It had only registered in Australia a month before winning a $A89 million contract to provide security services.  Importantly, Paladin is interested in the grand squeeze, ensuring that the cost for each detainee, minus the actual comfort they receive, exceeds a daily rate twice that for a five-star hotel suite with Sydney Harbour views. In that sense, the Australian tax payer and detainee are given a right royal rogering.

The company itself has done its best to step into the shade.  Founder Craig Thrupp has had a good time of it failing in delivering his contracts, accumulating a set of bad debts in Asia.  (Paladin had been previously known as High Risk Security Asia Pacific, a name oddly appropriate for anybody wishing to do deals with it.)  It has been reported to be running an office out of a beach shack on Kangaroo Island, a classic imposture demonstrating that illegitimate asylum seekers are less relevant than legitimate crooks who know how to cook the books for ruthlessly indifferent governments.

It is an appropriate reminder of another fiasco that took place in the United Kingdom at the end of last year: a ferry contract awarded to a company with no boats.  More digging suggested favours and turning, rather conspicuously, a blind eye.  Paladin’s questionable competence in providing security services does not match the guile evident in moving assets offshore: some 12,000 shares in Paladin Aus finding their way from the Hong Kong holding to its Singapore registered Paladin Holdings Pte Ltd.  The security side of the venture is evidently less relevant than the inventive tinkering of its accountants.

The Minister for Home Affairs, Peter Dutton, has retreated.

“I’ve seen this criticism before in relation to closed contracts,” he feebly explained to Sky News.  “There are very few people who can deliver services in the middle of nowhere on an island that is so remote.”

Stunning revelation.  But it was one designed to avoid cabinet responsibility, a concept long lost in Australia’s variant of the Westminster system.  According to Dutton, the ones to be taken to task here were the “secretary of the department ultimately” or some delegated figure “within the department.” Smell the confession.

Money is to be made, but Dutton is not claiming to be part of the scheme. His department, however, was not taking any chances.  Anyone curious enough to investigate the issue using Australia’s stunted Freedom of Information laws will find it interesting that the initial response from the Department of Home Affairs precluded FOI.  That decision was reversed, but Paladin did not need to comply with standard procurement rule set out by Commonwealth guidelines.  Backdoor easing comes to mind.

The Minister for Home Affairs begs to differ.  Nothing to see here, Dutton suggests; move on.  As Bernard Keane, writing for Crikey, explains, there is much to see and more besides, so much so that a Royal Commission into the affairs of the Home Department might be necessary.  And that would just be the start.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research. Email: [email protected]

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Refugees as Business

Hezbollah in South America: Mike Pompeo’s Big Lie

February 18th, 2019 by Kurt Nimmo

It’s late 2002, early 2003 again. This time, instead of the evil (former CIA asset) Saddam Hussein posing a dire threat to America, it’s Iran and Hezbollah stationed in Venezuela.

Throw in the perennial enemy of a post-colonial Caribbean, Castro’s Cuba, and we have the makings for yet another military intervention on our hands, according to Sec. State Pompeo. 

There is little evidence of any hanky panky vis-à-vis Hezbollah in Venezuela. If there is indeed a Hezbollah presence in Caracas or anywhere else in South America, this would be quite natural given the practice of international diplomacy. Hezbollah is part of the Lebanese government and representative of Shia Muslims in Lebanon. Like hundreds of other political parties and governments, it has a military or paramilitary component. 

But that’s not what we see in the West. Instead, for us—thanks to decades of propaganda, both American and Israeli—Hezbollah is a ruthless terrorist group on par with ISIS and directed by venal mullahs in Iran. 

Fact is, if Israel had not invaded and occupied Southern Lebanon, Hezbollah probably wouldn’t exist. It came together as a resistance group against and illegal a brutal occupation. If not for Hezbollah, the IDF would have rolled right over the south of Lebanon in 2006. The all-powerful IDF lost that conflict, and it will lose the next one. 

Pompeo’s claim America is at risk due Hezbollah’s presence or lack thereof has a familiar ring. It’s the same load of neocon manure dumped on the American people back in 2003. Americans were still reeling from the 9/11 attacks and this gave the neocons the opportunity to flatten Iraq.

Few corporate mockingbirds will tell you Pompeo is a liar and there will not be Hezbollah pickup trucks crossing the Rio Grande (a sort of feed-loop on Reagan’s Sandinista caravan reaching America to kill Americans and impose a godless communism on the survivors). 

Pompeo and his clueless boss—captivated by his son-in-law and the Israelis—are pulling a redux, this time with Iran and the added misadventure of Venezuela thrown in for good (neoliberal) measure. 

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site: Another Day in the Empire.

Kurt Nimmo is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Selected Articles: Colonial Media Propaganda

February 18th, 2019 by Global Research News

Do you value the reporting and in-depth analysis provided by Global Research on a daily basis?

At present we are not covering our monthly costs. The support of our readers is much appreciated. 

Click to donate or click here to become a member of Global Research.

*     *     *

Malaysian Airlines MH17 Brought Down by Ukrainian Military Aircraft. The BBC Refutes its Own Lies?

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, February 16, 2019

At Global Research, from the outset we have documented extensively the downing of MH17 by a military aircraft. It is important that the underlying record be fully assessed.

Frayed Colonial Media Propaganda Transmission Lines. Fake Atrocities Used to Justify “Humanitarian War Crimes”

By Mark Taliano, February 16, 2019

So, when BBC journalist Riam Dalati recently confirmed that the Douma hospital scene “was staged”[2], he was making an “admission against interest”, in the sense that his admission contradicts the colonial media storyline that “Assad was gassing his own people” again.

Hands Off Venezuela: Historic Stance at the United Nations against US Imperialism

By Carla Stea, February 16, 2019

As Venezuelan Foreign Minister Jorge Arreaza read out their new statement, declaring the illegality of unilateral coercive economic sanctions, and territorial invasions, it became obvious that the power of this new solidarity, which includes China, Russia, Cuba, DPRK, Syria, Iran, Palestine, Nicaragua, Venezuela, etc. constitutes a formidable force which Western capitalism will antagonize at its own peril.

Indigenous Communities Halting Humanity’s Race to Disaster

By Shane Quinn, February 16, 2019

Over thousands of years, native inhabitants have resided in the sprawling rainforests of South America, the bush and deserts of Australia, the open plains of Africa and North America. Indigenous communities, who comprise 5% of the earth’s human population, are inextricably tied to the lands embedded in their souls.

Is Democracy Consistent with Islam?

By Nauman Sadiq, February 16, 2019

Most people are under the impression that democracy and Islam are somehow incompatible. However, I don’t see any contradiction between democracy and Islam, as such. Although, I admit, there is some friction between Islam and liberalism.

Yemen: US “Accidentally” Arming Al Qaeda (Again)

By Tony Cartalucci, February 15, 2019

US weapons are once again falling into the hands of militants fighting in one of Washington’s many proxy wars – this time in Yemen – the militants being fighters of local Al Qaeda affiliates.

Resilience and Strength of Venezuela’s Armed Forces. While Maduro warns of Vietnam 2.0; a Syrian Analogy Beckons

By William Walter Kay, February 15, 2019

For 20 years Chavez’s Bolivarian movement has overseen Venezuelan armed forces recruitment and promotion. The old guard is history. Chavez and Maduro maintained high ratios of generals to troops; they dismissed the recalcitrant, and routinely shuffled seating arrangements.

The US’ Healthcare System Is a Predatory Catastrophe: It’s Time for Universal Medical Coverage

By Richard Gale and Dr. Gary Null, February 15, 2019

The United Nations recognizes healthcare as a human right. Last year, former UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon denounced the American healthcare system as “politically and morally wrong.”

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Colonial Media Propaganda

Trump EPA OKs ‘Emergency’ to Dump Bee-killing Pesticide on 16 Million Acres

February 17th, 2019 by Center For Biological Diversity

The Environmental Protection Agency reported this week that in 2018 it issued so-called “emergency” approvals to spray sulfoxaflor — an insecticide the agency considers “very highly toxic” to bees — on more than 16 million acres of crops known to attract bees.

Of the 18 states where the approvals were granted for sorghum and cotton crops, 12 have been given the approvals for at least four consecutive years for the same “emergency.”

Last year the EPA’s Office of the Inspector General released a report finding that the agency’s practice of routinely granting “emergency” approval for pesticides across millions of acres does not effectively measure risks to human health or the environment.

“Spraying 16 million acres of bee-attractive crops with a bee-killing pesticide in a time of global insect decline is beyond the pale, even for the Trump administration,” said Nathan Donley, a senior scientist with the Center for Biological Diversity. “The EPA is routinely misusing the ‘emergency’ process to get sulfoxaflor approved because it’s too toxic to make it through normal pesticide reviews.”

Under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, the EPA has the authority to approve temporary emergency uses of pesticides, even those not officially approved, if the agency determines it is needed to prevent the spread of an unexpected outbreak of crop-damaging insects, for example. But the provision has been widely abused.

That widespread abuse was chronicled in the Center’s recent report, Poisonous Process: How the EPA’s Chronic Misuse of ‘Emergency’ Pesticide Exemptions Increases Risks to Wildlife. The report concludes that emergency exemptions for sulfoxaflor are essentially a backdoor authorization allowing for its ongoing use on millions of acres of crops where exposure to pollinators through contaminated pollen is high. In fact, the so-called “emergencies” cited are routine and foreseeable occurrences.

Previously, in response to a lawsuit by beekeepers, the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals vacated the EPA’s original registration of sulfoxaflor in 2015. The EPA’s new 2016 registration for sulfoxaflor — purportedly designed to ensure essentially no exposure to bees — excluded crops like cotton and sorghum that are attractive to bees.

A compilation of federal register notices indicates that sulfoxaflor was approved on 16.2 million acres of cotton and sorghum crops in 2018 on an emergency basis. Emergency approvals were granted in Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana, Missouri, Mississippi, North Carolina, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia.

“The EPA is far too eager to find loopholes to approve harmful pesticides when it should be focusing on keeping people and wildlife safe from those pesticides,” said Donley. “The routine abuse of emergency exemptions has to stop.”

A recent study published in Nature found that sulfoxaflor exposure at low doses had severe consequences for bumblebee reproductive success. The authors cautioned against the EPA’s current trajectory of replacing older neonicotinoids with nearly identical insecticides like sulfoxaflor.

A major study published earlier this month found that more than 41 percent of the world’s insect species are on the fast track to extinction, and that a “serious reduction in pesticide usage” is key to preventing their extinction.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump EPA OKs ‘Emergency’ to Dump Bee-killing Pesticide on 16 Million Acres

As Iranians this week mark the 40th anniversary of their country’s 1979 revolution, President Donald Trump’s national security adviser John Bolton declared in a message to Iranian leaders on Monday that he doesn’t think they will “have many more anniversaries to enjoy”—a comment that was immediately perceived as a direct threat of war.

In video posted to the White House’s official Twitter page on Monday, Bolton echoed false assertions and repeatedly debunked claims by the Trump that Iran is pursuing nuclear weapons and described the Iranian government as the “central banker of international terrorism.”

Responding to Bolton’s video, Sen. Chris Murphy warned in a tweet on Tuesday that Trump’s hawkish national security adviser is knowingly lying to build momentum for a U.S. military attack on Iran.

“Here Bolton says Iran is seeking nuclear weapons. This simply isn’t true. The intelligence says the opposite and he knows it,” Murphy wrote. “He is laying the groundwork for war and we all must be vigilant.”

Watch Bolton’s video message:

Flipping the White House’s claim that the Iranian Revolution has resulted in “40 years of failure,” Javad Zarif—Iran’s foreign minister—declared in a tweet on Monday, “After 40 years of wrong choices, [it is] time for Donald Trump to rethink failed U.S. policy.”

Bolton’s assertion that Iran is currently pursuing nuclear weapons contradicts the findings of both the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) and the Trump administration’s top intelligence officials, who just last month concluded that

“Iran is not currently undertaking the key nuclear weapons-development activities we judge necessary to produce a nuclear device.”

“John Bolton’s claim that ‘Iran continues to seek nuclear weapons’ is another bald-faced lie,” said Ryan Costello, policy director at the National Iranian American Council. “He clearly wants a war before Trump leaves office and shouldn’t be underestimated.”

As Common Dreams reported last month, Bolton in 2018 called on the Pentagon to provide the Trump White House with “military options” to launch a strike on Iran. The Pentagon reportedly complied with Bolton’s request, but it is unclear whether the requested information ever reached Trump.

Bolton has also teamed up with Secretary of State Mike Pompeo—who has called for regime change in Iran—in an effort to “foment unrest” inside Iran with “offensive of speeches and online communications.”

William Hartung, director of the Arms and Security Project at the Center for International Policy, concluded on Tuesday that “we need to be speaking out early and often against the administration’s push for regime change in Iran.”

*

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.


150115 Long War Cover hi-res finalv2 copy3.jpg

The Globalization of War: America’s “Long War” against Humanity

Michel Chossudovsky

The “globalization of war” is a hegemonic project. Major military and covert intelligence operations are being undertaken simultaneously in the Middle East, Eastern Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, Central Asia and the Far East. The U.S. military agenda combines both major theater operations as well as covert actions geared towards destabilizing sovereign states.

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-6-0
Year: 2015
Pages: 240 Pages

List Price: $22.95

Special Price: $15.00

Click here to order.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Not-So-Veiled Threat of War as John Bolton Says Iran May Not Have ‘Many More Anniversaries to Enjoy’
  • Tags: ,

Netanyahu Calls on Arab States to Join War Against Iran

February 17th, 2019 by Richard Silverstein

In comments delivered to an Israeli TV news reporter at a Warsaw conference designed to unite world leaders against Iran, Bibi Netanyahu made his harshest statement yet, calling for war against the Islamic republic:

What is important about this [conference]…is that this is an open meeting with representatives of leading Arab countries that are sitting down together in order to advance the common interest of war with Iran.

What is most striking about this statement is that it’s the first time Israel or any world leader has called for a first-strike against Iran.  Note that there is no conditions laid.  He doesn’t say if Iran attacks, we will respond, the usual polite formulations of past U.S. and Israeli governments.  This is Bibi thundering on the world stage for these 60 nations to wage war against a common enemy and destroy him.

The conference has turned into a U.S.-led dog-and-pony show featuring the Trump administration and all its far-right European allies (Hungary, Poland, etc.) along with much of the Sunni world and Israel.  Along with the official delegates, the anti-Iran terror group, the MeK has established a major presence in the Polish capital.  The BBC reported today that 14,000 tweets promoting the conference have been published in the past few weeks.  The vast majority originate from eight accounts. The rhetoric of the tweets clearly indicate they are associated with the MeK. Yet another example of anti-Iran social media manipulation.

National security advisor, John Bolton, set the tone for the conference by releasing a video days before it began, threatening Iran with annihilation. He warned Ayatollah Khamenei, who’d just celebrated the 40thanniversary of the 1979 Islamic revolution, he “would not have many more anniversaries to enjoy.”  In a separate development, U.S. media reported last month that Bolton had requested a Pentagon battle plan for an attack on Iran.

Bellicosity like this is music to Netanyahu’s ears.  After all, he stood on the verge of launching an Israeli attack on Iran two different times.  He was only restrained at the last moment by his military-intelligence chiefs who persuaded the security cabinet that it was a very bad idea.  Netanyahu also tried unsuccessfully to persuade two U.S. presidents to attack Iran (Bush and Obama). Finally, to have a figure like Donald Trump in the White House, advised by anti-Iran hawks like Bolton and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, is a dream come true.

Nor is this the first time the Israeli leader threatened war, though it is the first time he’d done it so explicitly.  A few months ago, he told an audience at Israel’s Dimona nuclear reactor:

Our enemies know what we are capable of. They understand our policy. Whoever tries to harm us, we will harm him.

I’m not mouthing slogans. I’m describing a consistent, clear and determined policy. This is our policy. It is supported by full preparedness, deployment, infrastructure, readiness and, at the right moment, the proper orders.

…He who threatens us with extinction places himself in a similar danger and, at any event, will not achieve his aim.

Though this earlier formulation doesn’t threaten a first-strike, as Netanyahu did yesterday in Poland, he does infer, based on the fact that he delivered the speech in front of the very reactor which has produced the plutonium to arm all of Israel’s estimated 200 nuclear warheads, that any Israeli attack on Iran will include nuclear weapons.

The question is—how much of substance is happening in Warsaw?  Are war plans being laid?  Or is it all window-dressing, to persuade the world that the conference delegates are mouthing the right platitudes to show their fortitude against their Shia enemy?

Remember that Netanyahu faces an upcoming April election, in which his two decades of leadership have come under attack like never before. He faces four different criminal corruption counts which may lead to his indictment, before voters even get to the polls.  As a smart old pol, he knows that there is nothing better for a candidate than to be seen hobnobbing with world leaders as you promote your national interest on the international stage.  So this may be theatrics meant to convince voters that their prime minister still “has what it takes.”

In response to the Bolton video, Sen. Chris Murphy (D, CT) tweeted:

“He is laying the groundwork for war and we all must be vigilant.”

The same must be said of Netanyahu’s remarks.  They augur poorly for future stability of the region.

But despite Bolton itching for a fight with the Ayatollah, we must consider Trump’s aversion of U.S. military entanglements.  Only a month ago, he precipitously announced that 2,000 American soldiers in Syria would be coming home.  He planned a similar troop reduction in Afghanistan.  The U.S. president doesn’t appear to have the stomach for prolonged military engagements.

Would a military alliance uniting a number of the Warsaw conference participants, encourage Trump to change his mind about attacking Iran?  He complains bitterly when he perceives that the U.S. alone is shouldering the military and financial burdens for such enterprises.  Perhaps if there were ten or twenty countries to unite in such an attack, he might relent?  As any observer of the U.S. president realizes, there is no way to know day-to-day what he thinks or predict what he will do.

But we must see Netanyahu’s declaration of war as a real threat that could be acted upon either by Israel alone; or along with its new allies.  For over a decade, I have sounded a clarion call against such a misadventure.  The reason Shamai Leibowitz and I joined in a campaign to expose the top-secret conversations of the Israeli embassy was we both believed as early as 2009, that Israel wanted to go to war and that it needed to lay the groundwork in this country in order to do so.  Those transcripts revealed the Israeli government ghostwriting anti-Iran op-eds in local newspapers, hosting conferences attacking Iran, organizing meetings between American Jewish leaders and members of Congress.  All with one goal in mind: prepare the American public for war.

Some analysts believe that this entire campaign was an elaborate ruse designed to make the U.S. government believe Israel would go to war, so that we would do everything we could to satisfy Israel that we wanted to stop Iran obtaining WMD as much as it did; and that we would go to any length to do so.

No one will know till the first bomb drops on Tehran, who is right.  But I would not want to be the one who dismissed the chance of war and then woke to TV images of “Shock and Awe, Iran .”

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from the US State Department 

President Trump’s proclamation of a state of national emergency on the southern US border is a frontal assault on constitutional norms and democratic rights in America. It is the first time in American history that a president has sought to usurp the constitutional prerogative of Congress to decide how public funds are to be spent.

The actual text of the proclamation, released by the White House Friday afternoon, confirms that Trump is seeking to accomplish the building of a wall along the US-Mexico border primarily through the US military and using the vast resources of the Pentagon. After describing the situation at the border as one that “threatens core national security interests” because it “is a major entry point for criminals, gang members, and illicit narcotics,” the proclamation states:

“Because of the gravity of the current emergency situation, it is necessary for the Armed Forces to provide additional support to address the crisis.”

The proclamation invokes section 12302 of title 10, United States Code, part of a 1953 law that authorizes the secretary of defense to mobilize up to one million military reservists for a period of up to 24 months. This section has been used to mobilize the reserves for deployment to Iraq and Afghanistan and was invoked by President George W. Bush after the 9/11 attacks. In other words, Trump is seeking to treat the US-Mexico border as a major military battlefield, with immigrants and refugees cast as “invaders” threatening the United States.

Trump also invokes Section 2808 of title 10, which authorizes the Pentagon to carry out construction activities in support of military operations. This has previously been understood to refer to the building of barracks, fortifications, airstrips, roads, prisoner-of-war camps and other facilities required by the military during active combat operations. The wall along the US-Mexico border is to be treated as a similar military necessity.

The actual directive from Trump to the Pentagon chief, in this case acting Secretary of Defense Patrick Shanahan, authorizes him to “order as many units or members of the Ready Reserve to active duty as the Secretary … determines to be appropriate.” The secretaries of the departments of Defense, Interior, and Homeland Security are additionally ordered to “take all appropriate actions … to use or support the use of the authorities herein invoked, including, if necessary, the transfer and acceptance of jurisdiction over border lands.”

This is a broad and sweeping grant of authority to the Pentagon for what amounts to the complete militarization of the US-Mexico border.

The declaration of a national emergency allows the president to invoke a total of 136 distinct statutory powers, only 13 of which require further congressional action, meaning that 123 powers are available to the executive branch without any congressional input. These powers range from suspending all laws regulating chemical and biological weapons to allowing the drafting of retired military officers for emergency service.

This order is in flagrant violation of the Posse Comitatus Act, which bars the US military from engaging in law enforcement operations within the borders of the United States. To disguise this illegality, Trump’s order describes the military as operating “to assist and support the activities of the Secretary of Homeland Security at the southern border.”

Most fundamentally, Trump’s order is in direct defiance of the US Constitution. Article I, Section 9, Clause 7 of the Constitution reads, in part: “No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law …” This language has invariably been understood to mean that the legislature possesses the “power of the purse,” and that the executive branch (which includes the Treasury) may spend money only as authorized by Congress.

As recently as 2014, congressional Republicans sued the Obama administration, alleging that funds were being paid out under the Obamacare program to insurance companies in the form of “cost-sharing reduction payments” that had not been appropriated by Congress. Although the Congress, at the time under Democratic control, had clearly intended to authorize the payments, the actual language drafted for the bill failed to include this provision. The federal courts upheld the Republican lawsuit and struck down the payments.

A House Republican leader, Representative Greg Walden of Oregon, declared at the time,

“The principle there is separation of powers, constitutional authorities that Congress appropriates the money.”

Today, most congressional Republicans are expected to support Trump’s action in flagrant defiance of the separation of powers.

Congressional Democratic leaders called Trump’s declaration of a national emergency “unlawful.” A joint statement from House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer declared:

“The President’s actions clearly violate the Congress’s exclusive power of the purse, which our Founders enshrined in the Constitution.”

“The President is not above the law,” Pelosi and Schumer added. “The Congress cannot let the President shred the Constitution.”

But that is precisely what is about to happen. The House of Representatives may pass a resolution of disapproval, which then must be voted on by the Senate within 18 days. Even if a half dozen Republican senators support the resolution, Trump will then veto it, with little likelihood of a two-thirds majority in either house to override the veto.

Neither Pelosi nor Schumer, nor any other leading congressional Democrat, has suggested that Trump’s action is an impeachable offense, or that the president should be removed from office for a flagrant violation of his sworn oath to uphold and defend the US Constitution. Instead, they have advocated lawsuits, leading ultimately to a decision by the US Supreme Court, with its five-member ultra-right majority, including two justices nominated by Trump himself.

Trump boasted of his likely triumph at the Supreme Court during his rambling press conference Friday at which he announced that he had signed the declaration of national emergency. He expressed contempt for the opponents of the border wall, who he predicted would win favorable decisions at the district and appeals courts, only to be overturned by the Supreme Court, as was the case in the litigation over his ban on Muslim travelers entering the United States.

The decision by the Democrats to appropriate $1.375 billion for border wall renovation and construction, incorporated into the overall federal funding bill Trump has agreed to sign into law, strengthens Trump’s legal position. His attorneys will argue that Congress has already agreed to build the wall, and the only disagreement is over how fast to do so, and that the courts must defer to the judgment of the “commander-in-chief” on an issue of “national security.”

Trump’s press conference was largely devoted to fascistic ranting against immigrants and asylum seekers, portraying them as a hostile invasion force bringing drugs, crime and terrorism into the United States. In a particularly ominous note, he hailed the anti-drug policies of the Chinese Stalinist dictatorship, which regularly executes prisoners convicted of drug trafficking, suggesting that such barbaric methods had allowed China to “solve” its drug problem. Trump’s emergency declaration is a step towards just such a “final solution” in the realm of immigration.

This is language that has never been heard before from an American president. It comes close to that of another Trump favorite, Philippine President Duterte, whose police death squads have slaughtered thousands of residents of working class slums, claiming they are “drug dealers.”

When such comments are made in the Rose Garden, there should be no mistake: The United States is teetering on the brink of dictatorship. There is a colossal disparity between the seriousness and urgency of this danger and the complacency of the response by the Democrats and the media.

The Democrats, who have worked relentlessly to promote the military and intelligence agencies in their factional conflict with Trump, are far more concerned about preventing any mobilization of the working class against Trump’s authoritarian measures than they are concerned about their tactical differences with the White House.

What is happening in the United States is part of an international process. Under the impact of the global economic crisis of capitalism, and the increasingly violent and reckless clashes between the major powers—spearheaded by the United States—democratic forms of rule are breaking down. This is accelerated, above all, by the growing social tensions within every capitalist country, as economic and social inequality reaches unheard-of proportions.

Under these conditions, working people cannot look to any section of the capitalist ruling elite and its political establishment—including the Democratic Party in the United States—to defend democratic rights. This task requires the building of an independent political movement of the working class, expressed already, in an embryonic form, in the expanding wave of strike struggles around the world. The Socialist Equality Party and the WSWS fight to develop this movement of working people and make it a politically conscious struggle for a socialist and internationalist program.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump’s State of Emergency: A Step Towards Presidential Dictatorship

Trump Moves the World Closer to “Doomsday”

February 17th, 2019 by Prof. Marjorie Cohn

In 1987, the United States and the Soviet Union adopted the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty (INF) in an effort to eliminate missiles on hair-trigger alert for nuclear war due to their short flight times. It was the first time the two countries agreed to destroy nuclear weapons. That treaty outlawed nearly 2,700 ballistic or land-based cruise missiles with a range of roughly 300 to 3,000 miles.

The Trump administration thought nothing of pulling out of the INF. On February 2, the United States suspended its obligations under the treaty, starting a dangerous chain reaction that brings us closer to nuclear war. Russia followed suit and pulled out of the treaty the next day.

Then the three countries with the largest nuclear arsenals quickly test-launched nuclear-capable missiles. France conducted a test of its medium-range air-to-surface missile on February 4. The next day, the United States fired a Minuteman III intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM). And an hour and a half later, Russia launched an RS-24 Yars ICBM.

Richard Burt participated in the negotiations of the INF during the Reagan administration. Last fall, he predicted that U.S. withdrawal would lead to Russia’s deployment of intermediate-range missiles and the United States’ development of new sea- and air-based weapons systems. Sure enough, on February 4, Russia’s defense minister, Sergei Shoigu, announced his country plans to build mid-range, nuclear-capable missiles within two years.

“New intermediate-range cruise and ballistic missiles and low-yield warheads now being planned both in Russia and United States are nothing other than filed-down triggers to all-out thermonuclear war,” Daniel Ellsberg, author of The Doomsday Machine: Confessions of a Nuclear War Planner, told Truthout.

He warns of “nuclear winter,” which is the end of civilization as we know it. A consultant to the Defense Department and the White House in 1961, Ellsberg drafted Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara’s plans for nuclear war.

Beatrice Fihn, executive director of the International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons, concurs.

“Trump has fired the starting pistol on Cold War II. Only this one could be bigger, more dangerous, and the world may not be so lucky this time around.”

Trump’s Actions Undermine Nuclear Disarmament

The adoption of the INF led to the 1991 signing of the Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (START), which considerably reduced the number of long-range strategic nuclear weapons. The New START, signed in 2010, requires the U.S. and Russia to reduce the number of deployed nuclear warheads from a maximum of 2,200 in 2010 to 1,550 in 2018. Trump’s cavalier withdrawal from INF does not portend well for the renewal of New START in 2021.

Moreover, Trump’s Nuclear Posture Review of 2018 would allow the United States to use nuclear weapons in response to non-nuclear attacks. This new U.S. policy opens the door to first-use of nuclear weapons, which is prohibited by international law.

The Nuclear Posture Review also violates the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, to which the United States is a party. This treaty requires parties “to pursue negotiations in good faith on effective measures relating to the cessation of the nuclear arms race at an early date and to nuclear disarmament.”

The Doomsday Clock Says “Two Minutes to Midnight”

In order to convey the urgency of the threat to humanity and the planet, the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists created the Doomsday Clock. It uses imagery of the apocalypse (midnight) and a nuclear explosion (countdown to zero). The decision to either move or leave in place the minute hand of the Doomsday Clock is made each year. The Clock is a universally recognized measure of vulnerability to catastrophe caused by nuclear weapons, climate change or other emerging technologies that could pose a threat. On January 24, the Bulletin once again kept the Doomsday Clock at two minutes to midnight. And that was before the U.S. and Russia pulled out of the INF.

“Trump and Putin are both posturing as gunslingers in a Western movie,” Ellsberg warned. “But the weapons in their quick-draw holsters are not pistols; they are doomsday machines. And this is not high noon; it is two minutes to midnight.”

Toward Denuclearization

In his book, Ellsberg proposes the U.S. government undertake the following measures toward the goal of abolishing nuclear weapons:

  1. A U.S. no-first-use policy;
  2. Probing investigative hearings on war plans to avoid nuclear winter;
  3. Eliminating ICBMs;
  4. Ending the pretense of preemptive damage-limiting by first-strike forces;
  5. Foregoing profits, jobs and alliance hegemony based on maintaining that pretense; and
  6. Otherwise dismantling the U.S. nuclear arsenal, which Ellsberg calls the American Doomsday Machine.

On January 30, Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Massachusetts), member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, and Rep. Adam Smith (D-Washington), chairman of the House Armed Services Committee, took a good first step. They introduced the No First Use Act, to establish in law that it is the policy of the United States not to fire nuclear weapons first so “that the United States should never initiate a nuclear war.”

The U.N. Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons (TPNW) forbids ratifying countries “never under any circumstances to develop, test, produce, manufacture, otherwise acquire, possess or stockpile nuclear weapons or other nuclear explosive devices.” It also prohibits the transfer of, use of, or threat to use nuclear weapons or nuclear explosive devices. The treaty, adopted in 2017, will enter into force after 50 nations have ratified it. Thus far, it has 21 ratifications. But the five original nuclear-armed countries, which also happen to be the permanent members of the U.N. Security Council — the U.S., Russia, France, China and the U.K. — did not participate in the treaty negotiations and have not agreed to it.

Resistance against nuclear weapons also takes the form of civil disobedience, such as the recent action by the Kings Bay Plowshares 7.

The Kings Bay Plowshares 7

When I was growing up in the early days of the Cold War, the fear of nuclear annihilation was pervasive. Although U.S. nuclear weapons have been on hair trigger alert for 73 years, “nuclear weapons have become normal,” Patrick O’Neill told Truthout. He and six other Catholic activists are facing up to 25 years in prison for their symbolic action to disarm the nuclear weapons on Kings Bay Naval Base in Georgia. They chose April 4, 2018, the 50th anniversary of the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., to mount their protest.

In May 2018, the Kings Bay Plowshares 7 were charged with conspiracy, destruction of property on a naval station, depredation of government property, and trespass, stemming from their action at the Kings Bay Naval Base. The base is homeport to six nuclear ballistic missile submarines each armed with 16 Trident II missiles. They carried with them a copy of Ellsberg’s book and left it on the base.

The defendants, who will likely go to trial this spring, maintain that any use or threat to use nuclear weapons of mass destruction is illegal, Kings Bay Plowshares 7 spokesperson Bill Ofenloch told Truthout. They are also arguing that their prosecution violates the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, because their actions were motivated by their Catholic belief that nuclear weapons are immoral and illegal. The Act was passed in 1993 to strengthen protection of free exercise of religion. Finally, the Kings Bay Plowshares 7 are claiming that Trump’s repeated threats to use nuclear weapons and his illegal conduct have not been prosecuted, so the government’s decision to prosecute only those who protest against nuclear weapons constitutes unlawful selective prosecution.

Co-defendant Martha Hennessy is the granddaughter of Catholic Worker Movement co-founder Dorothy Day. The movement, founded in 1933, comprises 203 Catholic Worker communities committed to nonviolence, voluntary poverty, prayer, and hospitality for the homeless, exiled, hungry and forsaken. Catholic Workers protest war, racism, violence and injustice. (The Catholic Worker newspaper is still published and sells for a penny a copy.)

Hennessy told Truthout,

“The U.S. withdrawal from the INF treaty is designed to ensnare Russia and the world in a new nuclear arms race.”

She warns,

“This is empire run amok, we have lost our democracy, let us pray we don’t lose our world and each other.”

It is incumbent upon all of us to resist the inexorable march toward nuclear winter. We must join together in coalitions and protest to Congress, the White House, in writing and in the streets. There is no time to lose. It is two minutes to midnight on the Doomsday Clock.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Copyright Truthout. Reprinted with permission.

Marjorie Cohn is professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, former president of the National Lawyers Guild, deputy secretary general of the International Association of Democratic Lawyers and a member of the advisory board of Veterans for Peace. Her most recent book is Drones and Targeted Killing: Legal, Moral, and Geopolitical Issues. She is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Strategic Culture Foundation


Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102
Print Edition: $10.25 (+ shipping and handling)
PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

WWIII Scenario

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump Moves the World Closer to “Doomsday”

When Considering Venezuela’s Guaidó, Remember Victoria Nuland

February 17th, 2019 by 21st Century Wire

As Washington’s Secret Team continues to line-up its guns against the elected government led by Nicolas Maduro in Venezuela, it’s worth reminding viewers of another recently executed regime change operation – a portion of which was caught on tape – where US State Department officials could be heard discussing  their new hand-picked, post-coup government in the Ukraine. 

When the latest phase of the current crisis in Venezuela broke in the middle of January, cabinet officials in Washington immediately declared the elected government in Caracas as “illegitimate,” and put forward their own hand-picked “interim president.” US National Security Advisor John Bolton started the ball rolling by boldly announcing,

“The United States does not recognize Venezuelan dictator Nicolas Maduro’s illegitimate claim to power. His ‘election’ in May 2018 was viewed internationally as not free, fair or credible.”

Bolton’s proclamation was followed by a TV decree by US Vice President Mike Pence formally recognizing a previously unknown opposition parliamentarian, Juan Guaido, as Washington’s new choice for president of Venezuela. This was then followed by a tweet  from President Trump:

“The citizens of Venezuela have suffered for too long at the hands of the illegitimate Maduro regime,” before  adding, “Today, I have officially recognized the President of the Venezuelan National Assembly, Juan Guaido, as the Interim President of Venezuela.”

President Trump then upped the ante, warning Maduro that “all options are on the table,” clearly implying the possibility of military intervention by Washington.

While the general public may never be privy to behind-the-scenes conference calls between the likes of Bolton, Elliot Abrams, Jimmy Story and Guaido, it is extremely instructive to revisit the infamous 2014 leaked phone call between then Assistant Secretary of State for European and Eurasian Affairs, Victoria Nuland, and US Ambassador to Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt – a stunning leak which reveals exactly how Washington appointees were in fact micro-managing their new putsch regime in Kiev – completely outside of the country’s democratic process. Watch:

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from 21st CW

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on When Considering Venezuela’s Guaidó, Remember Victoria Nuland

Of relevance to the Venezuelan crisis and US military threats:

 Incisive and timely article by Shane Quinn first published by GR on July 22, 2017. 

In all these countries, the speaker of House could not be appointed interim president to replace the dictator,  because the Parliament had been duly abolished courtesy of Uncle Sam. There was no parliament, there was no speaker of the House, no attempt by Washington to restore democracy, opposition activists were arrested and tortured with the support of the  US. 

***. 

Some anniversaries are widely observed in the West: Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor, Holocaust Memorial Day, the September 11 atrocities, and so on. Yet there are other undesirable anniversaries that have been largely disappeared.

US-backed forces overthrow Goulart in Brazil (1964) 

Left-wing nationalist Joao Goulart became the democratically elected president of Brazil in September 1961, setting alarm bells clattering in the liberal Kennedy administration. Goulart began implementing structural reforms in the massive resource-rich South American country, that would help integrate the general population into society. (1) 

Jango.jpg

Joao Goulart (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

The United States was loathe to sit helplessly by as this movement came within “our hemisphere”, as President John F. Kennedy described it. Goulart, also known as “Jango”, was hostile toward US capitalist democracy that seeks to primarily serve elite powers.

Shortly before his death, Kennedy had been preparing the groundwork to oust Goulart, with the coup (March 31-April 1) occurring less than five months under his successor’s reign, Lyndon B. Johnson. (2)  “We just can’t take this one [social movement],” warned Johnson. (3) Goulart’s toppling received crucial CIA funding and arms, while Brazil was placed under a neo-Nazi dictatorship that tortured their people for over 20 years. (4)

CIA terminates the 10-year Guatemalan Revolution (1954) 

Guatemala, a small central American nation, remains a ghastly nightmare to this day. The causes for her suffering can be traced to President Dwight D. Eisenhower implementing a CIA-run coup that installed successive military dictatorships. (1) Guatemala had been enjoying a 10-year revolution (1944-54): firstly, under Juan Jose Arevalo, who introduced a minimum wage and increased funding to education. (2) 

Arevalo’s democratically elected successor in 1951, Jacobo Arbenzinstituted land reforms to grant property to landless peasants. (3) Such inclusive measures were deemed an unacceptable threat to US hegemony over the Western hemisphere. 

Arbenz’ policies threatened the United Fruit Company (UFC), a powerful corporation exploiting Guatemalan workers which had direct ties to Eisenhower’s administration (the Dulles brothers). (4) 

The UFC aggressively lobbied Eisenhower, who authorised the CIA to aid a force led by the impending right-wing dictator, Carlos Castillo Armas. With further threat of invasion by American forces, the Guatemalan army eventually refused to fight on – an error of historic proportions. (5) Almost four decades of civil war followed, as successive US-backed dictators committed atrocities such as genocide against the Maya peoples. (6)

Isabel Peron overthrown by US-backed forces (1976)

The 1976 Argentine coup was the sixth, and final, forced government change that took place in the country during the 20th century. The US-backed Argentine Armed Forces installed the most vicious Latin American military dictatorship of all, responsible for tens of thousands of murdered and “disappeared”, under convicted war criminals such as Jorge Rafael Videla and Reynaldo Bignone. (1) 

Revealingly, the Nazi-style regime was a favorite of US president Ronald Reagan. (2)

Isabel Martinez de Peron.jpg

Isabel Martinez de Peron (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

The coup toppled Isabel Peron, the first female leader in world history, wife and successor of deceased ex-president Juan Peron. Henry Kissinger, the US Secretary of State, met with several Argentine military commanders suggesting they crush their enemies before human rights issues become known to the American public. (3) 

“We read about human rights problems, but not the context. The quicker you succeed the better,” he said, and not the first time Kissinger (Nobel Peace Prize winner) was implicated in war crimes.

US invasion of Grenada (1983)

The American invasion of the minuscule Caribbean island of Grenada (under President Reagan) drew a scathing international response from the UN General Assembly. (1) It “deeply deplores” the intervention, which “constitutes a flagrant violation of international law”, further condemning “the deaths of innocent civilians… the killing of the Prime Minister [Maurice Bishop].”  

The intervention was even opposed by most NATO countries and US allies such as France, Portugal, Australia, Spain and the Netherlands. (2) All irrelevant criticism for elite Western figures that believe the United States should be a law unto its own. The usual pretexts for the invasion of Grenada were put forward by the US government, and obediently relayed by the free press: Grenada was a “Marxist dictatorship” and the US army was on a “rescue mission” to defeat a Cuban military presence defending “this outpost of Soviet imperialism”. (3, 4, 5) 

The true reason for the attack? To expel a government not amenable to American hegemonic demands, and that may act as a further example of defiance (after Cuba) – the abysmal after effects for Grenadians was quickly airbrushed from history.

Juan Bosch toppled in the Dominican Republic (1963)

United States interference in the Dominican Republic traces back to the early 20th century of the William Howard Taft and Woodrow Wilson administrations. (1) Wilson, for example, ordered the invasion of the country by US marines in 1916, their presence lasting over six years – an occupation reviled by the Dominican population. (2)

Juan Bosch (1963).jpg

Juan Bosch (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

The democratic election of socialist reformer Juan Bosch in February 1963, replacing a military junta, caused undue concern in elite American circles. (3) Their fears were quickly realised as Bosch undertook progressive steps the Dominican population had never known before (or since), initiating plans to reduce poverty, declaring labor rights, strengthening unions, rights for farmers, and so on.

Bosch was declared “a communist” by pro-US business magnates and members of the army. (4) On September 25, 1963, a group of commanders led by Elias Wessin y Wessinwith crucial US support, expelled Bosch from the country.  (5)

Shane Quinn is a frequent contributor to Global Research. 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Forgotten “Anniversaries” of U.S. Sponsored Military Coups against Democracy

“In a time of universal deceit — telling the truth is a revolutionary act.” 

The sentence above, which typically cites George Orwell as the source, serves equally well as a motto for community radio journalism at its best.

Unfiltered by corporate, government or other interests, radio stations that derive their revenue from listeners and supporters in their communities are free to challenge the powerful, when other media will not.

The Global Research News Hour struggles week after week to shine light on state and corporate propaganda, particularly that which furnishes a pre-text for war. Thus truth-telling becomes a necessary part of the resistance to oppression disguised as ‘humanitarian interventions’ or ‘self-defence.’

Taking one week a year to raise funds from the community has become a necessary part of community radio. This second week of February is the time selected for CKUW 95.9FM in Winnipeg, host to the Global Research News Hour, to petition listeners for support.

This week, we are posting the live show which aired on February 15th, and included interviews with colleagues both past and present. They include fellow programmer and sometime Global Research News Hour collaborator Scott Price, fellow programmer Kent Davies, former CKUW News Director Geoffrey Young, and former CKUW Program Director Robin Eriksson. All make the case for supporting independent journalism.

The 2019 drive ended on February 15th. Please do not phone the number announced during the program, but donate online at fundrive.ckuw.ca.

Please also consider pledging to the Global Research website by clicking on this link.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)
Alternative programming:

Broadcasters wishing to air a more traditional program are free to download and air the following show from the summer of 2018. It concerns the role of the neocons in distorting not only government policy but also news-media. It also includes an old interview with investigative journalist Robert Parry, previous to his untimely death.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM in Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca . Excerpts of the show have begun airing on Rabble Radio and appear as podcasts at rabble.ca.

The Global Research News Hour now airs Fridays at 6pm PST, 8pm CST and 9pm EST on Alternative Current Radio (alternativecurrentradio.com)

Community Radio Stations carrying the Global Research News Hour:

CHLY 101.7fm in Nanaimo, B.C – Thursdays at 1pm PT

Boston College Radio WZBC 90.3FM NEWTONS  during the Truth and Justice Radio Programming slot -Sundays at 7am ET.

Port Perry Radio in Port Perry, Ontario –1  Thursdays at 1pm ET

Burnaby Radio Station CJSF out of Simon Fraser University. 90.1FM to most of Greater Vancouver, from Langley to Point Grey and from the North Shore to the US Border.

It is also available on 93.9 FM cable in the communities of SFU, Burnaby, New Westminister, Coquitlam, Port Coquitlam, Port Moody, Surrey and Delta, in British Columbia, Canada. – Tune in  at its new time – Wednesdays at 4pm PT.

Radio station CFUV 101.9FM based at the University of Victoria airs the Global Research News Hour every Sunday from 7 to 8am PT.

CORTES COMMUNITY RADIO CKTZ  89.5 out of Manson’s Landing, B.C airs the show Tuesday mornings at 10am Pacific time.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 6am pacific time.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 10am.

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday Morning from 8:00 to 9:00am. Find more details at www.caperradio.ca

RIOT RADIO, the visual radio station based out of Durham College in Oshawa, Ontario has begun airing the Global Research News Hour on an occasional basis. Tune in at dcstudentsinc.ca/services/riot-radio/

Radio Fanshawe: Fanshawe’s 106.9 The X (CIXX-FM) out of London, Ontario airs the Global Research News Hour Sundays at 6am with an encore at 4pm.

Los Angeles, California based Thepowerofvoices.com airs the Global Research News Hour every Monday from 6-7pm Pacific time. 

This week, BBC reporter Riam Dalati confirmed that last year’s “Assad sarin attack” on Douma was indeed “staged”. After a “six month investigation” he concludes,

“I can prove without a doubt that the Douma Hospital scene was staged.”

FLASHBACK TO April 2016.  BBC Documentary on Malaysian Airlines Crash MH17. How the BBC Refutes its Own Lies

***

Article first published by GR on April 26, 2016

***

The BBC has announced the release of a documentary on the crash of Malaysian airlines MH17, which will be broadcast on May 3 [2016]”:

“On 17 July 2014, Malaysia Airlines flight MH17, travelling from Amsterdam to Kuala Lumpur, crashed, killing 298 passengers in the worst air disaster for two decades.

Alarmingly, the devastating crash occurred just four months after the mysterious disappearance of Malaysian Airlines flight MH370. Is this just a coincidence? The cause of the crash has been focus of a host of conspiracy theories, many of which involve Russia, Ukraine and the CIA.

The official investigation report into MH17 flight argues that only a powerful ground-to-air missile could be responsible. Yet, there are eyewitness accounts of other aircrafts seen flying next to MH17 close to impact. To further fuel the conspiracies, Russia and Ukraine blame each other but both countries are unable to provide all the critical radar data from that day.

Family members do not trust the official explanations and there is a long way to go to bring about justice for the victims. This programme tracks down eye witnesses, and speaks with secret intelligence sources to try to sort fact from fiction. Don’t miss this compelling Conspiracy Files unfold to see whether the mystery can be unravelled.” ( See BBC notice here),

In an unusual twist, the description of the BBC documentary (above) while tacitly refuting the official narrative, also refutes earlier BBC reports pointing to shrapnel from a missile attack (28 July 2014) which followed an earlier controversial BBC report also in July 2014 pointing to the downing of MH17 by an aircraft. The latter video BBC report was taken down and suppressed by the BBC.

According to Australia News in a review of the forthcoming [May 2016] BBC production, the Kiev regime is identified as the culprit:

A CONTROVERSIAL new documentary will investigate claims that Malaysia Airlines flight MH17 was shot down by a Ukraine fighter jet, instead of a Russian missile.In a new BBC documentary titled ‘The Conspiracy Files: Who Shot Down MH17?’, eyewitnesses will share their accounts of how they saw the aircraft being downed by a nearby fighter jet.

“There are eyewitness accounts of other aircraft seen flying next to MH17 close to impact,” a statement from the BBC said.

The report also suggests that:

“The documentary is also set to analyse the possibility that the downing of the jet was a CIA plot to pin the blame on Russia.”

The geopolitical implications of these statements are potentially dynamite.

They put Washington on the defensive.

What can we expect from the US State Department and John Kerry:

“Sorry, President Putin, we made a mistake, yeah it was Ukraine which brought down the aircraft and we blamed the Russians, sorry for the economic sanctions, we got our countries mixed up”

Highly unlikely.

Already Britain’s tabloids including the BBC are saying there are SEVERAL THEORIES. According to the Daily Mail, the allegation concerning the role of the CIA:

“was put forward by private investigator, Sergey Sokolov, who claimed that the CIA were helped by the Ukrainian secret service and Dutch security service, to place the bombs on the plane in Holland.”

He said: ‘This terrorist act was a pretext for firstly intensifying sanctions on Russia, secondly to show the world that Russia is a barbarian country and thirdly to strengthen the presence of Nato in Europe, particularly Ukraine.’

In all likelihood, Washington will either remain mum or casually dismiss the BBC documentary, while upholding its ongoing hostility towards Moscow.

While the BBC has announced that the documentary refutes the official story as contained in the latest Dutch safety board report (i.e to the effect that MH17 was brought down by a BUK surface to air missile), we will have to wait for the release on May 3, BBC TV Channel 2 to get the full story, including the innuendos. the conspiracy theories, etc.

It is worth noting that according to former UN human rights chief Navi Pillay in a July 2014 statement “the downing of the Malaysia Airines jet could constitute a war crime”.

Analysis

At Global Research, from the outset we have documented extensively the downing of MH17 by a military aircraft. It is important that the underlying record be fully assessed.

Our archive of 100+ Global Research articles and reports on the downing of MH17.  confirms that Malaysian Airlines MH17 was not brought down by a BUK surface to air missile. It was brought down by a military aircraft. This was confirmed in our early reports shortly after the downing of MH17.

1. Traffic Control Data: All Aircraft in the Vicinity, Ukraine Su-25 military aircraft within proximity of MH17

SU-25 jet (image right)

Between 5pm-6pm Moscow Time on July 17th, the following aircraft have been identified in the general vicinity of MH17 on its course heading to its fatal destination of Grabovo:

1. Boeing 772 – traveling southeast from Copenhagen to Singapore at 5:17pm
2. Boeing 778 – traveling southeast from Paris to Taipei at 5:24pm
3. Boeing 778 – traveling northwest from Delhi to Berlin circa 5:20pm
4. Boeing 777 – Malaysia Airlines Flight MH17 at 5:17pm
5. Su-25 Ukrainian Fighter Jet appears on radar, trailing MH17 at same altitude, est. 4km behind it at 5:21pm

See 21 Century Wire Global Research Report

2. Testimony of Spanish Air Traffic Controller in Kiev (Real time Report)

The presence of the Ukrainian military jet was confirmed by Spanish air traffic controller “Carlos” at Kiev Borispol airport shortly after the plane was shot down, as well as eyewitnesses in Donetsk. (see also suppressed BBC TV report below, interviews of witnesses in Donesk)

The Spanish air traffic controller documented the event on Twitter as it happened. He claimed it was not an accident, that the Ukrainian authorities shot down MH17 and were trying to “make it look like an attack by pro-Russians” . His Twitter account was closed down shortly after the tragedy. Although his account has yet to be fully corroborated, some of his claims have been confirmed by Malaysian Airlines and the Russian authorities. (Global Research, July 26, 2016)

Evidence pointing to a Ukrainian Su-25 fighter jet in the same frame as MH17, also validates the testimony of ‘Carlos’, an ATC contractor in Kiev. ETN received information from an air traffic controller (Borispol Airport) in Kiev on Malaysia Airlines flight MH17:

“This Kiev air traffic controller is a citizen of Spain and was working in the Ukraine. He was taken off duty as a civil air-traffic controller along with other foreigners immediately after a Malaysia Airlines passenger aircraft was shot down over the Eastern Ukraine killing 295 passengers and crew on board. The air traffic controller suggested in a private evaluation and basing it on military sources in Kiev, that the Ukrainian military was behind this shoot down. Radar records were immediately confiscated after it became clear a passenger jet was shot down. Military air traffic controllers in internal communication acknowledged the military was involved, and some military chatter said they did not know where the order to shoot down the plane originated from. Obviously it happened after a series of errors, since the very same plane was escorted by two Ukrainian fighter jets until 3 minutes before it disappeared from radar.”  (21 Century, Global Research Ibid, emphasis added)

Carlos’ assessment was also confirmed in several media interviews, see his  interview with RT (Spanish Air Controller @ Kiev Borispol Airport: Ukraine Military Shot Down Boeing MH#17)

3. Machine Gun Like Holes in the Cockpit

According to the report of German pilot and airlines expert Peter Haisenko, the MH17 Boeing 777 was not brought down by a missile. What he observed from the available photos were perforations of the cockpit:

 The facts speak clear and loud and are beyond the realm of speculation: The cockpit shows traces of shelling! You can see the entry and exit holes. The edge of a portion of the holes is bent inwards. These are the smaller holes, round and clean, showing the entry points most likely that of a 30 millimeter caliber projectile. (Revelations of German Pilot: Shocking Analysis of the “Shooting Down” of Malaysian MH17. “Aircraft Was Not Hit by a Missile” Global Research, July 30, 2014)

[click image right to enlarge]

Based on detailed analysis Peter Haisenko reached  the conclusion that the MH17 was not downed by a missile attack:

This aircraft was not hit by a missile in the central portion. The destruction is limited to the cockpit area. Now you have to factor in that this part is constructed of specially reinforced material

4. The OSCE Mission

It is worth noting that the initial statements by OSCE observers (July 31, 2014) broadly confirm the findings of Peter Haisenko:

Monitors from the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe reported that shrapnel-like holes were found in two separate pieces of the fuselage of the ill-fated Malaysia Airlines aircraft that was believed to have been downed by a missile in eastern Ukraine.

Michael Bociurkiw of the OSCE group of monitors at his daily briefing described part of the plane’s fuselage dotted with “shrapnel-like, almost machine gun-like holes.” He said the damage was inspected by Malaysian aviation-security officials .(Wall Street Journal, July 31, 2014)

The monitoring OSCE team has not found evidence of a missile fired from the ground as conveyed by official White House statements. As we recall, the US ambassador to the UN Samantha Power stated –pointing a finger at Russia– that the Malaysian MH17 plane was “likely downed by a surface-to-air missile operated from a separatist-held location”:

The team of international investigators with the Organisation for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) are uncertain if the missile used was fired from the ground as US military experts have previously suggested, the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) reported. (Malay Mail online, emphasis added)

The initial OSCE findings tend to dispel the claim that a BUK missile system brought down the plane.

Evidently, inasmuch as the perforations are attributable to shelling, a shelling operation conducted from the ground could not have brought down an aircraft traveling above 30,000 feet.


Peter Haisenko’s study is corroborated by the Russian Ministry of Defense which pointed to a Ukrainian Su-25 jet in the flight corridor of the MH17, within proximity of the plane. (see air traffic data in 1. above)

5. The BBC Initial Report: Donesk Witnesses Confirm presence of  Military Aircraft

(This report was subsequently Suppressed by the BBC, the video on youtube was taken down)

Ironically, the presence of a military aircraft was also confirmed by a BBC  report conducted at the crash site on July 23.

All the eyewitnesses  interviewed by the BBC confirmed the presence of another military aircraft flying within proximity of Malaysian Airlines MH17 at the time that it was shot down: 

Eyewitness #1: There were two explosions in the air. And this is how it broke apart. And [the fragments] blew apart like this, to the sides. And when …

Eyewitness #2: … And there was another aircraft, a military one, beside it. Everybody saw it.

Eyewitness #1: Yes, yes. It was flying under it, because it could be seen. It was proceeding underneath, below the civilian one.

Eyewitness #3: There were sounds of an explosion. But they were in the sky. They came from the sky. Then this plane made a sharp turn-around like this. It changed its trajectory and headed in that direction [indicating the direction with her hands].

BBC Report below (suppressed)

The original BBC Video Report published by BBC Russian Service on July 23, 2014 was removed by the BBC.

In a bitter irony, The BBC was  censoring its own news productions.

This is the BBC Report, still available on Youtube

BELOW SCREENSHOT OF BC TV REPORT ENTITLED “AND THERE WAS ANOTHER AIRCRAFT” SUPPRESSED BY THE BBC

And there was Another Aircraft

The BBC’s Refutation Media Spin

Following the publication of its initial report and its suppression, the BBC quoting an official Ukraine statement  reported that:

The downed Malaysia Airlines jet in eastern Ukraine suffered an explosive loss of pressure after it was punctured by shrapnel from a missile.

They say the information came from the plane’s flight data recorders, which are being analysed by British experts.

However, it remains unclear who fired a missile, with pro-Russia rebels and Ukraine blaming each other.

 Screenshot of BBC Headline on July 28, 2014

 Media spin supported Washington’s accusations directed against Russia including the sanctions regime.

The BBC suppressed its own July 2014 report with a view to sustaining the official narrative.

About-turn at the BBC? Unlikely

Will the soon to be released BBC documentary contribute to refuting the official lies and fabrications? Namely refuting the earlier lies of the BBC.

The media descriptions suggest that the documentary will contain various innuendos and half-truths, which ultimately sustain the media lies. According to the BBC,

“Conspiracy theories swirl around many accidents, terror attacks or disasters. It’s not surprising, then, that a host of different claims surround the crash of Malaysian Airlines Flight MH17. There are theories about fighter jets and different types of missiles. So what really happened?

Will the BBC explain why it censored its own July 2014 TV reports, which had been published online and then carefully removed. 

Click Here to access an archive of 100 Global Research articles and reports on the downing of MH17. 

Support MH17 Truth: Machine Gun-Like Holes Indicate Shelling from a Military Aircraft. No Evidence of a Surface-to-Air Missile Attack. By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, March 08, 2016

See the detailed study of Peter Haisenko:

Revelations of German Pilot: Shocking Analysis of the “Shooting Down” of Malaysian MH17. “Aircraft Was Not Hit by a Missile” By Peter Haisenko, July 30, 2014

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Malaysian Airlines MH17 Brought Down by Ukrainian Military Aircraft. The BBC Refutes its Own Lies?

Video: 5G Wireless: A Dangerous ‘Experiment on Humanity’

February 16th, 2019 by Michele Greenstein

Scientists, environmental groups, doctors and citizens around the world are appealing to all governments to halt telecommunications companies’ deployment of 5G (fifth generation) wireless networks, which they call “an experiment on humanity and the environment that is defined as a crime under international law.”

Research has shown that wireless radiation can cause DNA damage, neuropsychiatric effects and other health problems.

RT America’s Michele Greenstein joins Rick Sanchez to discuss.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Serious Drawbacks in Ukraine’s Adopted ‘Church’ Bill

February 16th, 2019 by Marija Bogdanovic

On January 17, Ukraine’s Verkhovna Rada (parliament) passed the bill No. 4128 on new amendments regarding the subordination (denomination) of religious organizations and the procedure of state registration of religious organizations with the status of legal entities. The relevant law No. 2673-VIII was signed by President Poroshenko on January 28 and came into force on January 31, 2019.

Though the bill was designed to simplify the process of changing the religious subordination of a religious community, it actually introduces a new, more complicated scheme of registration and reregistration for religious organizations of all confessions including Protestants.

So, reregistration becomes not just a long-lasting process full of red tape but also is rather expensive. Thus, according to Art. 15 of the Law of Ukraine “On State Registration of Legal Entities, Individual Entrepreneurs and Public Organizations”, the signature of every community member must be authenticated by a notary.

Moreover, the law No. 2673-VIII requires to submit a new charter of a religious community along with the list of the Assembly participants, which is an unjustified state interference in the internal affairs of religious organizations and infringes believers’ right on confidentiality of their religious views envisaged in Art. 4 of the Law of Ukraine “On Freedom of Conscience and Religious Organizations”.

It’s worth noting that a request to submit the community members’ signatures contradicts European standards, for example Point 25 of the Guidelines on the Legal Personality of Religious or Belief Communities published in 2015 by the OSCE Office for Democratic Institutions and Human Rights (ODIHR):

Any procedure that provides religious or belief communities with access to legal personality status should not set burdensome requirements.68 Examples of burdensome requirements that are not justified under international law include, but are not limited to, the following: that the registration application be signed by all members of the religious organization and contain their full names, dates of birth and places of residence; that excessively detailed information be provided in the statute of the religious organization; that excessively high or unreasonable registration fees be paid; that the religious organization has an approved legal address; or that a religious association can only operate at the address identified in its registration documents. Such requirements would not appear to be necessary in a democratic society for the grounds enumerated in international human rights instruments. Also, religious or belief communities interested in obtaining legal personality status should not be confronted with unnecessary bureaucratic burdens or with lengthy or unpredictable waiting periods. Should the legal system for the acquisition of legal personality require certain registration-related documents, these documents should be issued by the authorities.

There is another unjustified burden for the religious activity of brotherhoods, missions, religious schools – they are required to submit documents confirming the right to own or use the property where they are registered. It is also impossible for newly formed religious communities to comply with the new demand (according to Art. 14 of the Law of Ukraine “On Freedom of Conscience and Religious Organizations”) to hand in a “properly authenticated copy of a document on the right of property or usage” since the community cannot obtain any property rights without becoming a legal entity first.

Another contradiction is that during reregistration, religious communities must produce “the original registration certificate of the religious organization’s charter” as such document is not determined by the Ukrainian legislation and cannot be issued or demanded.

As the adopted law No. 2673-VIII stipulates, one of the reasons for rejecting the documents for registration is “their non-compliance with the existing requirements”, but it is not stated by which acts these requirements are set. This enables the authorities to voluntary decide whether the submitted documents comply or not with the requirements and leads to corruption.

Moreover, according to the same law No. 2673-VIII, if the authorities decide to reject the registration documents without reviewing them or refuse to register the charter, they do not have to provide to the religious organization a written response with all remarks related to the papers and an explanation in what manner the legislation was not complied with.

Obviously, such an irresponsibility of the registration body paves the way for a biased revision of the submitted documents and increased corruption risks.

Shortly before the second reading in the Parliament, churches, religious and public organizations appealed to the deputies to correct the above-mentioned drawbacks but contrary to the Verkhovna Rada’s regulations, the lawmakers were not permitted to do so.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Marija Bogdanovic is founder and Executive Director of the Endowment for Public Awareness (EPA). 

Featured image is from UNIAN

Colonial media traffics in war lies as policy.  It advances anglo-zionist imperial projects of global war and poverty. Powerful interests benefit from global warfare as target countries are destroyed and domestic populations are impoverished. 

Vast flows of monies are transferred to the black hole of Pentagon spending – including trillions of “unaccounted for” dollars[1] — that should be spent productively, on sustainable Life-oriented economies rather than on Death-perpetuating diseconomies.

So, when BBC journalist Riam Dalati recently confirmed that the Douma hospital scene “was staged”[2], he was making an “admission against interest”, in the sense that his admission contradicts the colonial media storyline that “Assad was gassing his own people” again.

This admission should impact those who rely on colonial media war lies as their sources of disinformation.

The aftermath of the April 7, 2018 Douma false flag was consequential.  Shortly thereafter, the US, France, and the UK attacked Syria with over 100 terror missiles (BEFORE the OPCW had made an investigation) and the West’s ISIS proxies launched an attack from the Yarmouk camp, located 8 kilometers from the center of Damascus[3].

Fake atrocity stories have been a staple of war propagandists[4] throughout the Regime Change war on Syria, all with a view to falsely demonize the Syrian government and its President, and to serve as false “humanitarian” pretexts to commit Supreme International War Crimes.  Western agencies, including  White Helmet[5] terrorists, have played starring roles in these productions, and now the war propaganda transmission lines are openly fraying.

North Americans might now have an occasion to consider the years of real, primary source, independent evidence and investigations which have long since destroyed the cartoonish mainstream narratives, their fabricated “evidence”, and their humanitarian story lines.

Nothing about the West’s war on Syria is humanitarian, none of the atrocity stories against President Assad and his government withstand the scrutiny of independent investigations, and the totality of the war lies amount to criminal war propaganda just as the totality of the West’s crimes against Syria amount to Supreme International War Crimes.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017.

[1] Lee Camp, “The Pentagon Can’t Account for $21 Trillion (That’s Not a Typo)” Strategic Culture Foundation, 2 November, 2018.( https://www.strategic-culture.org/news/2018/11/02/pentagon-cant-account-for-21-trillion-thats-not-typo.html) Accessed 15 February, 2019.

[2] Tyler Durden, “BBC Producer’s Syria Bombshell: Douma ‘Gas Attack’ Footage “Was Staged’. Zero Hedge, 14 February, 2019.( https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-02-14/bbc-shocks-douma-gas-attack-scene-staged-producer-says-after-6-month-syria) Accessed 25 February, 2019.

[3] Mark Taliano, “Trump is Playing a “Dirty Game”? Report from Damascus at 4am at the Height of the Bombings.” Global Research, 14 April, 2018. (https://www.globalresearch.ca/trump-is-playing-a-dirty-game-report-from-damascus-at-4am-at-the-height-of-the-bombings/5636201) Accessed 15 February, 2019.

[4] Mark Taliano, “Mainstream War Propaganda. Embedded with the Terrorists.” Global Research, 22 February, 2018. (https://www.globalresearch.ca/mainstream-war-propaganda-embedded-with-the-terrorists/5629924) Accessed 15 February, 2019.

[5] Mark Taliano, “Video: Who Are the White Helmets? Fake News and Staged Rescues

Canada’s beloved ‘humanitarian heroes’, the White Helmets.” Global Research, 26 December, 2018. (https://www.globalresearch.ca/video-who-are-the-white-helmets-fake-news-and-staged-rescues/5663906) Accessed 15 February, 2019.


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

Mark Taliano combines years of research with on-the-ground observations to present an informed and well-documented analysis that refutes  the mainstream media narratives on Syria. 

Voices from Syria 

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-1-6

Author: Mark Taliano

Year: 2017

Pages: 128 (Expanded edition: 1 new chapter)

List Price: $17.95

Special Price: $9.95 

Click to order

South China Sea, the Geopolitical Pivot to Control Asia

February 16th, 2019 by Ulises Noyola Rodríguez

The decision of excluding China from the Rim of the Pacific Exercise (RIMPAC) evolved into tense diplomatic relations among the countries located in the South China Sea. Former Secretary of Defence, James Mattis, warned that the exclusion of China from the military exercise represents a first step to encounter a militarisation process supported by the Chinese government in the South China Sea, resulting in US government measures against Beijing.

The territorial disputes in the South China Sea could result in an armed conflict given its importance in three major settings: location, strategic resources, and military advantages. As for location, the cargo ships crossing the South China Sea carry one third of the world’s trade. With regard to strategic resources, there is a wide range of products such as oil and gas. Last but not least, the country controlling this maritime route will bear military advantages because it will hold access to Asia.

With a mutual defense treaty, the U.S military presence would be more relevant in the South China Sea through the support of the Philippine government. The military alliance between the two countries was reinforced four years ago after the signature of a defense agreement, which consists of the establishment of five military bases in the Philippines [1]. According to this agreement, the American military forces will carry out regular operations together with the Philippine troops to face any external threats.

south_china-sea_-_icds.ee_.gif

Source: icds.ee

Hence, military installations represent a threat to peace in Asia because American ships are constantly navigating around the South China Sea. The closeness of the Philippines to the South China Sea and their military bases would therefore allow the American fleet to have a permanent presence in Asia. This increasing presence would obviously entail the response of the Chinese government, which might protect its maritime boundaries with a deployment of troops.

It is worth remembering that the previous government took a case to a United Nations court to recognize its sovereignty over the Spratly islands, which were in turn also claimed by the Chinese government [2]. The UN tribunal ruled that the islands belong to the Philippines, but the Chinese government did not recognise this decision, arguing that the ruling was unconstitutional in accordance with international law. This decision was also considered unconstitutional by Chinese media, owing to the fact that the tribunal was not entitled to rule over the property of the islands [3]. The Chinese government made it clear that the court had no jurisdiction over the territorial sovereignty of China.

On the other hand, the Philippine government decision went against their compromise reached during the summits of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), looking to resolve the territorial disputes through negotiations with Chinese officials. Since the new Philippine government took office last year, not only did the president Rodrigo Duterte reject the UN decision, but he also refused Donald Trump’s recent offer to be a mediator in the territorial disputes in the South China Sea [4].

However, the new posture of Duterte’s government has not translated into a resolution of the territorial disputes with China in the negotiations between the two countries. Moreover, the Philippine president reaffirmed, during Trump’s trip to Asia, the commitment to carrying out the building of military bases last November. As a matter of fact, the building of the first military base has already begun in spite of the fact that the military agreement is unconstitutional for not having the Senate approval.

Likewise, the U.S military assistance to the Philippines has increased significantly for the last ten years. In this sense, it has increased by four times during the period 2011-2017 [5]. This destructive arsenal, which includes firearms and high-end equipment for air and maritime operations, was given to fight against terrorism and drug trafficking, according to the U.S embassy in the Philippines.

Yet, the war against terrorism and drug trafficking has provoked 12,000 deaths of Philippines during Duterte’s government [6]. Philippine police has been blamed by the population for committing several crimes against its people, pointing out responsibilities. Furthermore, the government has prosecuted activists, journalists and human rights defenders who dared to criticize the government’s strategy to eradicate terrorism and drug trafficking.

In addition, the president Duterte has not addressed the sources of violence caused by horrible living conditions in the Philippines where the poverty rate was over 25 % last year. In this scenario, child work is the symbol of unfair labor practices in many places such as plantations, mines, and factories where many children are undermining their professional future [7]. These practices surged as a result of American colonialism that has imposed brutal forms of exploitation on the majority of the population.

In this context of violence and extreme poverty, president Donald Trump said that the Rodrigo Duterte administration has done a “great job”, taking into account the complexity of problems in Philippines [8]. Therefore, the US has become supportive of this government, which needs military support to repress social movements. In return, the Philippine government would allow the US to stay in the South China Sea.

In doing so, the Philippine government will destabilize the “One Belt one Road” initiative proposed by Chinese president Xi Jinping [9]. According to the initiative, the starting point will be the Chinese city of Chongqing, then it will reach the South China Sea and the Indian Ocean and finally it will end in Africa and Europe. To finalize the infrastructure projects that hold the initiative, not only are Chinese representatives negotiating with Asian governments, but also they established dialogue forums in the ASEAN.

The maritime route has great geopolitical importance for Chinese infrastructure projects in Asia. On the one hand, Chinese products will be carried through transportation lines to be sold in European markets. Secondly, South Asian countries’ products (Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand and Vietnam, among other countries) will be brought to the coast of Asia. Ultimately, the route will link the China–Pakistan Economic Corridor to the Bangladesh-China-India-Myanmar Corridor, which will improve the standard of living of the majority of inhabitants.

Across the route, the Chinese government plans to make a significant investment to exploit maritime resources mainly through mariculture, to support transportation with the building of seaports and to bolster tourism by improving public services. These projects will benefit other important initiatives, for instance railways, industrial parks, and economic cooperation zones, which are related to the establishment of seaports, safe maritime routes, and the prevention of natural disasters.

Nonetheless, the most important barrier to carry out these projects has been the inability of Asian governments to resolve the territorial disputes in the South China Sea, a situation that has been aggravated by the actions of the Philippine government. It is now when the cooperation among Asian countries is necessary so that the US do not undermine the efforts to support productive integration in Asia.

 

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Alai.

Ulises Noyola Rodríguez is a collaborator of Global Research.

Notes

[1] Reuters, Philippines says U.S. military to upgrade bases, defense deal intact, January 26, 2018.

[2] BBC, South China Sea: Philippines and Beijing await court ruling, July 12, 2016.

[3] The Telegraph, South China Sea ruling: why the China-Philippines court case matters, July 12, 2016.

[4] Global Times, S.China Sea doesn’t need outside ‘help’, November 13, 2017.

[5] U.S Defense Department, Congressional Budget Justification, 2017.

[6] Human Rights Watch, Philippines’ Duterte Confesses to ‘Drug War’ Slaughter, September 18, 2018.

[7] International Labour Organisation, Child labour in the Philippines, 2016.

[8] Reuters, Philippines say Trump recognized ‘great job’ Duterte is doing, May 2, 2017.

[9] Xinhua, Vision for Maritime Cooperation under the Belt and Road Initiative, June 20, 2017.

US SOUTHCOM: Bolsonaro Barks for His Master

February 16th, 2019 by Marcelo Zero

Admiral Craig Faller announces an unprecedented joint military operation with Brazil to the US Senate Armed Services Committee. What does it mean for national sovereignty?

***

Brazil’s participation in US SOUTHCOM is part of a broader process that began with the coup of 2016. The aggression against our sovereignty is much more serious than we imagined. The reasons for this are as follows.

The projection of a country’s interests in the complex and competitive World scenario essentially occurs in two forms: foreign policy and defense policy.

Therefore, while the full projection of Brazil’s strategic interests in the international scenario depends on a consistent foreign policy, it has to be linked with a sound defense policy.

Undoubtedly, diplomatic persuasion should be the principal means of asserting national interests, especially those of peaceful nations such as Brazil. However, it must be acknowledged that such persuasion works most effectively when complemented by strategic deterrence.

As former Foreign Minister and Defense Minister Celso Amorim said a few years ago,

“The world’s seventh largest economy, a member of BRICS and the G-20, cannot have all the importance that Brazil has assumed and not to have a properly equipped military. The existence of trained armed forces strengthens diplomatic ability and minimizes the possibility of aggression, allowing defense policy to contribute to a foreign policy that is focused on peace and development.”

A country of Brazil’s geographic, demographic and economic dimensions can not do without an efficient defense policy. Even in the context of a peaceful region such as South America, Brazil, with its abundant strategic resources (fresh water, biodiversity, land, pre-salt petroleum reserves, etc.) and its recent international geopolitical projection, arouses jealousies and rivalries which must be neutralized.

Foreign policy and defense policy are complementary policies. Both project the kind of country it wants to be on the world stage. But what type of nation to these policies project today?

Since the 2016 coup, both the foreign policy and the defense policy that have been outlined, which are now consolidating and deepening with Bolsonaro, project a smaller, fragile country which submits itself to the US’ orbit of geopolitical and geostrategic interests. Essentially, we are being transformed into a giant Puerto Rico.

The setbacks in foreign policy have become quite clear. While anxiously seeking uncritical alignment with the United States and its allies such as Israel, all previous successful strands of foreign policy that dramatically increased our international prominence, such as that of Mercosur and regional integration, South-South cooperation, integration with BRICS, strategic partnerships with emerging countries, investment in Arab and African countries, emphasis on multilateralism and the generation of a multi-polar world, etc, have gone out the window.

But these setbacks are also happening in defense policy in a somewhat more discreet and less noticeable manner. They have been underway since the coup in 2016, but now they have acquired greater speed and depth with a new government that openly salutes the United States.

In the PT governments, an attempt was made to articulate and “active and haughty” foreign policy, which projected an independent and strong country onto the world stage, with a consistent defense policy that aimed to create full strategic deterrence and actively contribute to Brazil’s economic and technological development.

Thus, in 2005, the new National Defense Policy (PDN) was launched, which gave special emphasis to training in the production of materials and equipment with high added value in technology, with a view to reducing the country’s external dependence in this strategic area. In addition, a number of strategic projects such as the nuclear submarine and the new fighter jets were created or strengthened to promote strategic deterrence in all scenarios.

In turn, the National Defense Strategy (NDT), launched in 2008, established the “revitalization of the defense material industry” as one of the three pillars for national defense, alongside the reorganization of the Armed Forces and its composition policy. In this way, the Strategy affirmed the inseparable link between defense and development. The BITD (Industrial Defense Base) came to be seen as a driver of technological innovations, with civil applications. It also stimulated independent technological development, especially in the nuclear, cybernetic and space sectors.

The National Defense Policy and the National Defense Strategy complemented the independent foreign policy of that time, both with regard to obtaining adequate armaments and promoting strategic deterrence, as well as stimulating autonomous economic and technological development. Foreign policy and defense policy therefore pointed to the same direction: the construction of an independent nation with its own geopolitical and geostrategic interests.

Now, the defense policy, in tandem with the Bolsonaro’s poor foreign policy clearly illustrates the country’s weakening and deepening of its economic, political and technological dependence.

The first major blow against the previous defense policy was struck in 2016. Constitutional Amendment No. 95 of 2016, which froze primary expenditures for a long period of 20 years, meant an inevitable economic constraint on the pursuit of strategic deterrence and the development of a significant industrial defense base.

In all projected simulations, defense investments are expected to suffer brutal contractions, since the new mandatory constitutional expenses are expected to increase substantially in the coming years due to population growth. Even assuming that defense spending does not suffer a nominal contraction during this period, a highly improbable hypothesis, its mere freezing will imply (assuming that Brazil returns to a 2.5% annual growth rate) a substantial decrease in spending as a percentage of GDP. Even with this average growth rate it will fall from 1.4% of the GDP in 2014 to 0.85% of the GDP in 2036.

In addition to the damage that Constitutional Amendment No. 95 of 2016 will inevitably cause to the National Defense Strategy, it is also necessary to analyze how the Lava Jato investigation has caused considerable losses to the Industrial Defense Base. In fact, all the companies that have been paralyzed and fragilized by Lava Jato play a crucial role in this Strategy and in the Industrial Base, since the companies investigated are strongly present in all of the major projects in the area.

We have no doubt that the combination of Lava Jato, which is weakening the business arm of the National Defense Strategy, with Constitutional Amendment No. 95, of 2016, which will drastically reduce state investment in this area, could make Brazil return to its role in the 90s, when the emphasis given by neoliberalism was on the country’s disarmament.

In addition to these economic factors, it is important to mention that the US Army participated, at the invitation of the Brazilian government, in a joint military exercise in November 2017 on the triple Amazon border between Brazil, Peru and Colombia. This fact reveals a troubling political decision for national sovereignty, in the field of defense and the defense industry.

It was one of the most unprecedented and bizarre decisions in Brazil’s recent military history. Before the coup, our country had been investing in the sovereign management of the Amazon in partnerships with South American countries that were established in regional cooperation mechanisms, particularly those of UNASUR and those of the Amazon Cooperation Treaty Organization (ACTO). Thus, this invitation to a foreign superpower which is not part of the Amazon Basin, represented a point outside the curve, in relation to national sovereignty in one of Brazil’s most strategic regions.

These exercises have come in the wake of a series of bilateral initiatives that are part of a post-coup government strategy for subaltern re-approximation with the United States, in both foreign policy and in defense policy.

Within this framework, the Brazilian Ministry of Defense and the US Department of Defense signed the Master Information Exchange Agreement for Research and Development (MIEA). With this decision, post-coup governments will now invest in cooperation with the US as a way of “developing” our defense industry. In practice, this means giving up real autonomy in the fields of industrial and technological development for national defense.

Apparently, sectors of the Armed Forces have renounced the relatively autonomous technological development provided for in the National Defense Strategy, and are now mistakenly betting on a restructured relationship of dependency with the US.

One sign of this is the new renegotiation of the notorious Alcântara Agreement, which would impede the development of our satellite launching program and replace it with an American military base, establishing a new dependancy on the US.

Boeing’s purchase of Embraer, in light of the dual civilian and military use of aeronautical technology, will also jeopardize important military projects, as well as prevent autonomous technological development in a sensitive and strategic field.

All of these setbacks which began in 2016, are now clearly deepening with the Bolsonaro government.

The offer for building a US military base on Brazilian territory, announced by Bolsonaro himself, though temporarily denied by Vice President General Hamilton Mourão, would equate us with countries like Honduras, which has transformed into a mere US satellite.

Brazil’s participation in the bellicose and dangerous US plan to destabilize the Venezuelan government is another indicator of a subservience that directly opposes the interests of our country in the region, which would be much better served by a negotiation strategy that preserves regional integration and peace on the continent.

Now a new announcement has buried the hopes of everyone who was still betting on the preservation of Brazilian sovereignty.

On February 7, Admiral Craig Faller, head of the United States Southern Command (SOUTHCOM), announced to the US Senate Armed Services Committee that Brazil will participate in its SPMAGTF (Special Purpose Marine Air-Ground Task Force) and will lead the multinational naval exercise UNITAS AMPHIB. This means that our country will actively and directly engage in US-led military operations. That is, Brazil will voluntarily place itself in a position of military subordination to US actions in our region.

In addition, Admiral Faller also announced that Brazil will send a general to serve as Deputy Commander for SOUTHCOM. These are very grave announcements.

The United States is strongly committed to fighting the influence of China and Russia in our region and identifies countries as Venezuela, Nicaragua and Cuba as allies of these “enemies”, who must be fought hard.

Therefore, SOUTHCOM will be used offensively in Latin America to meet this North American geopolitical goal. It is not a question, as the panglossians may imagine, of mere training exercises for humanitarian purposes, but also of military actions aimed at destabilizing regional governments and establishing dependency ties with the armed forces of allied countries.

The US will not aim to put its boots on the ground in these operations, but will encourage the involvement of troops from countries like Brazil and Colombia. They want us to do the dirty work.

There is also a clear goal of ensuring privileged access to our region’s strategic natural resources. It does not appear to be a mere coincidence that the US Fourth Fleet was reestablished after 58 years, precisely in 2008, shortly after Brazil announced the discovery of the pre-salt offshore petroleum deposits, which transformed it into the nation with the world’s 3rd largest petroleum reserves.

The fact is that ever since Brazil established the South Atlantic Peace and Cooperation Zone (ZOPACAS), through UN Resolution 41/11 of October 27, 1986, the United States has been trying to oppose Brazil’s projection into the Atlantic. Therefore in 2008, the same year they recreated the Fourth Fleet, the US also created the African Command (USAFRICOM), with the clear intention of opposing the projection of Sino-Brazilian interests into that continent.

In 2010, both the Pentagon and NATO pressured the Brazilian government to support the extension of NATO’s jurisdiction into the South Atlantic. However, the government of that time vigorously voiced Brazilian opposition to the US and NATO. Defense Minister Nélson Jobim said he considered the “security issues of the two halves of the ocean” to be distinct, and that after the Cold War, NATO had “become an instrument of its exponential member, the US, and of the European allies”. Those were good times.

Now, with this embarrassing decision, Brazil loses its own geostrategic projection into the South Atlantic and the Blue Amazon, where the pre-salt is located.

Note that a few years ago the US Navy began conducting multinational exercises with NATO and African member countries to patrol maneuvers in the Gulf of Guinea where the African pre-salt reserves are located.

All of these measures and actions converge into one scenario: the economic and institutional bases of our Defense Policy and National Defense Strategy are being undermined, and political decisions are being made that place our armed forces as subordinate, US proxies.
These political decisions on defense, coupled with a foreign policy of geopolitical subordination to the United States, which pleases the former army captain who saluted John Bolton and his Nights Templar-obsessed Foreign Chancellor is transforming us into an unfortunate dog of the US Empire.

The destruction of the Industrial Defense Base and the economic constraints on investments in National Defense, which will be aggravated by the focus on ultra-liberalism, will lead to disarmament, weakening of major strategic projects, technological dependence and the absorption of obsolete US military equipment.

As this happens, we will not just be a dog. We will be a toothless mutt, barking at the our master’s enemies.

The South Atlantic will now be dominated by NATO.

This article was originally published by Brazil Wire

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Stars and Stripes

In a spectacular display of solidarity and strength, envoys from such distant capitals as Beijing and Havana, Moscow and Tehran, Pyongyang and Caracas, Damascus and Managua and numerous other states stood together, side by side, in front of the United Nations Security Council, declaring their determination to protect the UN Charter and International Law, and holding sacrosanct the sovereignty and inviolability of each member state.

All these present, and approximately 50 more aligned, are states whose combined populations comprise more than half the people of the world, and all have been victimized and pauperized by the predations of neoliberal capitalist states bleeding the wealth of their peoples.

As Venezuelan Foreign Minister Jorge Arreaza read out their new statement, declaring the illegality of unilateral coercive economic sanctions, and territorial invasions, it became obvious that the power of this new solidarity, which includes China, Russia, Cuba, DPRK, Syria, Iran, Palestine, Nicaragua, Venezuela, etc. constitutes a formidable force which Western capitalism will antagonize at its own peril. This is a long overdue counterforce to Western domination of the United Nations, a domination based on money, on the large payments enabling the US and other capitalist powers to bribe, threaten and otherwise control the direction of the UN, and distort and destroy the independence, impartiality and integrity which the UN requires in order to maintain its legitimacy, and implement the sustained global peace and justice for which Franklin Delano Roosevelt created it.

Ambassadors at the UN

Since the collapse of the USSR it has become blatantly clear at the UN (and virtually everywhere else) that money talks – indeed money shrieks . It therefore now seems obvious that the combined UN dues of these newly affiliated nations probably exceeds the contributions of the United States to the United Nations, and, if skillfully managed, this new organization of hitherto ravaged states will now have the power to threaten to withhold their combined dues, threatening a strike would could paralyze the United Nations unless their own interests, and not solely the interest of the United States and Saudi Arabia, are respected, and their own voices honored. There is incessant talk of the need for reform of the United Nations. It is probable that this new organization within the UN is the reform that is necessary – indeed inevitable.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Carla Stea is Global Research’s correspondent at United Nations Headquarters, New York, N.Y.

  • Posted in English, Mobile
  • Comments Off on Hands Off Venezuela: Historic Stance at the United Nations against US Imperialism

Yemen is the world’s largest humanitarian crisis. In 2018, an estimated 22.2 million people – 75 percent of the population were in need of humanitarian assistance. A total of 17.8 million people were food insecure and 8.4 million people did not know how to obtain their next meal. Conflict, protracted displacement, disease and deprivation continued to inflict suffering on the country’s population. Disruption to commercial imports, inflation, lack of salary payments to civil servants and rising prices of basic commodities exacerbated people’s vulnerability. Despite a difficult operating environment, throughout the year, 254 international and national partners actively coordinated to assist people with the most acute needs in priority districts across Yemen’s 22 governorates. Together they assisted over 7.9 million people monthly with some form of humanitarian assistance. – UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, February 7, 2019

That sanitized United Nations assessment above, horrific as it is in its abstract body-counting way, only begins to describe the terrible reality that foreign countries have inflicted on the poorest country in the region.

A starker reality is that the US has aided and abetted a criminal, genocidal war against Yemen, mostly carried out by Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and several allies. From the beginning, this war has been a nexus of war crimes that included using cluster bombs on civilian targets, such as weddings, funerals, hospitals, and schools. The US was involved from the start in selecting those and other targets. The US provided intelligence, maintenance, mid-air refueling, and support for a naval blockade (an act of war) that helped starve a country that has always needed to import food to survive.

There has never been any justification for the US to unleash this carnage on Yemen. In 2014-2015, the native Houthis won a civil war and regained control of that part of Yemen they had previously controlled for hundreds of years. The internationally-imposed “legitimate” government fled to Saudi Arabia. Further Houthi expansion was limited by a variety of forces that included government loyalists, al Qaeda and ISIS enclaves, independent militias, and tribal resistance. Yemen might have been left to sort itself out (the Houthis did eliminate al Qaeda and ISIS from their area of control). In 2015, Yemen posed no serious threat to anyone other than itself.

But the Saudis were sulking, not only because they lost their puppet government in Yemen, but more so because the US was actually treating Iran as a sovereign nation capable of behaving responsibly under the proper circumstances. The US was joining in the multilateral agreement that has so far halted Iran’s development of nuclear weapons.

So when Saudi crown prince Mohammed bin Salman (MBS) floated the idea of low-risk bombing of helpless people, the Obama administration collectively shrugged and said in effect: sure, why not, and we’ll even help you commit the international crime of waging aggressive war against a neighboring country in the midst of a civil war. And that’s what the US did. And that’s what the US is still doing. And the US thinks so little of its criminal bloodletting that the president doesn’t even mention it in his state of the union address, and most of Congress and the media and the public have no strong objection to a permanent state of war criminality. Well, 30 former Obama officials last fall said Trump should end all US support for the Saudi war on Yemen, without seriously taking responsibility for their own actions that could put them in a war crimes dock (if such a thing is still imaginable):

The statement by the former senior officials attempts to acknowledge that America’s participation in the war — providing intelligence, refueling, and logistical assistance to the Saudi-led coalition — was now clearly a mistake, given the coalition’s failure to limit its myriad violations and end the war. But they justify the Obama administration’s initial decision to support the war as based on “a legitimate threat posed by missiles on the Saudi border and the Houthi overthrow of the Yemeni government, with support from Iran.”

Iran’s involvement in Yemen has always been largely imaginary, and still is. But the Trump administration sees Iranian ghosties and ghoulies everywhere, without ever managing to demonstrate that they actually exist. Unfortunately for the Houthis, they are Shiite Muslims of their own sect – Zaydi – who have been targeted by Saudi Wahhabism for the past 40 years. Imagining Iran was just an excuse for the Saudis to continue their religious war by other means. In 2015, Iran “supported” the Houthis minimally, mostly diplomatically and politically. There has been no evidence that Iranian involvement has exceeded the scale described by Robert Worth, longtime reporter on Yemen, in the current New York Review:

Houthis have also benefitted – militarily at least – from their alliance with Iran and Hezbollah, which have provided training on infantry tactics, anti-tank fighting, mine-laying, and anti-ship attacks in the Red Sea. Iran has provided ballistic missiles that the Houthis have fired across the border into Saudi Arabia

That’s the whole load of Iranian “support” as iterated by Worth, who is no Houthi apologist. He gives no timeframe nor any measure of the extent of this support. Everything he lists is arguably defensive, including the missiles if they followed the Saudi bombing. But the Iranian strawman is rigidly fixed in the minds of US officials and media reporters, even Worth, who ignores his own later evidence and reflexively writes: “Huge obstacles to peace remain, above all the Houthis’ military alliance with Iran, which is what led the Saudis to launch the war in the first place.” So at least he acknowledges the Saudis waging aggressive war and even uses an apt Nazi reference to describe the Saudi mindset: “They consider the Houthis an Iranian dagger aimed at their heart.”

Southern Yemen is subject to something much more like a real Nazi occupation. Some uncertain amount of southern Yemen, including Aden, is titularly under the control of the “official” Yemeni government. The same area and beyond is more effectively under the control of the UAE military, whose shock troops include thousands of child soldiers from Somalia. The UAE works closely with US advisors on the ground. The UAE is reliably reported to run black sites, a network of secret prisons where they torture and kill prisoners at will. The US military officially testified to the Senate Armed Services Committee on February 5 that the US has not observed such activities. The official US see-no-evil written statement on Yemen and the rest of the region is predictably optimistic and opaque.

Senator Elizabeth Warren questioned the US regional commander, Gen. Joseph L. Votel about UAE prisoner abuses reported by the United Nations, the Associated Press, Human Rights Watch, and Amnesty International. The general’s response was one of official ignorance or deniability: “I think what I’m saying to you is that we have no observations of our own – our people that have actually seen this…. I have not reached any kind of conclusion that they are conducting these activities….” By omission, the general made clear that the US has made no effort to determine the truth. This is the first rule of any cover-up: “I don’t want to know and you don’t want to know.” (Votel was equally oblivious to reports that Saudi and UAE military were illegally transferring US arms to militias and other third parties in Yemen.)

“Turning a blind eye is not acceptable,” was Warren’s response. Earlier in the hearing, following up on the US support for Saudi bombing missions, Warren said:

I’m asking you questions about the details of the help we give the Saudis because they continue to conduct bombing runs. They continue to perpetuate one of the worst man-made humanitarian disasters of the modern era. During this civil war, more than 85,000 children under the age of 5 have starved to death, and tens of thousands of civilians have been killed.This military engagement is not authorized. We need to end U.S. support for this war now.

If this is the first time you’re learning about a US senator and presidential candidatepublicly calling for the end of US involvement in the illegal war on Yemen, what does that tell you about American media and politics?

Meanwhile, the December ceasefire brokered by the UN continues to hold shakily, without significant US support, and the civilian death toll from hunger and disease mounts.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Creative Commons/Felton Davis

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Senator Warren Calls for End of US Support of War Crimes in Yemen
  • Tags: ,

‘Progressive’ Trudeau Government Attacks Venezuela

February 16th, 2019 by John Clarke

Anyone who still entertains any illusions in the ‘progressive’ nature of the Trudeau Government of Canada, would have been shocked to witness the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Chrystia Freeland, assembling a collection of regional representatives of the Washington Consensus in Ottawa, on February 4, to further the coup plot against Venezuela.  The so called Lima Group that she brought together dutifully issued a statement calling for the “national armed forces of Venezuela to demonstrate their loyalty to the interim president in his constitutional functions as their commander in chief.” 

Despite the progressive pretensions of the Liberal Government in Ottawa and the ill deserved reputation that Canada has for ‘peacekeeping’ and for being a moderating influence in international affairs, the present course under Trudeau and Freeland is quite consistent with the Country’s role as the other G7 power in North America, a global exploiter in its own right.

Canadian Imperialism

In truth, when Freeland adopts the tone of US Manifest Destiny and speaks of Latin America and the Caribbean as Canada’s ‘neighbourhood,’ she is only being a little more public than others might be about a perspective that dominates the thinking and behaviour of Canadian government and Big Business.  The rapacity of Canadian mining operations in Latin America is without rival. The promotion of business interests has led to major Canadian involvement in the suppression of democratic rights and the imposition and preservation of compliant right wing regimes. Canada was heavily involved in the 2004 coup that overthrew the democratically elected Aristide Government in Haiti and the horrors that followed this. A similar pattern exists with regard to the suppression of democracy in Honduras. Canadian Government leaders express fake outrage over the supposed denial of democratic rights in Venezuela even as they maintain a stoney silence on continuing repression in Honduras.

When it comes to Venezuela, the official line of the Canadian Government is that efforts to destabilise the Government of that Country only began with Maduro’s call for a Constituent Assembly in July 2017. This, however, is a complete falsehood as an article by Yves Engler amply demonstrates. Links to right wing opposition forces go back to at least 2005 and “Canada is the third most important provider of democracy assistance,” as support for those working to return Venezuela to a place within the Washington Consensus is ironically described.  However, during the past eighteen months, the orchestrated economic problems in Venezuela, the belligerence of the Trump Administration and the right wing tide in much of the region have created a much greater resolve in Canadian ruling circles to intensify the attack on the Maduro Government and to try to open the Country to unbridled plunder and exploitation.

Canada Takes Leading Attack Role

When Washington’s carefully groomed and well trained puppet, Juan Guaido, staked his claim to the role of ‘interim president,’ the Trudeau Liberals in Ottawa were as ready as the Trump Administration in Washington to play their part. Canadian diplomats worked to unify the opposition forces, to line up as much international backing for their appointed stooge and leading Canadian politicians did all they could to present Guaido’s blatant violation of the Venezuelan Constitution as a legitimate quest for  the ‘restoration of democracy.’

The most important role of Canada, however, lies in the fact that it’s track record of exploitation and domination in Latin America, while considerable in its own right, is not as massive or infamous as the conduct of US imperialism in its self declared ‘backyard.’ The Canadian Government was, therefore, less compromised and better placed to co-ordinate the key role of compliant, right wing regional regimes.  The Lima Group was formed in 2017, with Canada playing a leading role and the US staying out of the affair. It brought together the governments of those Latin American and Caribbean countries that were ready to openly attack Venezuela to an extent that the Organisation of American States (OAS) could not be won over to.  Foreign Affairs Minister Freeland has played a tireless role in trying to recruit new  members to her nasty little club.

When Freeland assembled the representatives of the governments of Canada, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Guyana, Honduras, Panama, Paraguay, Peru and Saint Lucia in Ottawa on February 4, she worked to craft an artful final statement that would avoid any call for direct military intervention from outside Venezuela while working to strengthen internal opposition and maximise the possibility of the military changing sides. As stated at the outset, a direct call to the military was featured in the statement. News reports show how this is now being followed with a strategy designed to draw sections of the Army into conflict with the Maduro Government.  Two days after the Lima Group meeting, a provocative ‘humanitarian aid convoy’ approached the Columbian Venezuelan border where it was blocked by troops. “The main goal now is to look to break the military – and the humanitarian aid is basically the Trojan horse to try to do that,” observed one commentator, aware of the effort to generate tensions between Maduro and the military leadership.

Regime Change Plan Proceeds

As the unholy alliance of imperialist powers and compliant regimes deepens the attack on Venezuela, the Trudeau Government can be expected to play a leading and despicable role in the affair. Within Canada, there is opposition. Some elected members of the social democratic New Democratic Party (NDP) have expressed a level of criticism of the Liberal Government’s conduct. The top leadership of the Party, however, has played a sad role. As I write this, the NDP Foreign Affairs Critic, Helene Laverdiere, has openly supported Washington’s puppet president and claimed she speaks for the parliamentary party. NDP leader, Jagmeet Singh, continues to take the less than impressive public position that he doesn’t know who the rightful President of Venezuela is. Trade union support for the people of Venezuela and their struggle in the face of threat is significant in Canada and the media is furiously attacking trade unions that show such support. There have been protests in solidarity with Venezuela and the meeting of the Lima Group itself in Ottawa was directly confronted by protesters.

Chrystia Freeland and the Trudeau Liberal Government are part of a systematic effort to ensure that the same agenda of austerity, privatisation and environmental despoilation that has made gains in other Latin American countries is imposed without pity on Venezuela. Yet, resistance to the role of super exploited powerlessness has a long history south of the Rio Grande. Masses of people in Venezeula know that the ‘democracy’ the Trump Administration wants for them is too horrible to submit to. They know that the battle cry for freedom and democracy in their part of the world is ‘Yankee Go Home!’ They are also learning to their cost that the Ugly Canadian needs to be driven off at the same time.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

John Clarke became an organiser with the Ontario Coalition Against Poverty when it was formed in 1990 and has been involved in mobilising poor communities under attack ever since.

Featured image is from CTV News

It may rank as one of the great ironies in humanity’s lifespan that, as our highly educated first world leads the assault on global environments, it is the “backward” indigenous people attempting to curb those attacks. These remarkable occurrences are unfolding across the world, as so-called civilized societies step up their efforts to extract resources which is destroying planetary ecosystems, and resulting in what is now our world’s sixth mass extinction.

Over thousands of years, native inhabitants have resided in the sprawling rainforests of South America, the bush and deserts of Australia, the open plains of Africa and North America. Indigenous communities, who comprise 5% of the earth’s human population, are inextricably tied to the lands embedded in their souls. This ancient history forges an indelible bond to the territories that are their home, so it is only natural they should wilfully fight in maintaining what is rightfully theirs.

The association that native peoples hold to their surrounding environment has been that of a sustainable one, based on understanding and respect – while the unfeasible exploitation of riches, rampant elsewhere, is an alien and distasteful phenomenon.

Hunting and fishing habits of indigenous societies are deliberately placed in restricted bounds, thereby allowing stocks within their realm to stay at maintainable levels; unlike mass commercial fishing for instance, which has devastated fish species around the world. By 2017, almost 90% of the earth’s fish stocks were either “fully exploited or over-fished”.

As wealthy nations march towards disaster through institutionalized, profit-driven strategies, native inhabitants have remained, if undisturbed, as they have been for millenia. Indigenous folk even tolerate and in some cases worship our planet’s iconic predators, such as the wolf and eagle of the Himalayas, the jaguar and anaconda of South America, and so on.

Should native populaces be forcibly removed from their respective regions, or the areas desecrated by outside influence, reason of existence is shattered and disintegration follows. The remote tribes of Amazonian Ecuador, like the Waorani people, have a saying that, “The rivers and trees are our life”.

The Waorani are threatened by oil exploration and the poisonous chemicals that it spreads. This habitat destruction infringes on the territory of Ecuador’s native communities, who have formed stoic gatherings to protest these policies, along with other harmful practices like mining. The Waorani have vowed to fight and if needs be die where they stand. For many, especially of the older generations, it is better to be killed in their birthplace rather than be driven out and scattered into the modern world.

Similar viewpoints would seem strange to much of the remainder of humanity which, as the years flick by, are implanted in great concrete landscapes. Today about 55% of the globe’s human population live in a city domain or urban area, and that figure is expected to rise above 66% by 2050.

Mankind’s growing detachment from nature and the devastation of earthly environments are having enormous impacts. The present extinction rate rivals the fifth great loss of life 66 million years ago, when an asteroid crashed into southern Mexico resulting in apocalyptic worldwide scenes and the ensuing fall of dinosaurs.

Meanwhile, those such as the Native Americans were almost eradicated in the generations after Christopher Columbus “discovered” the continent in 1492. By the time Columbus arrived, there were already 90 million or more native inhabitants living throughout the Americas stretching back centuries.

Columbus himself, who was a colonialist and slave trader, led the way with genocide of the tribal peoples. By 1650 around 95% of the indigenous population of Latin America had been wiped out, as a result of large-scale killings and infectious diseases carried by the colonial settlers.

Following English Captain James Cook’s appearance on the Australian east coast in August 1770, there was an estimated total of more than 500,000 Aborigines living in the country. Aboriginal roots in Australia trace tens of thousands of years into history.
Captain Cook, who was killed in Hawaii during spring 1779, was not responsible for what followed – but by the year 1900, Aborginal numbers in Australia had been decimated by over 90% to less than 50,000, mostly due to death from foreign-introduced maladies. Thousands of Aborigines were also murdered by British troops and settlers, systematically displacing the natives from their lands and claiming it for themselves.

In more recent times, indigenous groups in Australia have been protesting against ongoing oil and mining ventures, while also highlighting their long history of persecution.

Currently unfolding on the other side of the world in Canada are sustained actions, by First Nations groups, to prevent a multi-billion dollar gas pipeline from running through northern British Columbia. One member, Jennifer Wickham of the Wet’suwet’en community, said that,

“The goal has always been the same for Canada and indigenous people: it’s to remove us from our land and have access to the resources”.

Similar circumstances have played out elsewhere in Canada, and also in the United States. Remnants of America’s indigenous societies have protested the erection of oil pipelines, like Keystone XL, from infringing on their territories and sucking the area dry of its natural substances.

These policies continue despite climate change deteriorating at an alarming rate, with world carbon emissions at an unprecedented high. The ceaseless plunder and burning of fossil fuels surely cannot last into the future, should humans wish the globe to remain habitable as a whole.

Mainly responsible for the environmental devastation are indeed those wealthy, first world countries like Canada and the US, or rather their ruling elites – whose systems of governance have been usurped by massive corporate and vested interests, increasingly entwined in the state over the past couple of generations.

Crucially, there is little separation between private power and that of the state, so government strategies are engineered to benefit sectors of privilege and influence. The American president Donald Trump is a mega-rich corporate businessman stretching back decades, akin to his father before him, real estate developer Fred Trump.

As president, Trump has sought particularly harmful initiatives to further enrich his base. The US leader’s assaults on the environment, since almost the first day of entering office, will continue unchecked as his administration pursues a scheme designed to maximize profits.

One need look at some of the figures constituting Trump’s cabinet, like major investment bankers Steven Mnunchin and Wilbur Ross, while Sonny Perdue, the US Secretary of Agriculture, is a noted climate change skeptic.

Trump’s attitude towards global warming is that he believes it is occurring, but says “I don’t want to be put at a disadvantage” by tackling it. His actions are in fact speeding the race to calamity, with America’s carbon emissions having risen by over 3% in 2018, the biggest increase in eight years. As America is the planet’s second largest greenhouse gas emitter (behind China), and per capita the greatest, these results are having serious repercussions.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Shane Quinn obtained an honors journalism degree. He is interested in writing primarily on foreign affairs, having been inspired by authors like Noam Chomsky. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Indigenous American

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Indigenous Communities Halting Humanity’s Race to Disaster

On February 14, the Syrian Arab Army (SAA) ambushed an ISIS unit in the Damascus desert killing several terrorists. SAA troops also capturing a large number of weapons and equipment, including a Konkurs anti-tank guided missile launcher, several RPG-7 launchers, several machine guns, mortars, a satellite communication system and two vehicles.

According to SAA sources the ISIS unit was likely attempting to sneak these weapons and equipment to ISIS cells operating near the area of al-Tanf.

In northern Hama and southern Idlib, the SAA repelled several infiltration attempts by the Turkistan Islamic Party (TIP) and Hayat Tahrir al-Sham. The both radical groups have recently expanded their influence within the Idlib demilitarized zone, which has been demilitarized only by its name so far.

According to local sources, the Russian Military Police and the Turkish Armed Forces started conducting joint patrols north of Manbij, on the contact line between areas controlled by Turkey-led forces and the Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF). Earlier in 2019, the Russians established a field base in just a few kilometers southwest of Manbij.

It is interesting to note that the first patrol reportedly took place on February 14 when Turkish, Iranian and Russian leaders gathered in the Russian city of Sochi to hold a meeting on the situation in Syria.

The sides discussed a wide range of related topics, including the withdrawal of US forces, the return of refugees, the so-called Kurdish issue, the Idlib de-escalation zone and a political settlement in post-war Syria. The sides assured a constructive format of their negotiations and reaffirmed commitment to the political solution of the conflict. However, there are some unsettled contradictions.

The future of Kurdish armed groups, which are considered by Turkey as terrorist organizations, is one of the sensitive points. Ankara de-facto insists that a military option has to be employed to neutralize them while Tehran and Moscow are ready to integrate their representatives into the political format if they recognize the Damascus government. In Idlib the situation is different. In this area, Turkey is in fact opposing military measures, which  should be employed towards Hayat Tahrir al-Sham and other al-Qaeda-like terrorist groups because this will mean de-facto defeat of the so-called opposition in this area.

According to the final statement of the Sochi summit, another round of talks in Syria will be held in April. If the sides find no compromise and US forces do not start their withdrawal by that moment, there will be little pre-conditions for a further de-escalation of the conflict.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

If you’re able, and if you like our content and approach, please support the project. Our work wouldn’t be possible without your help: PayPal: [email protected] or via: http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: Army Ambushes ISIS Terrorists, Seizes Loads of Weapons

Is Democracy Consistent with Islam?

February 16th, 2019 by Nauman Sadiq

Most people are under the impression that democracy and Islam are somehow incompatible. However, I don’t see any contradiction between democracy and Islam, as such. Although, I admit, there is some friction between Islam and liberalism.

When we say there is a contradiction between Islam and democracy, we make a category mistake which is a serious logical fallacy. There is a fundamental difference between democracy and liberalism. Democracy falls in the category of politics and governance, whereas liberalism falls in the category of culture. We must be precise about the definitions of terms that we employ in political science.

Democracy is simply a representative political system that ensures representation, accountability and the right of electorate to vote governments in and to vote governments out. In this sense, when we use the term democracy, we mean a multi-party, representative political system that confers legitimacy upon a government which comes to power through an election process which is a contest between more than one political parties in order to ensure that it is voluntary. Thus, democracy is nothing more than a multi-party, representative political system.

Some normative scientists, however, get carried away in their enthusiasm and ascribe meanings to technical terminology which are quite subjective and fallacious. Some will use the adjective liberal to describe the essence of democracy as liberal democracy while others will arbitrarily call it informed or enlightened democracy. In my opinion, the only correct adjective that can be used to describe the essence of democracy is representative democracy.

After settling on theoretical aspect, let us now apply these concepts to the reality of practical world, and particularly to the phenomena of nascent democratic movements of the Arab Spring. It’s a fact that the ground realities of the Arab and Islamic worlds fall well short of the ideal liberal democratic model of the developed Western world.

However, there is a lot to be optimistic about. When the Arab Spring revolutions occurred in Tunisia, Egypt, Bahrain and Yemen, and before the Arab Spring turned into an abysmal winter in Libya and Syria, some utopian dreamers were not too hopeful about the outcome of those movements.

Unlike the socialist revolutions of 1960s and 1970s, when the visionaries of yore used to have a magic wand of bringing about a fundamental structural change that would culminate into equitable distribution of wealth overnight, the neoliberal democratic movements of the present times are merely a step in the right direction that will usher the Arab and Islamic worlds into an era of relative peace and progress.

The Arab Spring movements are not led by the likes of Gamal Abdel Nasser, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, Jawahar Lal Nehru and other such charismatic messiahs that socialist thinkers are so fond of. But these revolutions are the grassroots movements of a society in transition from an abject stagnant state toward a dynamic and representative future.

Let us be clear about one thing first and foremost: any government – whether democratic or autocratic – would follow the same economic model under the contemporary global political and economic dispensation. It’s a growth-based neoliberal model as opposed to an equality-based socialist model. It’s a fact that the developing, Third World economies with large populations and meager resources cannot be compared with the social democracies of Scandinavian countries where per capita incomes are more than $40,000.

A question would naturally arise that what would the Arab Spring movements accomplish if the resultant democratic governments would follow the same old neoliberal and growth-centered economic policies? It should be kept in mind here that democracy is not the best of systems because it is the most efficient system of governance. Top-down autocracies are more efficient than democracies.

But democracy is a representative political system. It brings about a grassroots social change. Enfranchisement, representation, transparency, accountability, checks and balances, rule of law and consequent institution-building, nation-building and consistent long term policies; political stability and social prosperity are the rewards of representative democracy.

Immanuel Kant sagaciously posited that moral autonomy produces moral responsibility and social maturity. This social axiom can also be applied to politics and governance. Political autonomy and self-governance engender political responsibility and social maturity.

A top-down political system is dependent on the artificial external force that keeps it going. The moment that external force is removed, the society reverts back to its previous state and the system collapses. But a grassroots and bottom-up political system evolves naturally and intrinsically. We must not expect from the Arab Spring movements to produce results immediately. Bear in mind that the evolution of the Western culture and politics happened over a course of many centuries.

More to the point, the superficially “socialist” Arab revolutions of 1960s and 1970s only mobilized the elite classes. Some working classes might have been involved, but the tone and tenor of those revolutions was elitist and that’s the reason why those revolutions failed to produce desirable long-term results. The Arab Spring movements, by contrast, have mobilized the urban middle class of the Arab societies in the age of electronic media and information technology.

In the nutshell, if the Arab Spring movements are not about radical redistribution of wealth, or about creating a liberal utopia in the Middle East overnight, what is the goal of these movements then? Let me try to explain the objectives of the Arab Spring movements by way of an allegory.

Democracy is like a school and people are like children. We only have two choices: one, to keep people under paternalistic dictatorships; two, to admit them in the school of representative democracy and let them experience democracy as a lived reality rather than some stale and sterile theory. The first option will only breed stunted bigots, but the second option will engender an educated human resource that doesn’t just consume resources but also creates new resources.

Finally, I would like to clarify that the militant phenomena in Libya and Syria has been distinct and separate from the political and democratic phenomena of the Arab Spring movements as in Tunisia, Egypt, Bahrain and Yemen.

A question arises that when political movements for enfranchisement turn violent, do their objectives cease to be legitimate? No, the objectives remain the same, but from a pacifist standpoint, we ought to make a distinction between political movements for democratic reforms, to which we should lend our moral support; and the militant phenomena, which must be avoided at any cost due to immense human suffering that proxy wars and military interventions anywhere in the world inevitably entail.

In legal jurisprudence, a distinction is generally drawn between lawful and unlawful assembly. It is the inalienable right of the people to peacefully assemble to press their demands for political reform. But the moment such protests become militarized and violent, they cease to be lawful.

Expecting from heavily armed militants, as in Libya and Syria, who have been described by the Western mainstream media as “moderate rebels,” to bring about political reform and positive social change is not only naïve but is bordering on insanity.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Nauman Sadiq is an Islamabad-based attorney, columnist and geopolitical analyst focused on the politics of Af-Pak and Middle East regions, neocolonialism and petro-imperialism. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Kodak Agfa

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Is Democracy Consistent with Islam?

A native Kashmiri carried out the deadliest fedayeen attack against Indian occupation forces in history after he drove his explosive-laden vehicle into a 78-bus convoy and killed over 42 Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) paramilitary troops, instantly drawing global attention to the indigenous struggle of his people and threatening to tip the electoral scales against Prime Minister Modi during this May’s general election.

The Pulwama “Surprise”

The world is still trying to make sense of the strategic significance of this week’s Pulwama attack, but there seems to be a consensus that it’ll have far-reaching political consequences that will reverberate for the indefinite future. A native Kashmiri just shocked all of India by carrying out the deadliest fedayeen attack against occupation forces in history after he drove his explosive-laden vehicle into a 78-bus convoy and killed over 42 Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) paramilitary troops. The global reaction was swift and saw a group of prominent governments condemn what happened, which encouraged India to exploit this event for its own domestic and international political purposes by predictably blaming Pakistan.

The Pakistani Ministry of Foreign Affairs, however, said in a statement that

The attack in Pulwama in the Indian Occupied Jammu & Kashmir is a matter of grave concern. We have always condemned heightened acts of violence in the Valley. We strongly reject any insinuation by elements in the Indian government and media circles that seek to link the attack to the State of Pakistan without investigations.”

Truth be told, although Jaish-e-Mohammed (JeM, designated as a terrorist group by the UN in general and specifically banned by a few of its individual members in particular such as Russia and Pakistan) claimed responsibility for the attack, it was nevertheless carried out by a native Kashmiri.

Pointing The Finger At Pakistan

Fake news abounds about the group’s alleged connections to the Pakistani state and its intelligence services, but the fact is that this was never proven and is actually a perfect example of a weaponized infowar narrative propagated for the Hybrid War purpose of increasing international pressure on Pakistan, including through the possibility of implementing sanctions against it on this pretext. India will undoubtedly seek to advance the latter scenario in parallel with encouraging allied forces in the American military, intelligence, and diplomatic bureaucracies (“deep state”) to make a media sensation out of what happened in order to embarrass the Trump Administration for diplomatically coordinating its Taliban peace talks with Pakistan.

The Bollywood-like drama that’s expected to unfold on the international stage as India ramps up its characteristic jingoism against Pakistan is partially intended to distract its people from the fact that the approximately half a million occupation troops in Kashmir couldn’t prevent a local man from pulling off the deadliest attack in the Valley’s history, an objective observation that’s “politically inconvenient” for Prime Minister Modi ahead of his heated battle for reelection this May. It speaks to the purely indigenous nature of this conflict that a native Kashmiri in one of the world’s most militarized regions (behind one of the world’s most heavily fortified frontiers) could successfully draw global attention to his cause in such a manner.

Bad News For The BJP

For as much as some in India think that their country could exploit that attention for its own benefit by attempting to misportray Pakistan as a “state sponsor of terrorism” like it always does whenever these types of attacks occur, there’s a very high likelihood that this will fail because of the profound risk that widespread awareness about the occupation forces’ “security inadequacies” in Kashmir will deepen the political divide among its already sharply polarized electorate and even elements of its own “deep state”. The first-mentioned fault line is obviously between pro- and anti-BJP activists, but also between those who support the ruling party but believe that Modi hasn’t been “tough enough” on Kashmir and especially Pakistan.

It’s possible that those disgruntled/disillusioned BJP supporters might vote for other candidates or sit out the elections entirely unless Modi resorts to spinning another fantasy about “surgical strikes” and the like, but even then, some of them might see through the charade. The anti-Modi opposition might also be super-charged by what happened because quite a few of them are against the government’s heavy-handedness in Kashmir and even privately believe that the region isn’t worth the cost of human lives, money, and self-inflicted damage to their country’s international reputation as a “democracy” to justify its continued occupation. The Pulwama attack will therefore make Modi’s reelection prospects all the less likely unless he doubles down on the neoliberal BJP’s fake populist promises.

India’s “Deep State” Divisions: Realists vs. Ideologues

On top of that, it can’t be discounted that the already dissatisfied factions of the Indian “deep state” might throw their weight against Modi’s reelection after concluding that he’s simply incapable of protecting India’s state interests as they understand them. After all, it was less than two months ago that Aslam Achu, RAW’s BLA asset who was accused of masterminding the Karachi terrorist attack in late-November, was assassinated in Afghanistan in a dramatic intelligence debacle that was either a false flag to get rid of a man who “knew too much” or an epic blunder on Modi’s part by sending such an important asset to a dangerous country where he was bound to die one way or another.

Achu’s assassination worsened the serious rift in RAW between the national security realists and the Hindutva ideologues, the former of whom are very critical of Modi’s irresponsible handling of security affairs (which began with his late-2015 de-facto blockade of Nepal and subsequent handing of India’s decades-long vassal to its Chinese rival as a result) while the latter blindly support him regardless of what he does out of loyalty to his tacit geostrategic vision of building “Akhand Bharat” (“Greater/Undivided India”). Suffice to say, the latest attack in Kashmir accentuated these acute “deep state” differences and might even lead to the rank-and-file realist faction “rebelling” against their BJP-imposed ideological bosses by “creatively discrediting” Modi and indirectly aiding the opposition.

Concluding Thoughts

India will do its utmost to distract the masses by making it seem like the Pulwama attack was a “terrorist conspiracy” carried out by the Pakistani state as an “act of war” against it even though this event was entirely executed by a local born-and-raised Kashmiri who was driven into desperation by the occupation forces’ abuses against his people. Try as it might, however, India won’t succeed in exploiting the global attention that this attack generated for the Kashmiri cause, with the most likely political outcome being that New Delhi’s efforts to deflect the blame away from itself and onto Islamabad will boomerang back and ultimately upset the country’s fragile domestic and “deep state” political balances.

The widening fault lines between the BJP and the opposition, within the BJP itself, and among the realist and ideologue factions of the country’s “deep state” might contribute to the ruling party’s underperformance in this May’s upcoming general elections and the creation of a coalition government that might implement much-needed checks and balances on the BJP’s authoritarian rule. As paradoxical as it may seem, this scenario would mean that the Pulwama attack might return India back to its self-professed “democratic” system, though it’s unlikely to lead to the restoration of democracy in Kashmir so long as the Indian state “others” the occupied people as Pakistanis and deprives them of their fundamental right to a referendum on self-determination.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on Eurasia Future.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from NDTV.com

Chinese Vice-Premier Hu Chunhua has cancelled trade talks with Britain’s Finance Minister, Mr Philip Hammond, after Defence Secretary Gavin Williamson threatened to deploy an aircraft carrier in Beijing’s backyard, The Sun newspaper reported on Thursday (Feb 14).

Mr Hu was due to hold trade talks with Mr Hammond this weekend.

Instead, the newspaper said, Mr Hu cancelled the talks in protest at Mr Williamson’s speech on Monday.

Mr Williamson had said in a fiery speech that Britain must be prepared to boost its “lethality” and threatened to send the warship to the Pacific in response to Beijing’s military ambitions.

To read complete article on The Straits Times click here

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from dnaindia.com

Yemen: US “Accidentally” Arming Al Qaeda (Again)

February 15th, 2019 by Tony Cartalucci

US weapons are once again falling into the hands of militants fighting in one of Washington’s many proxy wars – this time in Yemen – the militants being fighters of local Al Qaeda affiliates.

CNN in its article, “Sold to an ally, lost to an enemy,” would admit:

Saudi Arabia and its coalition partners have transferred American-made weapons to al Qaeda-linked fighters, hardline Salafi militias, and other factions waging war in Yemen, in violation of their agreements with the United States, a CNN investigation has found.

The article also claims:

Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates, its main partner in the war, have used the US-manufactured weapons as a form of currency to buy the loyalties of militias or tribes, bolster chosen armed actors, and influence the complex political landscape, according to local commanders on the ground and analysts who spoke to CNN.

Weapon transfer included everything from small arms to armored vehicles, CNN would report.

The article would include a response from Pentagon spokesman Johnny Michael, who claimed:

The United States has not authorized the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia or the United Arab Emirates to re-transfer any equipment to parties inside Yemen.

The US government cannot comment on any pending investigations of claims of end-use violations of defense articles and services transferred to our allies and partners.

Despite obvious evidence that Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates are both violating whatever agreements the Pentagon claims to have with both nations, the US continues fighting their joint war in Yemen for them in all but name.

The US role in Yemen includes not only arming Saudi Arabia and the UAE, but also training their pilots, selecting targets, sharing intelligence, repairing weapon systems, refuelling Saudi warplanes, and even through the deployment of US special forces along The Saudi-Yemeni border.

Because of this continued and unconditional support – Pentagon complaints over weapon transfers it claims were unauthorized ring particularly hollow. More so when considering in other theaters of war, US weapons also “accidentally” ended up in the hands of extremists that just so happened to be fighting against forces the US opposed.

(Repeated) Actions Speak Louder than Pentagon Excuses 

An entire army of Al Qaeda-linked forces was raised in Syria against the government in Damascus through the “accidental” transfer of US weapons from alleged moderate militants to designated terrorist organizations including Al Qaeda’s Al Nusra affiliate and the self-proclaimed “Islamic State” (ISIS).

And while this was presented to the public as “accidental” –  years before the war in Syria even erupted, there were already warning signs that the US planned to deliberately use extremists in a proxy war against both Syria and Iran.

As early as 2007 – a full 4 years before the 2011 “Arab Spring” would begin – an article by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Seymour Hersh published in the New Yorker titled, “”The Redirection: Is the Administration’s new policy benefiting our enemies in the war on terrorism?” would warn (emphasis added):

To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the Bush Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has coöperated with Saudi Arabia’s government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda.

From 2011 onward, admissions throughout prominent Western newspapers like the New York Times and Washington Post would admit to US weapon deliveries to “moderate rebels” in Syria.

Articles like the New York Times’, “Arms Airlift to Syria Rebels Expands, With C.I.A. Aid,” and “Kerry Says U.S. Will Double Aid to Rebels in Syria,” the Telegraph’s,  “US and Europe in ‘major airlift of arms to Syrian rebels through Zagreb’,” and the Washington Post’s article, “U.S. weapons reaching Syrian rebels,” would detail hundreds of millions of dollars in weapons, vehicles, equipment, and training funneled into Syria to so-called “moderate rebels.”

Yet even as early as the first year of the conflict, Al Qaeda affiliate Al Nusra – a US State Department-designated foreign terrorist organization – would dominate the battlefield opposite Syrian forces.

The US State Department in its own official press statement titled, “Terrorist Designations of the al-Nusrah Front as an Alias for al-Qa’ida in Iraq,” explicitly stated that:

Since November 2011, al-Nusrah Front has claimed nearly 600 attacks – ranging from more than 40 suicide attacks to small arms and improvised explosive device operations – in major city centers including Damascus, Aleppo, Hamah, Dara, Homs, Idlib, and Dayr al-Zawr. During these attacks numerous innocent Syrians have been killed.

If the US and its allies were admittedly transferring hundreds of millions of dollars worth of weapons, equipment, and other support to “moderate rebels,” who was funding and arming Al Nusra even more, enabling them to displace Western-backed militants from the Syrian battlefield?

The Western media had proposed several unconvincing excuses including claims that large numbers of defectors to Al Qaeda and its affiliates brought with them their Western-provided arms and equipment.

The obvious answer – however –  is that just as Seymour Hersh warned in 2007 – the US and its allies from the very beginning armed and backed Al Qaeda, intentionally created its ISIS offshoot, and used both in a deadly proxy war they had hoped would quickly conclude before the public realized what had happened.

It had worked in Libya in 2011, and the quick overthrow of the Syrian government was likewise anticipated. When the war dragged on and the nature of Washington’s “moderate rebels” was revealed, implausible excuses as to how Al Qaeda and ISIS became so well armed and funded began appearing across the Western media.

Accident or Not – US Military Intervention is the Biggest Threat to Global Security 

As the alternative media now attempts to shed light on the ongoing US proxy war in Yemen, a similar attempt to explain how Al Qaeda has once again found itself flooded with US support is being mounted. Just as in Syria – the obvious explanation for Al Qaeda forces in Yemen turning up with US weapons is because the use of Al Qaeda and other extremists was always a part of the US-Saudi-Emarati strategy from the very beginning.

CNN’s revelations were not the first.

An Associated Press investigation concluded in August 2018 in an article titled, “AP Investigation: US allies, al-Qaida battle rebels in Yemen,” that (emphasis added):

Again and again over the past two years, a military coalition led by Saudi Arabia and backed by the United States has claimed it won decisive victories that drove al-Qaida militants from their strongholds across Yemen and shattered their ability to attack the West. 

Here’s what the victors did not disclose: many of their conquests came without firing a shot.

That’s because the coalition cut secret deals with al-Qaida fighters, paying some to leave key cities and towns and letting others retreat with weapons, equipment and wads of looted cash, an investigation by The Associated Press has found. Hundreds more were recruited to join the coalition itself.

While the US pleads innocent and attempts to blame the arming of Al Qaeda in yet another of Washington’s proxy wars on “accidental” or “unauthorized” weapon transfers, it is clear that Al Qaeda has and still does serve as a vital auxiliary force the US uses both as a pretext to invade and occupy other nations – and when it cannot – to fight by proxy where US forces cannot go.

The US – which claims its involvement in Syria, Iraq, and Yemen is predicated on containing Iran who the US accuses of jeopardizing global security and of sponsoring terrorism – has aligned itself with actual, verified state sponsors of terrorism – Saudi Arabia and the UAE – and is itself knowingly playing a role in the state sponsorship of terrorism including the arming of terrorist groups across the region.

Iran and the militant groups it has backed – accused of being “terrorists” – are ironically the most effective forces fighting groups like Al Nusra and ISIS across the region – illustrating Washington and its allies of being guilty in reality of what it has accused Syria, Russia, and Iran of in fiction.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Tony Cartalucci is Bangkok-based geopolitical researcher and writer, especially for the online magazine New Eastern Outlook” where this article was originally published. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from NEO